Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    edited by Nicholas Boulis, Deirdre O'Connor, and Anthony Donsante.
    Contents:
    1. Molecular and extracellular cues in motor neuron specification and differentiation / R.L. Swetenburg, S.L. Stice and L. Karumbaiah
    2. Natural history of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / M.J. Magnussen and J.D. Glass
    3. Genetics of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / K.P. Kenna, J.E. Landers and N. Ticozzi
    4. Molecular mechanisms of amytrophic lateral sclerosis / M. Collins and R. Bowser
    5. An introduction to natural history, genetic mapping, and clinical spectrum of spinal muscular atrophy / A. McDonough, L. Urquia and N. Boulis
    6. Genetics of spinal muscular atrophy / A.H.M. Burghes and V.L. McGovern
    7. Introduction to gene and stem-cell therapy / D.M. O'Connor
    8. Gene therapy for amytrophic lateral sclerosis / A. Dosante
    9. Stem cell therapy for amytrophic lateral sclerosis / K.S. Chen and E.L. Feldman
    10. Gene therapy for spinal muscular atrophy / M.R. Miller, E.Y. Osman and C.L. Lorson
    11. Cellular therapy for spinal muscular atrophy / I. Faravelli and S. Corti
    12. Clinical trials to date / B.J. Mader and N. Boulis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kaushik Parthasarathi, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the structure, function and pathophysiology of the pulmonary vasculature. Emerging evidence reveals the multifaceted roles played by the pulmonary vasculature. To reflect those roles, the individual chapters address topics ranging from pulmonary blood vessel development to vascular endothelial apoptosis, and delve deeply into our current understanding of various aspects of the pulmonary vasculature.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas H. Schindler, Richard T. George, Joao A.C. Lima, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the most up-to-date coverage of the combined use of imaging modalities in order to acquire important functional and morphological information on cardiovascular disease and enhance disease detection. The recent developments in PET/MRI, cardiac CT, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT and their impact on clinical practice are explained, and special attention is also devoted to imaging parameters and protocols for use in practice and research. The utility of multimodality imaging techniques for diagnosis and evaluation is discussed in the context of various clinical scenarios, including ischemic cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, myocardial fibrosis, cardiac sarcoidosis, and atherosclerotic plaque disease. Written by renowned researchers and clinicians, the book is an ideal concise reference on today's most advanced imaging techniques. It will appeal to all clinicians, trainees, and technicians who are involved in the diagnosis and risk assessment of cardiovascular disease.

    Contents:
    PET/MRI: Physics, Instrumentation, and Scanners
    Potential Role of Cardiac PET/MRI in Cardiovascular Disease
    Initial Experience
    PET/MRI for Cardiac Imaging
    Technical Considerations
    Role of PET and MRI in Assessing Cardiac Sarcoidosis
    Myocardial Viability: Hibernating and Stunning Myocardium
    underlying Pathophysiology
    Concepts of SPECT, PET and MRI in the assessment of myocardial viability leading to PET/MRI
    Adding T-1 Mapping and MRI for Myocardial Fibrosis Assessment
    Potential of PET/MRI in Assessment of Cardiovascular Plaque Burden and Activity
    CT in Assessing Coronary Morphology, Perfusion and Viability
    3D Fusion Display of CT-Coronary Angiography and Scintigraphic Perfusion Imaging
    3D Fusion Display of CT-Coronary Angiography and PET-Determined Myocardial Flow Reserve. Is it the Future?
    Adding CT-measurements of Coronary Artery Calcification to SPECT Perfusion Imaging for Risk Stratification
    Cardiac Risk Stratification in Heart Failure Patients
    Combining Assessment of Myocardial Viability with Sympathetic Innervations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hina Younus, editor.
    Summary: Throughout history black seeds, Nigella sativa seeds, have been highly revered for its medicinal properties. Thymoquinone (TQ), an active principle component of the volatile oil of black cumin seeds, is an emerging natural compound with a wide range of medical applications, and has several beneficial pharmacological actions i.e anti-oxidant, anti-diabetic, anti-inflammatory, anti-microbial, anti-tumor, anti-mutagenic, anti-epileptic, hepatoprotective, neuroprotective, and nephroprotective. As such, it is important to move TQ from the bench to bedside. This book illustrates the therapeutic importance of TQ, offering a detailed account of some of its molecular and therapeutic properties, and discussing in depth its anti-diabetic, anti-cancer, anti-oxidant, anti-inflammatory, anti-microbial, anti-epileptic and hepatoprotective actions. Lastly, the book examines the future prospects of TQ research and its use as a pharmaceutical.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor;
    1: Introduction; 1.1 History of Using Black Cumin Seeds for Therapeutic Purposes; 1.2 Components of Nigella sativa Seeds; 1.3 Therapeutic Actions of Thymoquinone; References;
    2: Antidiabetic Action of Thymoquinone; 2.1 Diabetes and Glycation; 2.2 Antidiabetic Action of N. sativa Seeds; 2.3 Antidiabetic Action of Thymoquinone (TQ); 2.4 Conclusions; References;
    3: Anticancer Action of Thymoquinone; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Structure and Function of Thymoquinone; 3.3 Possible Mechanism of Action of Thymoquinone. 3.20 Nano-formulation of Thymoquinone and Its Role in Killing Cancel Cells3.21 Conclusion and Future Prospective; References;
    4: Antioxidant and Anti-inflammatory Action of Thymoquinone; 4.1 Oxidative Stress and Antioxidants; 4.2 Antioxidant Action of Thymoquinone; 4.3 Anti-inflammatory Action of Thymoquinone; References;
    5: Antimicrobial Action of Thymoquinone; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Antibacterial Activity; 5.3 Antiviral Activity; 5.4 Antifungal Activity; 5.5 Conclusions; References;
    6: Hepatoprotective Action of Thymoquinone; 6.1 Introduction. 3.4 Action of Thymoquinone on Cancer3.5 Thymoquinone Action Against Cancer Through Modulation of Molecular Targets; 3.6 Cell Cycle; 3.7 Enzymes Linked with Cancer Initiation; 3.8 Growth Factors; 3.9 Protein Kinases; 3.10 Antioxidant Enzymes; 3.11 Apoptosis; 3.12 Transcription Factor; 3.13 P53 and PTEN Gene; 3.14 Phase I and Phase II Enzyme; 3.15 Androgen Receptor; 3.16 Telomerase; 3.17 Cellular Components/Microtubules Degradation; 3.18 Human Trial Study Based on Thymoquinone; 3.19 LD 50, Safety and Toxicity Level of Thymoquinone. 6.2 Protective Action of TQ Under In Vitro Conditions6.3 Protection of Isolated Mice/Rat Hepatocytes by TQ; 6.4 Protective Effect of TQ in Mice/Rat Liver Under In Vivo Conditions; 6.5 Conclusions; References;
    7: Anti-epileptic Action of Thymoquinone; 7.1 Epilepsy; 7.2 Anti-epileptic Activity of TQ; 7.3 Role of TQ in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy (TLE); 7.4 Beneficial Interaction of TQ with Known Anti-epileptic Drugs; References;
    8: Future Prospects and Conclusions; 8.1 Potential Use of Thymoquinone (TQ) in the Inhibition of Important Cell Signaling Pathways; 8.2 Inhibition of Akt Signaling.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Fernando C. Schmitt, editor.
    Summary: This book is intended for practicing pathologists and cytopathologists, as well as for pathology trainees and cytotechnicians. It starts with a detailed description of the extremely important pre-analytical phase for molecular testing followed by a presentation of the key tests and their application in different organs, e.g. the lung or thyroid. Step-by-step instructions for the different assays, reporting and clinical integration of the test results are discussed. The authors help the reader to benefit from their experiences by providing a valuable tool for the implementation of these techniques in daily practice. Though the use of molecular techniques is well established in surgical biopsies, to date they are not widely used in connection with cytological material. However, in some fields like lung cancer or aspirates from the pancreas and biliary tract the only available material for diagnosis is the cytological preparation a fact that has created a need for the standardization of molecular techniques on cytology. .

    Contents:
    Why Cytology for Molecular Testing? Pros and Cons
    How to Prepare Cytological Samples for Molecular Testing
    Molecular Tests Use in Cytological Material (analytical phase)
    Molecular Cytology Applications on Head and Neck
    Molecular Cytology Applications on Lung
    Molecular Cytology of Serous Effusions
    Molecular Cytology Applications on Urine
    Molecular Cytology Applications on Gynecological Cytology
    Molecular Applications in Hematolymphoid Cytology
    Molecular Cytology Application on Thyroid
    Molecular Cytology Applications on Pancreas and Biliary Tract
    Molecular Cytology Applications in Soft Tissue (Pediatric tumors)
    Molecular Cytology Applications in Metastases
    Clinical Integration of Molecular Results on Cytology (post-analytical phase).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gajanan V. Sherbet, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom, the Institute for Molecular Medicine, Huntington Beach, CA, United States.
    Summary: Molecular Approach to Cancer Management discusses molecular mechanisms of cancer initiation, growth and secondary spread, emphasizing how this information can be used to devise new modes of treatment of cancer, especially in combatting secondary spread. The book addresses the basic concepts relating to cancer biology, the genetic determinants, and the signal transduction cascades associated with tumor growth, EMT, stem cell maintenance and propagation, and invasion and metastasis. The salient features of the signaling systems that are amenable to targeted manipulation are emphasized to facilitate research and development in the design of novel therapies and for the planning of new trials. This book is the only unique volume with coverage of topics that target therapy. As such, it is a valuable source for cancer researchers, molecular oncologists and members of the biomedical field who are interested in knowing more about molecular approaches to cancer therapy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sudhir P. Singh [and more], editors.
    Summary: This book discusses molecular approaches in plant as response to environmental factors, such as variations in temperature, water availability, salinity, and metal stress. The book also covers the impact of increasing global population, urbanization, and industrialization on these molecular behaviors. It covers the natural tolerance mechanism which plants adopt to cope with adverse environments, as well as the novel molecular strategies for engineering the plants in human interest. This book will be of interest to researchers working on the impact of the changing environment on plant ecology, issues of crop yield, and nutrient quantity and quality in agricultural crops. The book will be of interest to researchers as well as policy makers in the environmental and agricultural domains.

    Contents:
    Molecular approaches in plant biology and environmental challenges
    Promising transcription factors for salt and drought tolerance in plants
    Role of superoxide dismutases (SODs) in stress tolerance in plants
    Receptor-like kinases and environmental stress in plants
    Role of histone acetyltransferases in plant abiotic stress
    Function of plant heat shock transcription factors in abiotic stress
    Mode of communication between plants during environmental stress
    Molecular approaches for combating multiple abiotic stresses in crops of arid and semi-arid region
    Applications of landscape genetics to study the effect of varying landscapes and environmental challenges in plant populations
    Arsenic in rice grain : role of transporters in arsenic accumulation
    Metabolic engineering of stress protectant secondary metabolites to confer abiotic stress tolerance in plants
    An update on the applications of CRISPR/Cas9 technology in tomato
    Transgenic approaches for enhancement of salinity stress tolerance in plants
    Genome engineering in rice : applications, advancements and future perspectives
    Secondary metabolite pathways in medicinal plants : approaches in reconstruction and analysis
    Molecular biology of glandular trichomes and their functions in environmental stresses
    Gene regulatory networks : current updates and applications in plant biology
    Genomics and transcriptomics advance in plant sciences
    Molecular interventions to ameliorate environmental stresses in orchids
    Development of bryophytes as a new model system to understand the phenomenon of terrestrialization with environmental changes
    Role of endosymbionts in nutritional uptake of sap sucking insects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Keith A. Foster, editor.
    Summary: Currently, there are tremendous advances being made in understanding the basic science of both the structure and function of botulinum neurotoxins. This knowledge is opening up opportunities in regard to both therapeutic uses and treatment and protection options for civil and bio-defense applications. This volume fully evaluates the status of neurotoxin research and exploitation. The book is a multi-authored collection of chapters written by the leading authorities responsible for the current scientific and clinical research that is advancing the understanding and exploitation of the neurotoxins, and is both up to date and authoritative.

    Contents:
    Overview and history of botulinum neurotoxin research and exploitation
    Pharmacology of botulinum neurotoxins
    Absorption and transport of botulinum neurotoxins
    The botulinum neurotoxin complex and the role of ancillary proteins
    Neurotoxin structure
    The dual receptor recognition of botulinum neurotoxins
    Translocation, entry into the cell
    Protease activity of the botulinum neurotoxins
    Molecular basis for persistence of botulinum neurotoxins
    Clostridium botulinum genomes and genetic diversity
    Botulinum neurotoxin risks and detection in environment, agriculture and food chains
    Botulism as a disease of humans
    Prevention and treatment of botulism.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Archana Singh, Indrakant K. Singh, editors.
    Summary: The book offers an integrated overview of plant-pathogen interactions. It discusses all the steps in the pathway, from the microbe-host-cell interface and the plant's recognition of the microbe to the plant's defense response and biochemical alterations to achieve tolerance / resistance. It also sheds light on the classes of pathogens (bacteria, fungus and viruses); effector molecules, such as PAMPs; receptor molecules like PRRs and NBS-LRR proteins; signaling components like MAPKs; regulatory molecules, such as phytohormones and miRNA; transcription factors, such as WRKY; defense-related proteins such as PR-proteins; and defensive metabolites like secondary metabolites. In addition, it examines the role of post-genomics, high-throughput technology (transcriptomics and proteomics) in studying pathogen outbreaks causing crop losses in a number of plants. Providing a comprehensive picture of plant-pathogen interaction, the updated information included in this book is valuable for all those involved in crop improvement.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Abbreviations;
    1: Arabidopsis thaliana as a Model Organism to Study Plant-Pathogen Interactions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Plant-Pathogen Interactions; 1.3 How Arabidopsis thaliana Recognize and Respond to Pathogens?; 1.4 Arabidopsis thaliana: An Important Model Host for Studying Plant-Pathogen Interactions; 1.5 A. thaliana-Pathogen Interactions; 1.5.1 Arabidopsis-Virus Interactions; 1.5.2 Arabidopsis-Bacterium Interactions; 1.5.3 Arabidopsis-Fungus Interactions; 1.6 Conclusion; Glossary; References. 2.2.4.7 Magnaporthe oryzae2.2.5 Bacterial Biotrophy and Necrotrophy; 2.2.6 Basis of Bacterial Pathogenicity: The HRP System; 2.2.7 Effector Proteins Synthesized by the Bacteria; 2.2.8 Extracellular Polysaccharide and Toxins Produced by Bacteria; 2.2.9 Plant Cell Wall-Degrading Enzymes (PCWDE); 2.3 Plant Defense Responses Against Pathogen Attack; 2.4 Use of Effector Proteins in Plant Breeding; 2.5 Prospects; Glossary; References;
    3: Plantâ#x80;#x93;Virus Interactions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Environment and Evolution Modulate Plant Pathogenesis; 3.3 Plantâ#x80;#x93;Virus Relationships.
    2: Fungal and Bacterial Biotrophy and Necrotrophy2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fungal Biotrophy and Necrotrophy; 2.2.1 Effector Proteins Secreted by Fungal Plant Pathogens; 2.2.2 Effectors Produced by Pathogens Disturb the Phytohormonal Signaling; 2.2.3 Phytotoxins Released by Fungal Pathogens; 2.2.4 Significant Effector Proteins Secreted by Few Biotrophic, Hemibiotrophic, and Necrotrophic Fungi; 2.2.4.1 Cladosporium fulvum; 2.2.4.2 Ustilago maydis; 2.2.4.3 Blumeria graminis; 2.2.4.4 Botrytis cinerea; 2.2.4.5 Sclerotinia sclerotiorum; 2.2.4.6 Alternaria brassicicola. 3.3.1 Compatible Hostâ#x80;#x93;Virus Relationships3.3.2 Non-compatible Hostâ#x80;#x93;Virus Relationships; 3.4 Methods of Diagnosis of Viruses; 3.4.1 Serological Assays: Traditional Molecular Method of Disease Detection; 3.4.2 Molecular Techniques or Nucleic Acid-Based Methods for Virus Detection; 3.4.3 Innovative Detection Methods; 3.4.3.1 Lateral Flow Microarrays (LFM); 3.4.3.2 Methods Based on the Analysis of Volatile Compounds as Biomarkers; 3.5 Transmission of Viruses; 3.6 Virus Accumulation and Movement in the Host; 3.6.1 Viral Factors Involved in Plant Pathogenesis. 3.6.2 Viral Long-Distance Movement3.7 Responses of Plants to Viruses; 3.7.1 Cellular Stress; 3.7.2 Development Defects; 3.7.3 Abnormalities in Chloroplast; 3.8 Viral Infection and Physiological Functioning of Host Plants; 3.8.1 Virion Disassembly and Viral Genome Translation; 3.8.1.1 Host Factors in Virion Decoating; 3.8.2 Viral Replication Complex Composition; 3.8.2.1 Host Factors in Viral Genome Translation; 3.8.2.2 Regulation of Viral Replication by Viral Protein Modifications; 3.8.2.3 Interference of Viral and Plant Factors with Hormone Regulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Syed Ibrahim Rizvi, Ufuk Çakatay, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the nature of aging, age-related disorders, and the molecular principles of emerging strategies for anti-aging interventions, while also discussing the discovery of targets for geroprotective drugs. Although significant medical advances in the treatment and eradication of life-threatening conditions such as cardiovascular and infectious disease have been made over the past five decades, the prevalence of age-related disorders still remains high in older populations. Intervening into aging is the next frontier in contemporary medicine, and will be of increasing importance over time, as other sources of poor health are combated more and more successfully. Given the universal interest in anti-aging strategies, the book will appeal to a very broad audience. It addresses a diverse range of anti-aging interventions - including stem cells, autophagy, senolytics, anti-inflammatory methods, and telomerase induction - that will be of interest to scientists and researchers from various disciplines in the life sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Aging Principles and Perspectives for Intervention; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Basis of Survival: Homeostasis Versus Homeodynamics; 1.3 Genetics and Epigenetics of Aging; 1.4 Molecular Mechanisms of Aging; 1.5 Aging Interventions: Treatment, Prevention or Management; 1.5.1 Piecemeal Remedies; 1.5.2 Replenishment and Supplementation; 1.5.3 Strengthening the Homeodynamics; 1.5.4 Gene Therapy and Intelligent Redesigning; 1.6 Recapitulation; References 2.12 Non-coding RNAs and Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS)2.13 miRNAs and circRNAs as Potential Targets for Neurodegenerative Diseases; 2.14 Progress Being Made; 2.15 Strategies Ahead; 2.16 Advent of Non-coding RNAs as an Early Diagnostic Tool; 2.17 C. elegans as Model Organism to Study the Role of Non-coding RNAs for Neurodegenerative Diseases; 2.18 Future Directions; References;
    3: The Potential Role of Stem Cell Reprogramming in Antiaging; 3.1 Stem Cells and Aging; 3.2 Recent Advances in Cellular Reprogramming Era; 3.3 Molecular Mechanism of Stem Cell Reprogramming
    2: Non-coding RNAs as Potential Targets for Treatment and Early Diagnosis of Age-Associated Neurodegenerative Diseases2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Neurodegenerative Diseases; 2.2.1 Alzheimer's Disease; 2.2.2 Parkinson's Disease; 2.3 Challenges in Treating the Neurodegenerative Diseases; 2.4 Treatments Available; 2.5 Junk DNA Hypothesis; 2.6 Non-coding RNAs; 2.7 History of miRNA; 2.8 Role of Non-coding RNAs in Various Disease Progressions; 2.9 Non-coding RNAs and Alzheimer's Disease; 2.10 Non-coding RNAs and Parkinson's Disease; 2.11 Non-coding RNAs and Huntington's Disease 3.4 Antiaging Strategy with In Vivo and In Vitro Stem Cell Reprogramming3.5 Therapeutic Approaches of Aging; 3.6 Conclusion; References;
    4: Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine: A Translational Research for Antiaging Strategy; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Stem Cells, Sources, and Its Therapeutic Potential; 4.3 Tissue Engineering for Aging-Associated Disorder; 4.4 Biomaterials; 4.5 Tissue Engineering Strategies for Aging-Associated Liver Disorders; 4.6 Tissue Engineering Strategies for Aging-Associated Cardiovascular Disorders
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] John Mendelsohn, Joe W. Gray, Peter M. Howley, Mark A. Israel, Craig B. Thompson.
    Contents:
    Cancer : a genetic disorder / William C. Hahn, Robert A. Weinberg
    Oncogenes and signal transduction / Luca Grumolato, Stuart A. Aaronson
    Tumor suppressor genes / Nelson E. Brown, Philip W. Hinds
    DNA repair pathways and human cancer / Alan D. D'Andrea
    Epigenetics and cancer / Stephen B. Baylin
    Infectious agents and cancer / Peter M. Howley
    Environmental carcinogenesis / Erika L. Abel, John DiGiovanni
    Animal models : flies, fish, and yeast / Elspeth Payne, A. Thomas Look
    Genetic mouse models of cancer / Monte M. Winslow, Tyler Jacks
    Cancer stem cells and the microenvironment / Hasan Korkaya, April Davis, Max S. Wicha
    Regulation of the cell cycle / Yan Li, Olena Barbash, J. Alan Diehl
    Cell growth / David A. Guertin, David M. Sabatini
    Metabolism of cell growth and proliferation / Lydia W.S. Finley, Craig B. Thompson
    Apoptosis, necrosis, and autophagy / Eileen White, Douglas R. Green, Anthony G. Letai
    Cellular senescence / Jessica E. Bolden, Scott W. Lowe
    Role of the microenvironment in tumor initiation, progression, and metastasis / Cyrus M. Ghajar, Ana Luísa Correia, Mina J. Bissell
    Tumor angiogenesis / Brian Keith, M. Celeste Simon
    Invasion and metastasis / Swarnali Acharyya, Lynn Matrisian, Danny R. Welch, Joan Massagué
    Inflammation and cancer / Daniela F. Quail, Johanna A. Joyce
    Cancer systems biology : the future / Andrea Califano
    Biomarkers for assessing risk of cancer / Xifeng Wu, Jian Gu
    Protein biomarkers for detecting cancer : molecular screening / Susan Fisher, H. Ewa Witkowska
    Technology of analyzing nucleic acids in Cancer / Elaine R. Mardis
    Understanding and using information about cancer genomes / Paul T. Spellman, Josh Stuart, Joe W. Gray
    High-content analysis with cellular and tissue systems biology : a bridge between cancer cell biology and tissue-based diagnostics / Albert Gough, Timothy Lezon, James R. Faeder, Chakra Chennubhotla, Robert F. Murphy, Rebecca Critchley-Thorne, D. Lansing Taylor
    Molecular genetics of acute lymphoblastic leukemia / Eric S. Schafer, Judith Margolin, David G. Poplack, Karen R. Rabin
    Molecular biology of childhood neoplasms / David Malkin
    Biology of adult myelocytic leukemia and myelodysplasia / Sean M. Post, Hagop Kantarjian, Alfonso Quintás-Cardama
    Lymphoma / Owen A. O'Connor, Jennifer Amengual, Changchun Deng, Ahmed Sawas, Bachir Alobeid, Daniela Hoehn, Govind Bhagat
    Multiple myeloma / Giovanni Tonon, Kenneth C. Anderson
    Molecular mechanisms of esophageal cancer / Mario D. Terán, Ronan Kelly, Malcolm V. Brock
    Molecular basis of lung cancer / Jill E. Larsen, Ramaswamy Govindan, John D. Minna
    Molecular pathogenesis of head and neck cancer / Matthew L. Hedberg, Jennifer R. Grandis
    Colon and rectal cancer / Eric R. Fearon
    Molecular pathogenesis of pancreatic adenocarcinoma / Rachna T. Shroff, James L. Abbruzzese
    Molecular biology of breast cancer / Adrian V. Lee, Steffi Oesterreich, Nancy E. Davidson
    Molecular pathogenesis of ovarian cancer / Robert C. Bast Jr., Ignacio Romero, Gordon B. Mills
    Molecular basis of prostate cancer / Long-Cheng Li, Andrew C. Hsieh, Davide Ruggero, Kirsten L. Greene, Peter R. Carroll
    Molecular abnormalities in kidney cancer / Sabina Signoretti, Toni K. Choueiri, William G. Kaelin Jr.
    Biology of primary brain tumors / Matthew C. Havrda, Mark A. Israel
    Epithelial skin cancer / Adam B. Glick, Stuart H. Yuspa
    Molecular basis for treating cutaneous molecular / Marc S. Ernstoff
    Thyroid cancer / Steven I. Sherman
    Soft tissue sarcomas / Julie D.R. Reimann, Christopher D.M. Fletcher
    From bench to bedside with targeted therapies / John Mendelsohn
    Cancer therapeutics / William N. Hait, Eric Rubin, Joseph R. Bertino
    Natural and acquired resistance to cancer therapies / Branimir I. Sikic
    Phase I trials today / Daniel Morgensztern, Patricia M. LoRusso, Scott A. Boerner, Roy S. Herbst, Joseph Paul Eder
    Pharmacogenomics / Peter H. O'Donnell, Mark J. Ratain
    Monoclonal antibodies for the treatment of cancer / Louis M. Weiner, Rishi Surana
    Cancer and the cellular immune response / Patrick Hwu, Gregory Lizée, Yong-Jun Liu
    Cancer immunotherapy with vaccines and checkpoint blockade / Drew Pardoll
    Interferons / Ernest C. Borden
    Gene therapy and oncolytic viruses / Tanja Meyer Tamguney, W. Michael Korn, Frank McCormick
    RNA as a therapeutic molecule / George Adrian Calin, Carlo Maria Croce
    Heat shock protein 90 and the proteasome : housekeeping proteins that are also molecular targets for cancer therapy / Len Neckers, Mehdi Mollapour
    Hematopoietic growth factors and cytokines / Suhendan Ekmekcioglu, Razelle Kurzrock, Elizabeth A. Grimm
    Cancer chemoprevention / Scott M. Lippman, J. Jack Lee
    Molecular pathology / Christopher L. Corless.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    William B. Coleman, Gregory J. Tsongalis, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the concepts of molecular medicine and personalized medicine. Subsequent chapters cover the topics of genomics, transcriptomics, epigenomics, and proteomics, as the tools of molecular pathology and foundations of molecular medicine. These chapters are followed by a series of chapters that provide overviews of molecular medicine as applied broadly to neoplastic, genetic, and infectious diseases, as well as a chapter on molecular diagnostics. The volume concludes with a chapter that delves into the promise of molecular medicine in the personalized treatment of patients with complex diseases, along with a discussion of the challenges and obstacles to personalized patient care. Aimed at oncologists, researchers, and all medical professionals who work with cancer.

    Contents:
    Cancer Epidemiology: Incidence and Etiology of Human Neoplasms
    Essential Concepts and Techniques in Molecular Biology
    Cancer Genomics
    Cancer Cytogenetics
    The Epigenetic Basis of Human Cancer
    Cancer Proteomics
    An Overview of Cancer Genes
    Oncogenes and the Initiation and Maintenance of Tumorigenesis
    Positive Mediators of Cell Proliferation in Neoplasia: Growth Factors and Receptors
    Senescence, Apoptosis, and Cancer
    Novel Cancer Therapies Targeting Angiogenesis
    Beyond the Primary Tumor: Progression, Invasion, and Metastasis
    Simple Sequence Mutations
    Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms and Cancer Susceptibility
    Chromosomes and Chromosomal Instability in Human Cancer
    Epigenetic Mechanisms in Cancer Development
    MicroRNAs and Cancer
    Erionite and Asbestos in the Pathogenesis of Human Malignant Mesotheliomas
    Viral Mechanisms in Human Carcinogenesis
    Hormonal Carcinogenesis: The Role of Estrogens
    Sporadic Cancers
    Hereditary Cancer
    Retinoblastoma: Clinical and Molecular Perspectives
    Xeroderma Pigmentosum and the DNA Damage Response to Ultraviolet Light
    Hereditary Colorectal Cancer
    Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer
    The Molecular Basis of Prostate Carcinogenesis
    Molecular Basis of Lung Carcinogenesis
    The Molecular Basis of Skin Carcinogenesis
    The Molecular Biology of Leukemias
    Molecular Mechanisms in Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    The Molecular Pathology of Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Ovarian Cancer
    Molecular Pathology of Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors
    The Molecular Biology of Human Brain Tumors
    Cancer Drug Discovery and Anticancer Drug Development
    Biological Principles and Clinical Application of EGFR Inhibitors in Cancer
    Targeting Oncoproteins for Molecular Cancer Therapy
    Therapeutic Agents that Inhibit Angiogenesis
    Small Molecule Inhibitors
    Molecular Detection and Diagnosis of Cancer
    Gene Therapy in the Treatment of Human Cancer
    Personalized Medicine for the Treatment of Human Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patrick L. Iversen.
    Summary: This book illuminates mechanisms of resilience. Threats and defense systems lead to adaptive changes in gene expression. Environmental conditions may dampen adaptive responses at the level of RNA expression. The first seven chapters elaborate threats to human health. Human populations spontaneously invade niche boundaries exposing us to threats that drive the resilience process. Emerging RNA viruses are a significant threat to human health. Antiviral drugs are reviewed and how viral genomes respond to the environment driving genome sequence plasticity. Limitations in predicting the human outcome are described in "nonlinear anomalies." An example includes medical countermeasures for Ebola and Marburg viruses under the "Animal Rule." Bacterial infections and a review of antibacterial drugs and bacterial resilience mediated by horizontal gene transfer follow. Chapter 6 shifts focus to cancer and discovery of novel therapeutics for leukemia. The spontaneous resolution of AML in children with Down syndrome highlights human resilience. Chapter 7 explores chemicals in the environment. Examples of chemical carcinogenesis illustrate how chemicals disrupt genomes. Historic research ignored RNA damage from chemically induced nucleic acid damage. The emergence of important forms of RNA and their possible role in resilience is proposed. Chapters 8-10 discuss threat recognition and defense systems responding to improve resilience. Chapter 8 describes the immune response as a threat recognition system and response via diverse RNA expression. Oligonucleotides designed to suppress specific RNA to manipulate the immune response including exon-skipping strategies are described. Threat recognition and response by the cytochrome P450 enzymes parallels immune responses. The author proposes metabolic clearance of small molecules is a companion to the immune system. Chapter 10 highlights RNA diversity expressed from a single gene. Molecular Resilience lists paths to RNA transcriptome plasticity forms the molecular basis for resilience. Chapter 11 is an account of ExonDys 51, an approved drug for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy. Chapter 12 addresses the question "what informs molecular mechanisms of resilience?" that drives the limits to adaptation and boundaries for molecular resilience. He speculates that radical oxygen, epigenetic modifications, and ligands to nuclear hormone receptors play critical roles in regulating molecular resilience.

    Contents:
    Prologue
    Preface
    Social Entropy
    Virus among Us
    Non-linear Anomalies
    Bacterial Infectious Disease
    Cure 2000
    Chemicals in the Environment
    Immune Defense
    Metabolic Defense
    Analog Genetics
    Eteplirsen
    Regulating Resilience.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    George Feuer, Felix A. De la Iglesia.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB112.5 .F48
    2
  • Digital
    David P. Clark, Nanette J. Pazdernik, Michelle R. McGehee.
    Summary: "Molecular Biology, Third Edition, provides a thoroughly revised, invaluable resource for college and university students in the life sciences, medicine and related fields. This esteemed text continues to meet the needs of students and professors by offering new chapters on RNA, genome defense, and epigenetics, along with expanded coverage of RNAi, CRISPR, and more ensuring topical content for a new class of students. This volume effectively introduces basic concepts that are followed by more specific applications as the text evolves"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Unit 1: Basic chemical and biological principles. Cells and organisms
    Basic genetics
    DNA, RNA, and protein
    Genes, genomes, and DNA
    Manipulation of nucleic acids
    Unit 2: The genome. The polymerase chain reaction
    Cloning genes for analysis
    DNA sequencing
    Genomics and systems biology
    New chapter to cover metagenomics, symbiosis, epigenomics etc
    Unit 3: The central dogma of molecular biology. Cell division and DNA replication
    Transcription of genes
    Protein synthesis
    Protein structure and function
    Proteomics: global analysis of proteins
    Unit 4: Regulating gene expression. Regulation of transcription in prokaryotes
    Regulation of transcription in eukaryotes
    Processing of RNA
    Regulation at the RNA level
    Genome defense (RNAi and CRISPR)
    Analysis of gene expression (transcriptome)
    Unit 5: Subcellular life forms. Plasmids
    Viruses
    Mobile DNA
    Unit 6: Changing the DNA blueprint. Mutations and repair
    Recombination
    Bacterial genetics
    Molecular evolution.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    by H. E. Schultze and J. F. Heremans.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Nature and metabolism of extracellular proteins.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F551 .S39 1966
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Ahmad M. Khalil.
    Summary: This book examines key issues in lncRNA biology, including critical studies that have led to the discovery and annotation of lncRNAs in numerous species and the molecular mechanisms for a few lncRNA that have begun to emerge.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chromatin regulation by long non-coding RNAs
    Regulation of Eukaryotic Cell Differentiation by Long Noncoding RNAs
    Roles of long non-coding RNAs in X-chromosome inactivation
    Roles of Long Non-Coding RNAs in Genomic Imprinting
    Dysregulation of long noncoding RNAs in human disease
    Functions of long non-coding RNAs in non-mammalian systems
    Emerging technologies to study long non-coding RNAs
    Long non coding RNAs and nuclear body formation and function
    The role of long non-coding RNAs in immunity
    Novel methods to study long non-coding RNAs
    OMICs of long non-coding RNAs
    Cancer epigenetics and long non-coding RNAs
    Roles of long non-coding RNAs in human development
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Richard H. ffrench-Constant, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an essential update on the startling array of novel insecticidal toxins and drugs produced by the fascinating bacterium Photorhabdus. The respective chapters describe everything from the detailed molecular biology of the 'Toxin complexes' or Tc's to the complexity of insect immune response in relation to both the bacterium and its nematode vector. The volume covers both primary (toxin production and regulation) and secondary (natural product synthesis and regulation) metabolism and emphasises the potential use of toxins and drugs in both agriculture and medicine. It also discusses in detail two totally novel quorum sensing mechanisms and the likely role of LuxR solos in sensing the presence of different bacterial hosts. Lastly, the book explores the unique case of P. asymbiotica, which seems to have evolved the ability to infect both insects and humans. This synthesis proves that Photorhabdus truly does offer a 'gold mine' for the discovery of novel insecticidal proteins and novel natural products with potential uses in agriculture and medicine alike.

    Contents:
    Insecticidal Toxin Complexes from Photorhabdus luminescens
    Identifying Anti-host Effectors in Photorhabdus
    Flagellar Regulation and Virulence in the Entomopathogenic Bacteria
    Xenorhabdus nematophila and Photorhabdus luminescens
    Natural Products from Photorhabdus and Other Entomopathogenic Bacteria
    The Regulation of Secondary Metabolism in Photorhabdus
    Quorum Sensing and LuxR Solos in Photorhabdus
    Insect Immunity to Entomopathogenic Nematodes and Their Mutualistic Bacteria
    Photorhabdus asymbiotica as an Insect and Human Pathogen
    A Review of Clinical Cases of Infection with Photorhabdus Asymbiotica
    A Practical Guide to Recombineering in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus
  • Print
    Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, David Morgan, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter ; with problems by John Wilson, Tim Hunt.
    Summary: "As the amount of information in biology expands dramatically, it becomes increasingly important for textbooks to distill the vast amount of scientific knowledge into concise principles and enduring concepts. As with previous editions, Molecular Biology of the Cell, Sixth Edition accomplishes this goal with clear writing and beautiful illustrations. The Sixth Edition has been extensively revised and updated with the latest research in the field of cell biology, and it provides an exceptional framework for teaching and learning. The entire illustration program has been greatly enhanced. Protein structures better illustrate structure-function relationships, icons are simpler and more consistent within and between chapters, and micrographs have been refreshed and updated with newer, clearer, or better images. As a new feature, each chapter now contains intriguing open-ended questions highlighting "What We Don't Know," introducing students to challenging areas of future research. Updated end-of-chapter problems reflect new research discussed in the text. Thought-provoking end-of-chapter questions have been expanded to all chapters, including questions on developmental biology, tissues and stem cells, the immune system, and pathogens."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cells and genomes
    Cell chemistry and bioenergetics
    Proteins
    DNA, chromosomes, and genomes
    DNA replication, repair, and recombination
    How cells read the genome: from DNA to protein
    Control of gene expression
    Analyzing cells, molecules, and systems
    Visualizing cells
    Membrane structure
    Membrane transport of small molecules and the electrical properties of membranes
    Intracellular compartments and protein sorting
    Intracellular membrane traffic
    Energy conversion: mitochondria and chloroplasts
    Cell signaling
    The cytoskeleton
    The cell cycle
    Cell death
    Cell junctions and the extracellular matrix
    Cancer
    Development of multicellular organisms
    Stem cells and tissue renewal
    Pathogens and infection
    The innate and adaptive immune systems.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Bruce Alberts, Rebecca Heald, Alexander Johnson, David Morgan, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter ; with problems by John Wilson, Tim Hunt.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to the Cell
    Chapter 1. Cells, genomes, and the diversity of life
    Chapter 2. Cell chemistry and bioenergetics
    Chapter 3. Proteins
    Part II. Basic Genetic Mechanisms
    Chapter 4. DNA, chromosomes, and genomes
    Chapter 5. DNA replication, repair, and recombination
    Chapter 6. How cells read the genome : From DNA to protein
    Chapter 7. Control of gene expression
    Part III. Ways of Working with Cells
    Chapter 8. Analyzing cells, molecules, and systems
    Chapter 9. Visualizing cells and their molecules
    Part IV. Internal Organization of the Cell
    Chapter 10. Membrane structure
    Chapter 11. Small-molecule transport and electrical properties of membranes
    Chapter 12. Intracellular organization and protein sorting
    Chapter 13. Intracellular membrane traffic
    Chapter 14. Energy conversion and metabolic compartmentation : Mitochondria and chloroplasts
    Chapter 15. Cell signaling
    Chapter 16. The cytoskeleton
    Chapter 17. The cell cycle
    Chapter 18. Cell death
    Part V. Cells in Their Social Context
    Chapter 19. Cell junctions and the extracellular matrix
    Chapter 20. Cancer
    Chapter 21. Development of multicellular organisms
    Chapter 22. Stem cells in tissue homeostasis and regeneration
    Chapter 23. Pathogens and infection
    Chapter 24. The innate and adaptive immune systems
    Glossary
    Index.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Nalini M. Rajamannan, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the cellular details and the basic molecular biology approaches for understanding cardiac valvular disease. It provides novel cellular targets for developing future clinical trials and comprehensive clinical discussion of this expanding field. Molecular Biology of Valvular Heart Disease will guide physicians on the potential medical therapies to treat valvular heart disease while providing a platform for cellular targeting of valvular heart disease. Residents and fellows in cardiology, interventional cardiology, cardiac surgery, and current and future valve biologists alike will find this book to be an invaluable resource for developing further interest and understanding of the cellular basis for cardiac valvular disease treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Susan Carson, Heather B. Miller, D. Scott Witherow, Melissa C. Srougi.
    Contents:
    Part I. Manipulation of DNA
    Getting oriented: practicing with micropipettes
    Purification and digestion of plasmid (vector) DNA
    Completion of vector preparation and polymerase chain reaction amplification of egfp
    Preparation on insert DNA (egfp) PCR product
    DNA ligation and transformation of Escherichia coli
    Part II. Screening transformants
    Screening of transformants, part I
    Screening of transformants, part II
    Analysis of DNA sequence from a positive clone
    Part III. Expression, detection, and purification of recombinant proteins from bacteria
    Expressions of fusion protein from positive clones, SDS-PAGE and Western Blot: Part I
    Expressions of fusion protein from positive clones, SDS-PAGE and Western Blot: Part II
    Extraction of recombinant protein from Escherichia coli using a glutathione affinity culture
    Analysis of purification fractions
    Part IV. Analysis of mRNA levels
    Total RNA purification
    Analysis of gst:egfp mRNA levels by RT-qPCR: Part I
    Analysis of gst:egfp mRNA levels by RT-qPCR: Part II
    Analysis of gst:egfp mRNA levels by semiquantitative RT-PCR, Part I
    Analysis of gst:egfp mRNA levels by semiquantitative RT-PCR, Part II
    Part V. Modulation of gene expression
    Culturing mammalian cells
    Transient transfection of mammalian cells
    RNAi-mediated knockdown of EGFP, Part I
    RNAi-mediated knockdown of EGFP, Part II
    RNAi-mediated knockdown of EGFP, Part III
    CRISPR-mediated knockout of EGFP, Part I
    CRISPR-mediated knockout of EGFP, Part II
    Advanced CRISPR, Part I
    Advanced CRISPR, Part II
    Interim laboratory session
    Advanced CRISPR, Part III
    Advanced CRISPR, Part IV
    Advanced CRISPR, Part V
    Advanced CRISPR, Part VI.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Chris Kaiser, Monty Krieger, Anthony Bretscher, Hidde Ploegh, Kelsey Martin, Michael Yaffe, Angelika Amon.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi, José Manuel Bravo-San Pedro and Guido Kroemer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Bin Yang, Jianyu Rao, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Advantage of molecular testing using cytologic materials
    3. Validation of molecular techniques in liquid-based specimens
    4. Establishment of molecular cytology laboratory
    5. Researches on molecular cytopathology
    6. Molecular Biomarkers in cervical cytology
    7. Molecular Biomarkers in thyroid cytology
    8. Molecular Biomarkers in head and neck cytology
    9. Molecular Biomarkers in pulmonary cytology
    10. Molecular Biomarkers in breast cytology
    11. Molecular Biomarkers in urine cytology
    12. Molecular Biomarkers in hepatobiliary and pancreatic cytology
    13. Molecular Biomarkers in mesothelioma and body fluid cytology
    14. Molecular Biomarkers in soft tissue cytology
    15. Molecular Biomarkers in brain tumors
    16. Molecular cytopathology in therapeutic surveillance.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Csaba Ortutay, Zsuzsanna Ortutay.
    Contents:
    Introduction to R statistical environment
    Simple sequence analysis
    Annotating gene groups
    Next-generation sequencing : introduction and genomic applications
    Quantitative transcriptomics : qRT-PCR
    Advanced transcriptomics : gene expression microarrays
    Next-generation sequencing in transcriptomics : RNA-seq experiments
    Deciphering the regulome : from CHIP to CHIP-seq
    Inferring regulatory and other networks from gene expression data
    Analysis of biological networks
    Proteomics : mass spectrometry
    Measuring protein abundance with ELISA
    Flow cytometry : counting and sorting stained cells.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Barbara Burtness, Erica Golemis, editors.
    Summary: Head and neck cancers, involving sites from the nasopharynx to the subglottic larynx, are frequently devastating cancers that afflict patients around the world. These cancers are frequently locally advanced prior to detection, and require multimodality therapy that is associated with high morbidity. As this book addresses this difficult disease, it accomplishes three main goals. First, it introduces the etiology and subclasses of squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck (SCCHNs), and how these factors affect prognosis. Although habitual exposures to tobacco, alcohol, and other agents have historically been the main causes of SCCHN, a rising proportion of oropharynx cancers arise from transforming human papillomavirus (HPV) infection. These two broad classes of SCCHN have significant differences in disease profile and response to treatment, as we discuss. Second, it summarizes the current state of understanding of the genetic, epigenetic and protein expression changes associated with the various classes of SCCHN. In the past decade, disease pathogenesis of SCCHN has been appreciated to involve deregulation of multiple tumor pathways, including the receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) EGFR, ERBB2, ERBB3, c-MET, and IGF1R; transforming growth factor β (TGFβ); Notch; cytoplasmic signaling proteins including PTEN, PI3K, JAK/STAT, and Wnt-responsive β-catenin; mutation control systems, including p53 and the DNA damage repair (DDR) machinery; and hypoxic response. The specific understanding of the action of these proteins in SCCHN is presented here. Finally, this book defines potential therapeutic targets for improved management of the disease in the future, discussing prospects for improved prediction of prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Barbara Burtness, Erica A. Golemis.
    Summary: Squamous cell cancers of the head and neck (SCCHN), also known as head and neck cancers (HNC) encompass malignancies of the oral cavity, larynx, nasopharynx and pharynx, and are diagnosed in over 500,000 patients worldwide each year, accounting for 5% of all malignancies. It is estimated that approximately 50,000 patients develop head and neck cancer annually in the United States, of whom approximately 50% succumb to this cancer. For most cases of SCCHN, treatment is multimodal, often combining surgery or irradiation with chemotherapy; even successfully treated patients frequently experience durable and severe side effects. Improving cure rates and reducing chronic morbidity are urgent clinical needs for head and neck cancer.^However, in contrast to cancer types such as breast or prostate that have been much studied and have well-defined biology, until recently, relatively few researchers investigated the molecular basis of HNC, making it difficult to design targeted treatments with better efficacy and less debilitating side effects. This volume will provide an overview of the factors contributing to disease pathogenesis, including the recognition of discrete molecular subtypes with distinct etiology, prognosis, and treatment response. This volume will familiarize the reader with the critical signaling pathways and oncogenic drivers for HNC. It will outline the differences between HPV-positive and HPV-negative disease, and how these differences affect treatment choice and outcome.^The book will emphasize developments in the past five years, including the growing understanding of the genomic and epigenomic features of the disease based on analysis of next generation sequencing (NGS) data, and timely topics such as the analysis of HNC stem cell populations, non-coding mRNAs, and inflammatory response. It will address exciting new therapeutic approaches such as the use of immunotherapies to treat HNC patients. Overall, the book will provide the reader with current understanding of the biology and treatment of the disease, and describe timely questions that will guide future research aimed at controlling and curing this disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Seiji Isonishi, Yoshihiro Kikuch, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Cancer Stem Cells in gynecologic cancer
    2 Patient-derived xenograft models in gynaecological malignancies
    3 Cancer genomic profiling of gynecological malignancies by Todai OncoPanel, a twin DNA and RNA panel
    4 Investigating the molecular carcinogenesis of ovarian high-grade serous cancer
    5 The role of G protein-coupled receptor signaling in gynecologic malignancy
    6 Tailor-made therapy according genetic alteration in epithelial ovarian cancers
    7 Signaling and drug resistance
    8 Molecular analysis in endometrial carcinoma
    9 Molecular Landscape in Ovarian Clear Cell Carcinoma
    10 Molecular pathology and clinicopathological significance of endometrial carcinoma
    11 Novel approach for therapeutics of cervical cancer based on HPV-associated carcinogenesis at the cervix
    12 Hereditary gynecological malignancy and molecular features.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    W. Edward Highsmith, Jr., editor.
    Summary: Molecular Diagnostics: 12 Tests That Changed Everything focuses on specific laboratory tests and emphasizes how the availability of these tests has altered how clinicians treat their patients. Presented as a standard outline, each chapter focuses on a specific molecular test and provides background on the test and its clinical applications. Continuing with some discussion on how the test is done, interpreted, and used clinically, each chapter then concludes with a discussion of how that test has changed the way medicine is practiced with respect to the disease or condition in question. Authored by renowned experts in the field, Molecular Diagnostics: 12 Tests That Changed Everything is a valuable resource for pathologists, pathology residents, laboratory directors, development personnel, lab medicine fellows and those working in the broad area of oncology, infectious disease and genetics.

    Contents:
    Clinical FISH Testing for the Diagnosis of Solid Tumors
    Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Testing in Lung Adenocarcinoma
    The Human Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor 2 (HER2)
    Tamoxifen and Irinotecan Pharmacogenomics
    Hepatitis C Virus Testing
    Laboratory Testing for HIV Infection: Advances after 27 years
    Detection of Herpes Simplex Virus in Cerebrospinal Fluid using Real-time PCR
    Toward a Safer Blood Supply: The Impact of Molecular Testing
    Chromosomal Microarrays
    BRCA1 and BRCA2 Testing in Inherited Breast Cancer
    Cystic Fibrosis: Carrier Testing, Newborn Screening, and Diagnostic Testing
    Newborn Screening by Tandem Mass Spectrometry and Molecular Confirmation
    Next Generation Clinical Diagnostics: The Sequence of Events.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lela Buckingham.
    Contents:
    Nucleic acids and proteins
    Gene expression and epigenetics
    Nucleic acid extraction methods
    Resolution and detection of nucleic acids
    Analysis and characterization of nucleic acids and proteins
    Nucleic acid amplification
    Chromosomal structure and chromosomal mutations
    Gene mutations
    DNA sequencing
    DNA polymorphisms and human identification
    Detection and identification of microorganisms
    Molecular detection of inherited diseases
    Molecular oncology
    DNA-based tissue typing
    Quality assurance and quality control in the molecular laboratory.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by E. van Pelt-Verkuil, W.B. van Leeuwen, R. te Witt.
    Summary: The books Molecular Diagnostics Part 1 and 2 provide a comprehensive and practical overview of the state-of-the-art molecular biological diagnostic strategies that are being used in a wide variety of disciplines. The editors and experts in their respective fields have combined their knowledge to write these two books. Many years of experience in the development, application and quality control of molecular diagnostic methods is reflected herewith. Molecular Diagnostics Part 1 is dedicated to the theoretical backgrounds of the technologies often applied in molecular diagnostics, in which nucleic acid amplification methods (such as real-time PCR), sequencing and bioinformatics are the basic tools. The assay design and -development, combined with items of trouble-shooting are described in detail. As a foundation of reliable molecular diagnostic assays, the quality control required for validation, implementation and performance of molecular diagnostic assays is thoroughly discussed. This book also provides extensive information for those working with molecular techniques in a wide variety of research applications using conventional and real-time PCR technology, Sanger and high throughput sequencing techniques, and bioinformatics. Molecular Diagnostics Part 2 highlights the applications of the molecular diagnostic methods in the various diagnostic laboratories, comprising: - Clinical microbiology - Clinical chemistry - Clinical genetics - Clinical pathology - Molecular hematopathology - Veterinary health - Plant health - Food safety Both full-color and well-illustrated books are particularly valuable for students, clinicians, scientists and other professionals who are interested in (designing) molecular diagnostic methods and for those who wish to broaden their knowledge on the current molecular biological revolution. The information in the books highlights the trend of the integration of multiple (clinical) disciplines into one universal molecular laboratory.

    Contents:
    The importance of nucleic acids in diagnostics
    Background and analysis of nucleic acids
    Primers and probes
    Basic principles of nucleic acid hybridisation
    Principles of PCR
    Quality assurance, management and control in molecular diagnostics
    Quantitative isothermal molecular amplification techniques
    DNA sequencing
    Bioinformatics
    The ongoing revolution of MALDI TOF Mass Spectrometry for Molecular Diagnostics
    Information in the amplification curve.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Asfar S. Azmi.
    Summary: Molecular Diagnostics and Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer describes the different emerging applications of systems biology and how it is shaping modern pancreatic cancer research. This book begins by introducing the current state of the art knowledge, trends in diagnostics, progress in disease model systems as well as new treatment and palliative care strategies in pancreatic cancer. Specific sections are dedicated to enlighten the readers to newer discoveries that have emerged from gene expression profiling, proteomics, metabolomics and systems level analyses of pancreatic cancer datasets.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, Treatment, and Outcome of Pancreatic Cancer
    Advances in Primary Cell Culture of Pancreatic Cancer
    Multimodal Therapies for Pancreatic Cancer
    The Role of Notch Signaling Pathway in the Progression of Pancreatic Cancer
    Bioinformatics Analysis of Pancreas Cancer Genome in High-Throughput Genomic Technologies
    Statistical Analysis of High-Dimensional Data for Pancreatic Cancer
    Gene Expression Profiling in Pancreatic Cancer
    Genetic Susceptibility and Risk of Pancreatic Cancer
    Proteomics in Pancreatic Cancer Translational Research
    Proteomic Differences and Linkages between Chemoresistance and Metastasis of Pancreatic Cancer Using Knowledge-Based Pathway Analysis
    RNAi Validation of Pancreatic Cancer Antigens Identified by Cell Surface Proteomics
    The Significance of the Feedback Loops between Kras and Ink4a in Pancreatic Cancer
    Systems Biology of Pancreatic Cancer Stem Cells
    Characterizing the Metabolomic Effects of Pancreatic Cancer
    Prioritizing Diagnostic, Prognostic, and Therapeutic MicroRNAs in Pancreatic Cancer: Systems and Network Biology Approaches
    Integration of Protein Network Activation Mapping Technology for Personalized Therapy: Implications for Pancreatic Cancer
    Computational and Biological Evaluation of Radioiodinated Quinazolinone Prodrug for Targeting Pancreatic Cancer
    Systems and Network Pharmacology Strategies for Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma Therapy: A Resource Review.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Gregory A. Hosler, Kathleen M. Murphy.
    Summary: "This textbook presents the current (and near-future) state of affairs of molecular testing as it pertains to the dermatology patient. It focuses on practical applications of molecular diagnostics over a cross-section of dermatologic disease, including melanoma, lymphoma, soft tissue tumors, genodermatoses, and infectious disease. It includes practical advice to those ordering molecular tests as well as to those considering performing such tests, providing a potential template for a comprehensive dermatologic molecular diagnostics test menu. Pitfalls of interpretation and algorithmic approaches to testing are included. The textbook is directed towards all readers -- clinicians, pathologists, laboratorians, and other inquisitive minds -- independent of their level of molecular expertise, to provoke thought or perhaps even change practice. The context for the book is the rapid evolution of the field of molecular diagnostics, which is becoming more pervasive in all disciplines of medicine, including dermatology. This is indeed an exciting time in dermatology. Molecular testing is now incorporated into all aspects of patient management, including diagnostics (identifying and classifying disease), prognostics (predicting disease course), and theranostics (predicting response to therapy). For example, molecular tests are now used to detect germline mutations that result in genodermatoses, somatic genetic events that characterize tumors such as melanoma and sarcomas, and genetic material of otherwise undetectable infectious organisms. For melanoma and lymphoma, testing can potentially predict tumor behavior and modify patient staging. Regarding theranostics, molecular tests that identify specific mutations in proto-oncogenes, such as BRAF and others, are now used to predict which patients will respond to designer targeted therapies. Molecular theranostics has revolutionized the entire treatment paradigm for patients with advanced melanoma, replacing "excise and pray" approaches with personalized medicine."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Basics of Nucleic Acids and Molecular Biology
    3. Molecular Methods
    4. Melanoma. Part I. Risk Assessment, Diagnosis, and Prognosis: Using Molecular Tools to Diagnose Melanoma, Predict Its Behavior, and Evaluate for Inheritable Forms
    5. Melanoma. Part II. Personalized Medicine: Using Molecular Tools to Guide Targeted Therapy
    6. Leukemia and Lymphoma. Part I. Mycosis Fungoides and Sézary Syndrome: Using Molecular Tools to Aid in the Diagnosis, Staging, and Therapy for Mycosis Fungoides and Sézary Syndrome
    7. Leukemia and Lymphoma. Part II: Primary Cutaneous B-Cell Lymphoma and Other Non-MF/SS HematopoieticTumors
    8. Tumors of the Soft Tissue: Using Molecular Tools to Aid in the Diagnosis of Soft Tissue Tumors and the Management of the Sarcoma Patient
    9. Genodermatoses. Part I: Muir-Torre Syndrome
    10. Genodermatoses. Part II: Other Hereditary Dermatologic Disease
    11. Infectious Disease Testing
    12. Emerging Molecular Applications and Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Magdalena Thurin, Francesco M. Marincola.
    Contents:
    Novel insights/translational implication from the emerging biology of melanoma / Antoni Ribas
    Emerging clinical issues in melanoma in the molecularly targeted era / Ryan J. Sullivan and Michael B. Atkins
    Integrating molecular biomarkers into current clinical management in melanoma / Ragini Kudchadkar, Geoffrey Gibney, and Vernon K. Sondak
    Advances in adjuvant therapy : potential for prognostic and predictive biomarkers / Diwakar Davar [and three others]
    Immunologic monitoring of cancer vaccine trials using the ELISPOT assay / Lisa H. Butterfield and Mary Jo Buffo
    Markers for anti-cytotoxic T-lymphocyte antigen 4 (CTLA- 4) therapy in melanoma / Michael A. Postow [and four others]
    Marker utility for combination therapy / Ester Simeone, Antonio M. Grimaldi, and Paolo A. Ascierto
    Assaying for BRAF V600E in tissue and blood in melanoma / David J. Panka, James W. Mier, and Ryan J. Sullivan
    Selecting patients for KIT inhibition in melanoma / Richard D. Carvajal, Omid Hamid, and Cristina R. Antonescu
    Detecting mechanisms of acquired BRAF inhibitor resistance in melanoma / Roger S. Lo and Hubing Shi
    Current status of diagnostic and prognostic markers in melanoma / Danielle Levine and David E. Fisher
    Chromosomal copy number analysis in melanoma diagnostics / Jeffrey P. North, Swapna S. Vemula, and Boris C. Bastian
    Construction and analysis of multiparameter prognostic models for melanoma outcome / Bonnie E. Gould Rothberg and David L. Rimm
    Immunohistochemical diagnostic and prognostic markers for melanoma / Mehdi Nosrati and Mohammed Kashani-Sabet
    Lymphatic invasion as a prognostic biomarker in primary cutaneous melanoma / Xiaowei Xu [and four others]
    Tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes and their significance in melanoma prognosis / Tobias Schatton [and three others]
    Pathological staging of melanoma / David E. Elder
    Genotyping of human leukocyte antigen (HLA) ancestral haplotypes as prognostic marker in cancer using PCR analysis / Lisa Villabona [and three others]
    B7-H abnormalities in melanoma and clinical relevance / Barbara Seliger
    Melanoma susceptibility genes and risk assessment / Alexander Marzuka-Alcalá, Michele Jacobs Gabree, and Hensin Tsao
    Clinical, pathologic, and imaging features and biological markers of uveal melanoma / Alia B. Rashid and Hans E. Grossniklaus
    Prognostic test to predict the risk of metastasis in uveal melanoma based on a 15-gene expression profile / J. William Harbour
    Molecular karyotyping for detection of prognostic markers in fine needle aspiration biopsy samples of uveal melanoma / Arupa Ganguly, Jennifer Richards-Yutz, and Kathryn G. Ewens
    ERBB4 mutation analysis : emerging molecular target for melanoma treatment / Christopher Lau [and three others]
    Epigenetic markers of prognosis in melanoma / Luca Sigalotti [and four others]
    Isolation of melanoma cell subpopulations using negative selection / Ana Slipicevic [and three others]
    Circulating tumor cells as prognostic biomarkers in cutaneous melanoma patients / Eiji Kiyohara [and three others]
    Detection of chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan 4 (CSPG4) in melanoma / Yangyang Wang [and three others]
    Targeting damage-associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs) and DAMP receptors in melanoma / Brian A. Boone and Michael T. Lotze
    The clinical use of PET/CT in the evaluation of melanoma / Khun Visith Keu and Andrei H. Iagaru
    Immune system functional pathway analysis using single cell network profiling (SCNP) : a novel tool in cancer immunotherapy / Alessandra Cesano and David Spellmeyer
    Quantitative and spatial image analysis of tumor and draining lymph nodes using immunohistochemistry and high-resolution multispectral imaging to prdict metastasis / Kim R.M. Blenman and Peter P. Lee
    COLD-PCR enriches low-level variant DNA sequences and increases the sensitivity of genetic testing / Elena Castellanos-Rizaldos [and seven others]
    Isolation of circulating microRNAs from microvesicles found in human plasma / John F. Quackenbush [and seven others]
    Detection of circulating tumor cells by photoacoustic flowmetry / Ryan M. Weight and John A. Viator
    Statistical design and evaluation of biomarker studies / Kevin K. Dobbin
    Tissue resources for clinical use and marker studies in melanoma / Jonathan L. Curry [and five others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Kamla Kant Shukla, Praveen Sharma and Sanjeev Misra.
    Summary: This book aims to bring together a broad variety of examples of the role of pharmacogenomics in current drug development, uncovering dynamic concentration-dependent drug responses on biological systems to understand pharmacodynamics responses in human cancer where genetic lesions serve as tumor markers and provide a basis for cancer diagnosis. The book describes methods and protocols applied in molecular diagnostics. It offers pathologists and researchers providing molecular diagnostic services an array of the most recent and readily accessible reference to compare methods and techniques. Highlights include the molecular diagnosis of genetic aberrations by quantitative polymerase reaction (qPCR), sequence-specific oligonucleotide arrays, next-generation sequencing (NGS), CGH arrays-and methodologies directed at the detection of epigenetic events, high-throughput nucleic acid and protein arrays, direct sequencing and FISH-based methodologies, currently used in the diagnosis of solid tumors. The book also includes an innovative line of treatment in relation to the molecular prognosis, diagnosis and pharmacogenomics in the actual practice of clinical findings at molecular levels. The book covers the applications of numerous genetic testing methodologies; in approximately the chronological order of discovery and high-throughput diagnosis using advanced genomic approaches to identify such genes, in the search for novel drug targets and/or key determinants of drug reactions. It also promotes a wider understanding of molecular diagnostics among physicians, medical students, and scientists in academics, industry and corporate world.

    Contents:
    Introduction of molecular diagnostics
    Molecular Diagnostics in Bladder cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Lung cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Brain cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Melanoma
    Molecular Diagnostics in Breast cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Molecular Diagnostics in Cervical cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Colorectal cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Pancreatic cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Oral cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Prostate cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Kidney cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Skin cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Leukaemia
    Molecular Diagnostics in Thyroid cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Liver cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Uterine cancer
    Molecular Diagnostics in Ovarian cancer
    Pharmacogenomics Testing for Medication & Drug Response.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maximiliano Nardelli, Juan Ignacio Túnez, editors.
    Summary: Although all living beings modify their environment, human beings have acquired the ability to do so on a superlative space-time scale. As a result of industrialization and the use of new technologies, the anthropogenic impact has been increasing in the last centuries, causing reductions in the sizes or the extinction of numerous wild populations. In this sense, from the field of conservation genetics, various efforts have been made in recent decades to provide new knowledge that contributes to the conservation of populations, species, and habitats. In this book, we summarize the concrete contributions of researchers to the conservation of the Neotropical mammals using Molecular Ecology techniques. The book is divided into three major sections. The first section provides an up-to-date review of the conservation status of Neotropical mammals, the applications of the molecular markers in its conservation, and the use of non-invasive and forensic genetic techniques. The second and third sections present, respectively, a series of case studies in various species or taxonomic groups of Neotropical mammals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 - Introduction
    Section 1 - Background and Technical Notes
    Chapter 2 - Conservation status of Neotropical mammals: A review
    Chapter 3 - The use of molecular markers in Neotropical mammal conservation
    Chapter 4 - Non-invasive genetic sampling techniques applied to conservation genetic studies in mammals
    Chapter 5 - Landscape Genomics in wildlife conservation
    Chapter 6 - The use of forensic DNA on the conservation of Neotropical mammals
    Chapter 7 - Leveraging conservation through massive sequencing technologies
    Chapter 8 - The importance of considering genetic factors in population viability analysis
    Section 2 - Case studies
    Chapter 9 - Effects of the sample sizes in the determination of the true number of haplogroups within a species with conservation purposes: the case of the Cebus albifrons in Ecuador, and the cases of the jaguarundi, the kinkajou and the coati throughout Latin America
    Chapter 10 - Molecular Ecology Approaches to Study Neotropical Bats
    Chapter 11 - Phylogeographic approximation of the subspecies Odocoileus virginianus veraecrusis (Goldman & Kellogg 1940) in the South Eastern Coastal Plain, Mexico.-Chapter 12 - Perspectives on Neotropical primate conservation genetics
    Chapter 13 - The use of Genetic Footprints as a tool to trace the origin of the heavily trafficked White-footed tamarins (Saguinus leucopus) in Colombia
    Chapter 14 - Schrödinger's cat in genetics for the conservation of species in the tropical Andes: bibliographical review of the order Carnivora
    Chapter 15 - Conservation genetics of rodents in Argentina
    Chapter 16 - Conservation genetics of caviomorphs and sigmodontine rodents in the Neotropics.-Chapter 17 - Aquatic Mammals of the Amazon: a review of gene diversity, population structure and phylogeography
    Conclusion
    Chapter 18 - Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Robert T. Gerlai.
    Summary: Molecular-Genetic and Statistical Techniques for Behavioral and Neural Research presents the most exciting molecular and recombinant DNA techniques used in the analysis of brain function and behavior, a critical piece of the puzzle for clinicians, scientists, course instructors and advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Chapters examine neuroinformatics, genetic and neurobehavioral databases and data mining, also providing an analysis of natural genetic variation and principles and applications of forward (mutagenesis) and reverse genetics (gene targeting). In addition, the book discusses gene expression and its role in brain function and behavior, along with ethical issues in the use of animals in genetics testing. Written and edited by leading international experts, this book provides a clear presentation of the frontiers of basic research as well as translationally relevant techniques that are used by neurobehavioral geneticists.

    Contents:
    Section I. Neuroinformatics, Computational Models and Data Analysis
    Section II. Searching for New Genes: Natural Genetic Variation
    Section III. Discovery of New Genes and New Functions of Genes Using Gene Expression Analyses
    Section IV. Discovery of Genes and Biological Mechanisms: Forward Genetics and Other Screening-Based Methods
    Section V. Manipulating Known Genes to Understand Biological Function: Reverse Genetics
    Section VI. Ethical Considerations.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Amit Singh, Madhuri Kango-Singh, editors.
    Summary: Drosophila melanogaster (fruit fly) is a highly versatile model with a genetic legacy of more than a century. It provides powerful genetic, cellular, biochemical and molecular biology tools to address many questions extending from basic biology to human diseases. One of the most important questions in biology is how a multi-cellular organism develops from a single-celled embryo. The discovery of the genes responsible for pattern formation has helped refine this question and has led to other questions, such as the role of various genetic and cell biological pathways in regulating the process of pattern formation and growth during organogenesis. The Drosophila eye model has been extensively used to study molecular genetic mechanisms involved in patterning and growth. Since the genetic machinery involved in the Drosophila eye is similar to humans, it has been used to model human diseases and homology to eyes in other taxa. This updated second edition covers current progress in the study of molecular genetic mechanisms of pattern formation, mutations in axial patterning, genetic regulation of growth, and more using the Drosophila eye as a model.

    Contents:
    Early eye development: Specification and Determination
    Generation of third dimension: Axial patterning in the developing Drosophila eye
    Catching the Next Wave: Patterning of the Drosophila eye by the Morphogenetic Furrow
    Ghost in the Machine- the Peripodail Epithelium
    Cell Polarity in Drosophila Retina
    Negative regulation for neural patterning in the Drosophila eye
    Adhesion and the cytoskeleton in the Drosophila pupaleye
    Drosophila eye as a model to study regulation of growth control: The discovery of size control pathways
    Drosophila cancer modeling using the eye imaginal discs
    Recent contributions of the Drosophila eye to unraveling the basis of neurodegeneration
    Genetic regulation of early eye development in non-dipteran insects
    Eyes for an eye: A comparative account on compound eye of Drosophila melanogaster with vertebrate eye
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Lora Hedrick Ellenson, editor.
    Summary: "This comprehensive text provides a much-needed review of a disease that is currently garnering the interest of molecular biologists, translational scientists, and clinicians. The volume includes emerging developments in the molecular genetics of endometrial carcinoma. In addition to covering the basic genetics of endometrial carcinoma, chapters also cover a wide range of signaling pathways implicated in endometrial carcinoma. A section of the book includes a number of genetically engineered mouse models, which contribute to understanding the role of various genetic alterations in the development and progression of endometrial carcinoma. These models also provide preclinical models for developing effective targeted therapeutic approaches. Endometrial carcinoma is the most common malignancy of the female genital tract in the United States and the number of cases continues to increase around the world. This book is a meant to serve as a resource for a wide range of scientists, from molecular geneticists to signal transduction biologists, as well as to both clinicians and scientists interested in developing targeted therapeutic approaches for women with endometrial carcinoma"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Epidemiology of endometrial carcinoma: etiologic importance of hormonal and metabolic influences / Ashley S. Felix, Hannah P. Yang, Daphne W. Bell [and others]
    Clinical behavior and treatment of endometrial cancer / Divya Gupta
    Pathology of endometrial carcinoma / Sigurd F. Lax
    Molecular profiling. Traditional approaches to molecular genetic analysis / Christopher J. Walker, Paul J. Goodfellow
    Next-generation sequencing / Matthieu Le Gallo, Fred Lozy, Daphne W. Bell
    Endometrial carcinoma: specific targeted pathways / Nuria Eritja, Andree Yeramian, Bo-Juen Chen, David Llobet-Navas [and others]
    Mouse models. LKB1 as a tumor suppressor in uterine cancer: mouse models and translational studies / Christopher G. Peña, Diego H. Castrillón
    Mig-6 mouse model of endometrial cancer / Tae Hoon Kim, Jung-Yoon Yoo, Jae-Wook Jeong
    PI3K/PTEN/AKT genetic mouse models of endometrial carcinoma / Ayesha Joshi, Lora Hedrick Ellenson.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mauro D'Amato, John D. Rioux, editors.
    Summary: Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) affects 1% of people worldwide. This condition is partly inherited, and genetic research has made enormous progress during the last few years, providing important insight into disease pathogenesis. This book provides a concise but complete overview of existing knowledge, with particular focus on the molecular and genetic mechanisms at the basis of IBD. Invited experts, at the frontline of IBD research, introduce basic concepts in the pathophysiology of IBD and its two major forms Crohn?s disease and ulcerative colitis, provide a historical perspective and highlight latest discoveries of IBD genetic research, describe how this information has helped to unravel novel pathogenetic pathways, and formulate a vision for future investigations and their clinical application in IBD. State-of-the-art information contained in this book is an exceptional resource for all those in the biomedical field with a specific interest in IBD, including basic scientists, gastroenterologists, GI specialist doctors and research nurses, but also medical and biomedical students.

    Contents:
    Part I: The Foundation of IBD Genetics, Human and Animal Studies. A Primer on IBD: Phenotypes, Diagnosis, Treatment, and Clinical Challenges / Xinjun Cindy Zhu and Richard P. MacDermott
    Genetic Epidemiology of Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Early Twin and Family Studies / Jonas Halfvarson
    Insights from Recent Advances in Animal Models of Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Emiko Mizoguchi, Atsushi Mizoguchi and Atul K. Bhan
    Part II: The Genetic and Molecular Makeup of Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Complex Disease Genes and Their Discovery / Jeffrey C. Barrett and Mark J. Daly
    The Genetics of Crohn's Disease / Andre Franke and Miles Parkes
    Genetics of Ulcerative Colitis / Mauro D'Amato, Catherine Labbé and John D. Rioux
    Genetic Overlap Between Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Other Diseases / Charlie W. Lees and Alexandra Zhernakova
    Molecular Profiling of IBD Subtypes/Response to Therapy / Isabelle Cleynen and Séverine Vermeire
    Epigenetics of Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Robert Häsler, Stefan Schreiber and Stephan Beck
    Part III: Pathogenetic Pathways in Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Nod1 and Nod2 and the Immune Response to Bacteria / Maria Kaparakis-Liaskos, Dana J. Philpott
    The IL23-Th17 Axis in Intestinal Inflammation / Kevin J. Maloy
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease at the Intersection of Autophagy and Immunity: Insights from Human Genetics / Natalia B. Nedelsky, Petric Kuballa and Adam B. Castoreno
    The Epithelial Barrier / Stefan Koch, Asma Nusrat and Charles A. Parkos
    Host Interactions with Bacteria: From "Entente Cordiale" to "Casus Belli" / Nouara Lhocine and Philippe J. Sansonetti
    Cytokines in Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Matthias A. Engel and Markus F. Neurath
    Part IV: Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives. Towards Personalized Therapy in Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Dermot P.B. McGovern.
    Digital Access Springer 2013
  • Digital
    Charlotte Hedin, John D. Rioux, Mauro D'Amato, editors.
    Summary: Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) affects 1% of people worldwide. This condition is partly inherited, and genetic research has made enormous progress during the last few years, providing important insight into disease pathogenesis. This book provides a concise but complete overview of existing knowledge, with particular focus on the molecular and genetic mechanisms at the basis of IBD. Invited experts, at the frontline of IBD research, introduce basic concepts in the pathophysiology of IBD and its two major forms Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, provide a historical perspective and highlight latest discoveries of IBD genetic research, describe how this information has helped to unravel novel pathogenetic pathways, and formulate a vision for future investigations and their clinical application in IBD. State-of-the-art information contained in this book is an exceptional resource for all those in the biomedical field with a specific interest in IBD, including basic scientists, gastroenterologists, GI specialist doctors and research nurses, but also medical and biomedical students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The Foundation of IBD Genetics, Human and Animal Studies
    A Primer on IBD: Phenotypes, Diagnosis, Treatment and Clinical Challenges
    Genetic Epidemiology of Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Early Twin and Family Studies
    Insights from Recent Advances in Animal Models of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Part 2: The Genetic and Molecular Makeup of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Complex Disease Genes and their Discovery
    The Genetics of Crohn's Disease
    Genetics of Ulcerative Colitis
    Genetic Overlap between Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Other Diseases
    Molecular Profiling of IBD Subtypes/Response to Therapy
    Epigenetics of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Part 3: Pathogenetic Pathways in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Nod1 and Nod2 and the Immune Response to Bacteria
    The IL-23-Th17 Axis in Intestinal Inflammation
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease at the Intersection of Autophagy and Immunity: Insights from Human Genetics
    The Epithelial Barrier
    Host Interactions with Bacteria: From "Entente Cordiale" to "Casus Belli"
    Cytokines in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Part 4: Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives
    Towards Personalized Therapy in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Graham F. Hatfull, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, and William R. Jacobs, Jr., Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, NY
    Summary: A comprehensive collection of perspectives by experts in mycobacterial molecular biology, written by leading experts in the field. This book is an invaluable resource for anyone interested in the molecular genetics and molecular biology of mycobacteria.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Cristina Nanni, Stefano Fanti, Lucia Zanoni, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the importance of molecular imaging in multiple myeloma, with detailed explanation of its clinical impact. Other important features are the definition of criteria that will aid PET/CT interpretation; identification and explanation of the most frequent pitfalls; a brief overview of the advantages and limitations of DWI MR imaging, still an experimental technique in multiple myeloma; and examination of the possible role of emerging PET tracers. When appropriate, clinical cases are used to illustrate key teaching points. All physicians involved in oncological imaging should regularly reassess and update their routine practice in the evaluation of multiple myeloma patients. This is especially true now, given the recent clarification by the International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) of the criteria for bone damage requiring therapy and the emerging data supporting the role of the newer functional imaging techniques in predicting outcome and/or evaluating response to therapy. In this challenging context, Molecular Imaging in Multiple Myeloma will be of high value for nuclear medicine physicians, radiologists, and hematologists.

    Contents:
    1.Multiple Myeloma: clinical aspects
    2. What does a clinician need from new imaging procedures?
    3.FDG PET in Multiple Myeloma
    4. Role of Standard Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    5.Whole Body Diffusion-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging: A new era for whole body imaging in myeloma?
    6.CXCR4 imaging in Multiple Myeloma
    7.PET/CT with Standard NON-FDG Tracers
    8. The issue of interpretation
    9. Clinical Teachning Cases: FDG PET/CT .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Otmar Schober, Fabian Kiessling, Jürgen Debus, editors.
    Summary: The impact of molecular imaging on diagnostics, therapy, and follow-up in oncology is increasing steadily. This handbook addresses all aspects of molecular imaging in oncology, from basic research to clinical applications in the era of evidence-based medicine.

    Contents:
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
    Single photon emission computed tomography
    tracer
    Non-peptidyl 18F-labelled PET tracers as radioindicators for the noninvasive detection of cancer
    Ultrasound Imaging
    Optical and opto-acoustic imaging
    Multifunctional magnetic imaging probes
    Modern X-ray concepts-differential phase-contrast imaging
    Pre-clinical SPECT and SPECT-CT
    Optical and photo-acoustic imaging
    Applications of small animal PET
    Preclinical molecular imaging using PET and MRI
    Molecular ultrasound imaging
    Advanced microscopy techniques
    Mass spectroscopy
    Quantitative SPECT-CT
    Optical imaging of breast tumors and of gastrointestinal cancer by laser-induced fluorescence
    FDG PET and PET-CT
    Non-FDG PET-CT
    Clinical MR biomarkers
    Clinical PET-MR
    Advanced ultrasound imaging
    Radiomics and Radiogenomics
    Cross validation techniques
    Image-guided brain surgery
    Image-guided abdominal surgery
    Photon radiation therapy
    Particle radiation therapy
    Internal radiotherapy
    Future challenges of multimodality imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    S.S. Gambhir.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Molecular imaging
    Chapter 2. Basic cell & molecular biology
    Chapter 3. Ovreview of imaging modalities
    Chapter. 4. Molecular imaging strategies
    Chapter 5. Assays
    Chapter 6. Nanoparticle imaging
    Chapter 7. Clinical applications
    Chapter 8. Molecular imaging examples
    Chapter 10. Frequently asked questions
    Chapter 11. Useful tables
    Chapter 12. Probe structures table.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB43.7 .G36 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Nakanishi, Toshio; Baldwin, H. Scott; Fineman, Jeffrey R.; Yamagishi, Hiroyuki.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Hubert Hilbi.
    Summary: Legionnaires' disease, a potentially fatal type of pneumonia primarily affecting elderly and immuno-compromised persons, is caused by the ubiquitous environmental bacterium Legionella pneumophila. This book offers authoritative reviews of different facets of its virulence, focusing on comparative phagocyte infection, virulence gene regulation, biochemical functions of effector proteins and cellular pathogen-host interactions, as well as host responses and immunity to L. pneumophila. Taken together, the contributions in this compilation provide a state-of-the-art overview of current insights into the molecular pathogenesis of the opportunistic and potentially fatal pathogen L. pneumophila.

    Contents:
    From Amoeba to Macrophages: Exploring the Molecular Mechanisms of Legionella pneumophila Infection in Both Hosts / Pedro Escoll and Monica Rolando
    The Legionella pneumophila Two-Component Regulatory Systems that Participate in the Regulation of Icm/Dot Effectors / Gil Segal
    Facets of Small RNA-Mediated Regulation in Legionella pneumophila / Hana Trigui, Nilmini Mendis and Laam Li
    Type II Secretion and Legionella Virulence / Nicholas P. Cianciotto
    Effector Translocation by the Legionella Dot/Icm Type IV Secretion System / Jiazhang Qiu and Zhao-Qing Luo
    Modulation of Small GTPases by Legionella / Roger S. Goody and Aymelt Itzen
    Host Lipidation: A Mechanism for Spatial Regulation of Legionella Effectors / Stanimir S. Ivanov and Craig Roy
    Phosphoinositide Lipids and the Legionella Pathogen Vacuole / Ina Haneburger and Hubert Hilbi
    Legionella Phospholipases Implicated in Virulence / Katja Kuhle and Antje Flieger
    Cytotoxic Glucosyltransferases of Legionella pneumophila / Yury Belyi, Thomas Jank and Klaus Aktories
    Modulation of the Ubiquitination Machinery by Legionella / Andree Hubber, Tomoko Kubori and Hiroki Nagai
    Host Signal Transduction and Protein Kinases Implicated in Legionella Infection / Andrew D. Hempstead and Ralph R. Isberg
    Mouse Models of Legionnaires' Disease / Andrew S. Brown and Ian R. van Driel.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kazunari Kaneko, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. History of Research on Pathogenesis of Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome
    Part 2. Minimal-change nephrotic syndrome (MCNS)
    2. Hemopexin in Minimal Change Nephrotic Syndrome
    3. Angiopoietin-like-4 (Angptl4) in MCNS
    4. Co-stimulatory molecule CD80 (B7.1) in MCNS
    5. Energy and Mammalian target of rapamycin complex 1 (mTORC1) in minimal change nephrotic syndrome
    6. The role of c-mip in the pathogenesis of Minimal Change Nephrotic Syndrome
    7. REGULATORY T-CELLS AND OXIDATIVE STRESS IN MINIMAL CHANGE NEPHROPATHY
    8. CYTOKINES AS ACTIVE FACTORS IN MINIMAL CHANGE NEPHROTIC SYNDROME
    Part 3. Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis (FSGS)
    9. Soluble urokinase-type plasminogen activator receptor (suPAR) in Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    10. CYTOKINES AS ACTIVE FACTORS IN FOCAL SEGMENTAL GLOMERULOSCLEROSIS
    Part 4. Idiopathic Membranous Nephropathy (IMN)
    11. M-Type Phospholipase A2 Receptor (PLA2R) and Thrombospondin Type-1 Domain-Containing 7A (THSD7A) in Membranous Nephropathy
    12. Cationic Bovine Serum Albumin as Cause of Membranous Nephropathy: From Mice to Men
    Part 5. Treatment in Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome
    13. Podocytes as a direct target of drugs used in Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    by Tara Karimi.
    Summary: This book presents a novel molecular description for understanding the regulatory mechanisms behind the autonomy and self-organization in biological systems. Chapters focus on defining and explaining the regulatory molecular mechanisms behind different aspects of autonomy and self-organization in the sense of autonomous coding, data processing, structure (mass) formation and energy production in a biological system. Subsequent chapters discuss the cross-talk among mechanisms of energy, and mass and information, transformation in biological systems. Other chapters focus on applications regarding therapeutic approaches in regenerative medicine. Molecular Mechanisms of Autonomy in Biological Systems is an indispensable resource for scientists and researchers in regenerative medicine, stem cell biology, molecular biology, tissue engineering, developmental biology, biochemistry, biophysics, bioinformatics, as well as big data sciences, complexity and soft computing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: The Relativity ofCode, Energy, andMass Versus theRelativity ofEnergy andMass; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biological Systems Are Highly Autonomous; 1.3 Significance andFundamental Applications ofRegulatory Mechanisms ofAutonomy inBiological Systems; 1.4 Chemical Foundation ofLife; 1.5 Physical Foundation ofLife: Thermodynamics andGeneral Relativity ofEnergy andMass; 1.6 Code: TheThird Dimension ofNature's Law; 1.7 Relativity ofCode, Energy, andMass: TheMolecular Mechanism ofAutonomy inBiological Systems; References 2.3 Cognitive Chemistry Algorithm: ABiomimetic Multilayer Molecular Coding Algorithm forSolving NP ProblemsReferences;
    Chapter 3: Molecular Mechanism ofSelf-Organization inBiological Systems; 3.1 An Introduction toSelf-Organization andEmbryonic Organogenesis; 3.2 Potential Applications ofSelf-Organization inTechnology andBiomedical Sciences; 3.3 Remarkable Properties ofSelf-Organization; 3.3.1 Polarity Formation; 3.3.2 Energy Balance; 3.4 Self-Organization Is aBottom-Up Process; 3.5 Developmental Biology ofEmbryonic Organogenesis 3.5.1 Developmental Biology ofAutonomous Morphogenesis andSpontaneous Pattern Formation3.5.2 Developmental Biology ofAutonomous Specification andDifferentiation; 3.5.3 Molecular andPhysical Foundation ofEmbryonic Self-Organization byCognitive Chemistry andRelativity ofCode Energy andMass; References;
    Chapter 4: Molecular Mechanism ofSelf-Fueling inBiological Systems by Relativity ofCode, Energy, andMass; 4.1 Self-Fueling Property ofLiving Systems andtheMaintenance ofCell Organization; 4.2 Photosynthesis: ANatural Sustainable Energy Solution forLife 4.3 Quantum Coherence: TheEfficiency ofSolar Energy Uptake andConversion inPhotosynthesis4.4 Photosynthesis: Quantum Coherence, Energy Transfer, andProduction ofDesigner Mass; 4.5 Photosynthesis: APromising Model Illustrating theRelativity ofCode, Energy, andMass intheNature; 4.6 Photosynthesis Is aCode-Based Energy andMass Transformation System; 4.7 Inspiring fromPhotosynthesis andConstruction ofaCycle ofMolecular Code, Energy, andMass forSustainability; References
    Chapter 2: Molecular Mechanism ofCoding andAutonomous Decision-Making inBiological Systems2.1 Molecular Mechanism ofAutonomous Coding andData Processing Based onPhysical andChemical Foundation ofLife; 2.2 Basic Principles ofCoding andData Processing inBiological Systems; 2.2.1 Information Storage inMolecules andMaterials; 2.2.2 Multilayer Coding; 2.2.3 Molecular Coding and Algorithmic Chemistry; 2.2.4 Inherent andConserved Coding; 2.2.5 Conditional Coding; 2.2.6 Dynamic andDe Novo Coding; 2.2.7 Integration ofSoftware andHardware
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Rafal P. Piprek, editor.
    Contents:
    Early Development of the Gonads
    Origin and Differentiation of the Somatic Cells of the Genital Ridges
    The formation and migration of primordial germ cells in mouse and man
    The Gonadal Supporting Cell Lineage and Mammalian Sex Determination: the Differentiation of Sertoli and Granulosa Cells
    Mesonephric cell migration into the gonads and vascularization are processes crucial for testis development
    Origin and Differentiation of Androgen-producing Cells in the Gonads
    Germ cell commitment to oogenic versus spermatogenic pathway
    the role of retinoic acid
    Ovarian Folliculogenesis
    Control of oocyte growth and development by intercellular communication within the follicular niche
    Biology of the Sertoli cell in the Fetal, Pubertal and Adult Mammalian Testis
    Mechanisms Regulating Spermatogonial Differentiation
    Stem cells in mammalian gonads
    A Role of microRNAs in Cell Differentiation during Gonad Development
    The Battle of the Sexes: Human Sex Development and its Disorders
    Methods for the study of gonadal development.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Steffen Backert: editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on immune reactions and interactions of humans with Helicobacter pylori - a human pathogen connected to gastritis, peptic ulcers and even gastric cancer. With nearly half of the worlds population colonized, it has been characterized as one of the most successful pathogens for more than 100,000 years of co-evolution with its host. The respective chapters discuss not only how H. pylori infection is considered a paradigm for persistent bacterial infection and chronic inflammation, but also how the infection might be connected to host protection against gastro-esophageal diseases, asthma, and other allergic disease manifestations. Readers will gain essential insights into the roles of specific factors in the immune response and learn about the impact of genetic polymorphisms on the risk of gastric carcinogenesis. In addition, the book discusses the strategies used by this bacterium, which allow it to colonize specific sites in the stomach, interact with the microbiome, evade immune surveillance and undermine the resolution of inflammation during persistent infection. This volume presents a concise summary of recent advances in the areas of induction, resolution and escape of inflammation, innate and adaptive immunity, gastric disease development, as well as treatment and vaccination against H. pylori. Accordingly, it offers a valuable asset for scientists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Inflammation, immunity and vaccine development for the gastric pathogen Helicobacter pylori
    Impact of Helicobacter pylori Virulence Factors on the Host immune Response and Gastric Pathology
    Genetic polymorphisms in inflammatory and other regulators in gastric cancer: risks and clinical consequences
    MALT lymphoma as a model of chronic inflammation-induced gastric tumor development
    Crosstalk between DNA damage and inflammation in the multiple steps of gastric carcinogenesis
    Importance of toll-like receptors in pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory responses by Helicobacter pylori infection
    Role of NOD1 and ALPK1/TIFA signalling in innate immunity against Helicobacter pylori infection
    Carbohydrate-dependent and antimicrobial peptide defense mechanisms against Helicobacter pylori infections
    The sweeping role of cholesterol depletion in the persistence of Helicobacter pylori infections
    Helicobacter pylori deregulates T and B cell signaling to trigger immune evasion
    Mechanisms of inflammasome signaling, microRNA induction and resolution of inflammation by Helicobacter pylori
    Impact of the gastrointestinal microbiome in health and disease: co-evolution with the host immune system
    Resolution of gastric cancer-promoting inflammation: a novel strategy for anti-cancer therapy.
  • Digital
    Steffen Backert, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on immune reactions and interactions of humans with Helicobacter pylori - a human pathogen connected to gastritis, peptic ulcers and even gastric cancer. With nearly half of the worlds population colonized, it has been characterized as one of the most successful pathogens for more than 100,000 years of co-evolution with its host. The respective chapters discuss not only how H. pylori infection is considered a paradigm for persistent bacterial infection and chronic inflammation, but also how the infection might be connected to host protection against gastro-esophageal diseases, asthma, and other allergic disease manifestations. Readers will gain essential insights into the roles of specific factors in the immune response and learn about the impact of genetic polymorphisms on the risk of gastric carcinogenesis. In addition, the book discusses the strategies used by this bacterium, which allow it to colonize specific sites in the stomach, interact with the microbiome, evade immune surveillance and undermine the resolution of inflammation during persistent infection. This volume presents a concise summary of recent advances in the areas of induction, resolution and escape of inflammation, innate and adaptive immunity, gastric disease development, as well as treatment and vaccination against H. pylori. Accordingly, it offers a valuable asset for scientists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Inflammation, immunity and vaccine development for the gastric pathogen Helicobacter pylori
    Impact of Helicobacter pylori Virulence Factors on the Host immune Response and Gastric Pathology
    Genetic polymorphisms in inflammatory and other regulators in gastric cancer: risks and clinical consequences
    MALT lymphoma as a model of chronic inflammation-induced gastric tumor development
    Crosstalk between DNA damage and inflammation in the multiple steps of gastric carcinogenesis
    Importance of toll-like receptors in pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory responses by Helicobacter pylori infection
    Role of NOD1 and ALPK1/TIFA signalling in innate immunity against Helicobacter pylori infection
    Carbohydrate-dependent and antimicrobial peptide defense mechanisms against Helicobacter pylori infections
    The sweeping role of cholesterol depletion in the persistence of Helicobacter pylori infections
    Helicobacter pylori deregulates T and B cell signaling to trigger immune evasion
    Mechanisms of inflammasome signaling, microRNA induction and resolution of inflammation by Helicobacter pylori
    Impact of the gastrointestinal microbiome in health and disease: co-evolution with the host immune system
    Resolution of gastric cancer-promoting inflammation: a novel strategy for anti-cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tilman Borggrefe, Benedetto Daniele Giaimo, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the Notch signaling pathway with a focus on molecular mechanisms. The Notch signaling pathway is a seemingly simple pathway that does not involve any second messenger. Upon ligand binding two consecutive proteolytic cleavages of the NOTCH receptor release the Notch intracellular domain from the membrane. The Notch intracellular domain migrates into the nucleus and activates gene expression. Recently, new technologies allowed us to better understand this pivotal signaling cascade and revealed new regulatory mechanisms. The different chapters cover many aspects of the Notch signaling focusing on the mechanisms governing the receptor/ligand interaction as well as on the downstream intracellular signaling events. Aspects of both canonical and non-canonical signaling are discussed and the function of Notch signaling in physiological and pathological contexts are elucidated. This book is not only intended for experts but it should also be a useful resource for young, sprouting scientists or interested scientists from other research areas, who may use this book as a stimulating starting point for further discoveries and developments"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to molecular mechanisms in notch signal transduction and disease pathogenesis / Benedetto Daniele Giaimo, Tilman Borggrefe
    Molecular mechanisms of receptor/ligand interactions. Structural insights into notch receptor-ligand interactions / Penny A. Handford, Boguslawa Korona, Richard Suckling, Christina Redfield, Susan M. Lea
    The molecular mechanism of notch activation / Klaus N. Lovendahl, Stephen C. Blacklow, Wendy R. Gordon
    Regulation of notch function by O-glycosylation / Beth M. Harvey, Robert S. Haltiwanger
    Modeling the notch response / Udi Binshtok, David Sprinzak
    Endocytic trafficking of the notch receptor / Bj̲örn Schnute, Tobias Troost, Thomas Klein
    Intracellular signaling mechanisms. The notch interactome: complexity in signaling circuitry / Diana M. Ho, K. G. Guruharsha, Spyros Artavanis-Tsakonas
    Integration of drosophila and human genetics to understand notch signaling related diseases / Jose L. Salazar, Shinya Yamamoto
    Mechanisms of non-canonical signaling in health and disease: diversity to take therapy up a notch? / Victor Alfred, Thomas Vaccari
    The notch3 receptor and its intracellular signaling-dependent oncogenic mechanisms / Diana Bellavia, Saula Checquolo, Rocco Palermo, Isabella Screpanti
    Notch and neurogenesis / Anna Engler, Runrui Zhang, Verdon Taylor
    Notch and stem cells / Anna Bigas, Cristina Porcheri
    Oscillatory control of notch signaling in development / Ryoichiro Kageyama, Hiromi Shimojo, Akihiro Isomura
    CSL-associated corepressor and coactivator complexes / Franz Oswald, Rhett A. Kovall
    Disease links and therapeutics. Notch and senescence / Matthew Hoare, Masashi Narita
    Control of blood vessel formation by notch signaling / Fabian Tetzlaff, Andreas Fischer
    Notch and T cell function: a complex tale / Jyothi Vijayaraghavan, Barbara A. Osborne
    Notch in leukemia / Anna C. McCarter, Qing Wang, Mark Chiang.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Svetlana Trofimova.
    Summary: This book discusses the pathology of the retina, and reviews current research on the use of cell replacement therapy and short peptides to restore functional activity in retinal neurons. As the book describes, pathologies of the retina, including age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, and retinitis pigmentosa, present a long-standing challenge in the practice of clinical ophthalmology. Modern treatment for these conditions, which lead to irreversible blindness, includes laser exposure, surgical intervention, and drugs. These treatments aim to reduce the risk of new complications in the eye; pathogenetic therapy of degenerative diseases of the retina is practically absent in current ophthalmic practice. The first section of the book reviews the molecular mechanisms of age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, and retinitis pigmentosa, and reports on methods of treatment. The second section presents the results of recent experimental studies of the effects of short peptides on pluripotent embryonic cells; on proliferative activity in retinal cells and pigment epithelium; on expression of markers of differentiation or retinal neurons and pigment epithelium; and on the course of hereditary retinal pigmentation in Campbell rats. The third section offers results of clinical studies on the effectiveness of short peptides in patients with macular degeneration, and in patients with retinitis pigmentosa. The author concludes that the regular use of peptides in the treatment of degenerative diseases of the retina can slow the progression of the pathological process and preserve the patient's vision for some 10-15 years. In addition, in 80 percent of patients, it is possible to increase visual function by increasing visual acuity, improving the boundaries of the visual field and the fundus.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Literature review
    Chapter 2. Results of experimental studies of short peptides (cytogens) in ophthalmology
    Chapter 3. Results of the clinical study of short peptides (cytogens) in ophthalmology
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors in chief: David H. Persing, Fred C. Tenover; editors: Randall T. Hayden, Margareta Ieven, Melissa B. Miller, Frederick S. Nolte, Yi-Wei Tang, Alex van Belkum.
    Summary: Presents the latest molecular diagnostic techniques to support clinical care and basic and clinical research. The authors-all experienced researchers and diagnosticians-have conducted a comprehensive review and evaluation of this rapidly evolving field and written a book that offers a broad range of practical guidance and techniques. Encapsulates the current state of the science and points to new avenues for research that will broaden the application and usefulness of molecular diagnostics.

    Contents:
    Chapter 28 : Diagnostic Approaches to Genitourinary Tract Infections / Claire C. Bristow, Jeffrey D. Klausner
    Chapter 29 : Syndromic Diagnostic Approaches to Bone and Joint infections / Alexander J. McAdam
    Virology
    Chapter 30 : Molecular Detection and Characterization of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 / Angela M. Caliendo, Colleen S. Kraft
    Chapter 31 : Molecular Detection and Characterization of Hepatitis C Virus / Michael S. Forman, Alexandra Valsamakis
    Chapter 32 : Molecular Detection and Characterization of Hepatitis B Virus / Jeffrey J. Germer, Joseph D.C. Yao
    Chapter 33 : Molecular Detection of Human Papillomaviruses / Denise I. Quigley, Elizabeth R. Unger
    Chapter 34 : Molecular Diagnostics for Viral Infections in Transplant Recipients / Matthew J. Binnicker, Raymund R. Razonable
    Fungi and Protozoa
    Chapter 35 : Molecular Detection and Identification of Fungal Pathogens / Katrien Lagrou, Johan Maertens, Marie Pierre Hayette
    Chapter 36 : Molecular Approaches for Diagnosis of Chagas' Disease and Genotyping of Trypanosoma cruzi / Patricio Diosque, Nicolas Tomasini, Michel Tibayrenc
    Chapter 37 : Molecular Approaches for Diagnosis of Malaria and the Characterization of Genetic Markers for Drug Resistance / Lisa C. Ranford-Cartwright, Laura Ciuffreda
    Chapter 38 : Molecular Detection of Gastrointestinal Parasites / Jaco J. Verweij, Alex Van Belkum, C. Rune Stensvold
    Point-of-Care/Near-Care Diagnostics
    Chapter 39 : Molecular Diagnostics and the Changing Face of Point-of-Care / David L. Dolinger, Anne M. Whalen
    Chapter 40 : Point-of-Care Technologies for the Diagnosis of Active Tuberculosis / Grant Theron
    Chapter 41 : Molecular Diagnostics for Use in HIV/AIDS Care and Treatment in Resource-Limited Settings / Maurine M. Murtagh
    Chapter 42 : Rapid Point-of-Care Diagnosis of Malaria and Dengue Infection / Lieselotte Cnops, Marjan Van Esbroeck, Jan Jacobs
    The Host and Host Response
    Chapter 43 : Implications of Pharmacogenetics for Antimicrobial Prescribing / Ar Kar Aung, Elizabeth J. Phillips, Todd Hulgan, David W. Haas
    Chapter 44 : Exploiting MicroRNA (miRNA) Profiles for Diagnostics / Abhijeet Bakre, Ralph A. Tripp
    Chapter 45 : Host Response in HIV Infection / Paul J. McLaren, Amalio Telenti
    Chapter 46 : Biomarkers of Gastrointestinal Host Responses to Microbial Infections / Rana E. El Feghaly, Hansraj Bangar, David B. Haslam
    Information Technology
    Chapter 47 : Point-of-Care Medical Device Connectivity: Developing World Landscape / Jeff Baker
    Chapter 48 : WHONET: Software for Surveillance of Infecting Microbes and Their Resistance to Antimicrobial Agents / John Stelling, Thomas F. O'brien
    Chapter 49 : Cloud-Based Surveillance, Connectivity, and Distribution of the GeneXpert Analyzers for Diagnosis of Tuberculosis (TB) and Multiple-Drug-Resistant TB in South Africa / Wendy S. Stevens, Brad Cunningham, Naseem Cassim, Natasha Gous, Lesley E. Scott
    Quality Assurance
    Chapter 50 : Molecular Method Verification / Donna M. Wolk, Elizabeth M. Marlowe
    Chapter 51 : Molecular Microbiology Test Quality Assurance and Monitoring / Matthew J. Bankowski
    Chapter 52 : Proficiency Testing and External Quality Assessment for Molecular Microbiology / Roberta M. Madej
    Chapter 53 : Practices of Sequencing Quality Assurance / Kara L. Norman, David M. Dinauer
    Chapter 54 : Verification and Validation of Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization Time of Flight Mass Spectrometry-Based Protocols / Matthew L. Faron, Blake W. Buchan, Nathan A. Ledeboer
    The Business of Diagnostics
    Chapter 55 : Improved Diagnostics in Microbiology: Developing a Business Case for Hospital Administration / Elizabeth M. Marlowe, Susan M. Novak-Weekley, Mark Larocco
    Chapter 56 : Molecular Diagnostics and the Changing Legal Landscape / Mark L. Hayman, Jing Wang, Jeffrey M. Libby
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Andreas Kukol, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, UK.
    Contents:
    Molecular dynamics simulations / Erik R. Lindahl
    Monte Carlo simulations / David J. Earl and Michael W. Deem
    Hybrid quantum and classical methods for computing kinetic isotope effects of chemical reactions in solutions and in enzymes / Jiali Gao ... [et al.]
    Comparison of protein force fields for molecular dynamics simulations / Olgun Guvench and Alexander D. MacKerell, Jr.
    Normal modes and essential dynamics / Steven Hayward and Bert L. de Groot
    Calculation of absolute protein-ligand binding constants with the molecular dynamics free energy perturbation method / Hyung-June Woo
    Free energy calculations applied to membrane proteins / Christophe Chipot
    Molecular dynamics simulations of membrane proteins / Philip C. Biggin and Peter J. Bond
    Membrane-associated proteins and peptides / Marc F. Lensink
    Implicit membrane models for membrane protein simulation / Michael Feig
    Comparative modeling of proteins / Gerald H. Lushington
    Transmembrane protein models based on high-throughput molecular dynamics simulations with experimental constratints / Andrew J. Beevers and Andreas Kukol
    Nuclear magnetic resonance-based modeling and refinement of protein three-dimensional structures and their complexes / Gloria Fuentes, Aalt D.J. van Dijk, and Alexandre M.J.J. Bonvin
    Conformational changes in protein function / Haiguang Liu ... [et al.]
    Protein folding and unfolding by all-atom molecular dynamics simulations / Hongxin Lei and Yong Duan
    Modeling of protein misfolding in disease / Edyta B. Małolepsza
    Identifying putative drug targets and potential drug leads : starting points for virtual screening and docking / David S. Wishart
    Receptor flexibility for large-scale in silico ligand screens : chances and challenges / B. Fischer, H. Merlitz, and W. Wenzel
    Molecular docking / Garrett M. Morris and Marguerita Lim-Wilby.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] David Murphy, Harold Gainer.
    Summary: "Discusses the mechanisms that enhance peptide and protein diversity beyond what is encoded in the genome through post-translational modification"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Eric J. Nestler, MD, PhD, Nash Family Professor and Chair of Neuroscience, Director, Friedman Brain Institute, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York, Steven E. Hyman, MD, Harvard University Distinguished Service Professor, Professor of Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology, Director, Stanley Center for Psychiatric Research, Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, Cambridge, Massachusetts, David M. Holtzman, MD, Andrew B. and Gretchen P. Jones Professor, Chair, Department of Neurology, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, Robert C. Malenka, MD, PhD, Pritzker Professor of Psychiatry, Deputy Director, Stanford Neurosciences Institute, Stanford University, Palo Alto, California.
    Summary: Reviews the fundamental biochemistry of the functioning nervous system and then describes how nerve cells communicate with one another through numerous types of neurotransmitters involving amino acids, monoamines, neuropeptides, and neurotrophic factors, among several others.

    Contents:
    Basic principles of neuropharmacology
    Cellular basis of communication
    Synaptic transmission
    Signal transduction in the brain
    Excitatory and inhibitory amino acids
    Widely projecting systems: monoamines, acetylcholine, and orexin
    Neuropeptides
    Atypical neurotransmitters
    Autonomic nervous system
    Neural and neuroendocrine control of the internal milieu
    Pain
    Neuroinflammation
    Sleep and arousal
    Higher cognitive function and behavioral control
    Mood and emotion
    Reinforcement and addictive disorders
    Schizophrenia and bipolar disorder
    Neurodegeneration
    Seizure disorders
    Stroke and migraine.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Eric J. Nestler, Paul J. Kenny, Scott J. Russo, Anne Schaefer.
    Summary: "The book's structure permits the incorporation of a great deal of clinical information, much of it representing the integration of modern molecular genetics and brain imaging with neuropharmacology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Neuropharmacology
    Cellular Basis of Communication
    Synaptic Transmission
    Signal Transduction in the Brain
    Excitatory and Inhibitory Amino Acids
    Widely Projecting Systems : Monoamines, Acetylcholine, and Orexin
    Neuropeptides
    Atypical Neurotransmitters
    Autonomic Nervous System
    Neural and Neuroendocrine Control of the Internal Milieu
    Pain
    Neuroinflammation
    Sleep and Arousal
    Higher Cognitive Function and Behavioral Control
    Mood and Emotion
    Reinforcement and Addiction
    Schizophrenia and Bipolar Disorder
    Neurodegeneration
    Seizure Disorders
    Stroke and Migraine.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Edward P. Gelmann, chief, Division of Hematology/Oncology and deputy director for Clinical Research, Herbert Irving Comprehensive Cancer Center and Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY, USA, Charles L. Sawyers, chair, Human Oncology and Pathogenesis Program, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA, Frank J. Rauscher III, professor, Gene Expression and Regulation Program, professor, Tumor Microenvironment and Metastasis Program, deputy director for Basic Research, Wistar Institute Cancer Center, Philadelphia, PA, USA.
    Summary: "The genomic era has allowed enormous strides in our understanding of the molecular changes that underlie malignant transformation. Mutations have been discovered that are critical drivers of large cross-sections of human cancers. These discoveries have allowed us to find drugs that target these drivers and make important strides in treatment. Genomics and high-throughput technologies have illuminated the complexity of cancer and the facility with which cancers adapt during their natural history. The field is evolving rapidly with new discoveries and new drugs reported monthly. This book is a timely foundation for understanding in context the origins of molecular oncology and its future directions. The content reviews available technologies for the analysis of cancer tissues and genes; summaries of key oncogenic pathways from a molecular perspective; the technologies, pathways and targeted therapies of a wide range of human malignancies; and new pharmacologic therapies that have a common mechanistic target"-- Provided by publisher. "This book was conceived more than five years before its publication date. It was intended to provide a resource that summarized technology, biochemistry, molecular pathophysiology, and targeted therapeutics. As contributors were being recruited and chapters written the field that was being described changed at an accelerating pace. It is a tribute to scientific progress that volumes like this one are out-of-date as they are published, but books like this are not meant to contain the most current laboratory discovery or report the most recent FDA approval"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1.1. Analytical techniques: analysis of DNA
    Part 1.2. Analytical techniques: analysis of RNA
    Part 2.1. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: signal transduction
    Part 2.2. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: apoptosis
    Part 2.3. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: nuclear receptors
    Part 2.4. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: DNA repair
    Part 2.5. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: cell cycle
    Part 2.6. Molecular pathways underlying carcinogenesis: other pathways
    Part 3.1. Molecular pathology: carcinomas
    Part 3.2. Molecular pathology: cancers of the nervous system
    Part 3.3. Molecular pathology: cancers of the skin
    Part 3.14 Molecular pathology: endocrine cancers
    Part 3.5. Molecular pathology: adult sarcomas
    Part 3.6. Molecular pathology:lymphoma and leukemia
    Part 3.7. Molecular pathology: pediatric solid tumors
    Part 4. Pharmacologic targeting of oncogenic pathways.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2013
  • Digital
    Michael Ola Idowu, Catherine Isabelle Dumur, Carleton Theodore Garrett, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Overview of Basic Cellular Biology
    1. Normal molecular biology and definition of terms
    2. Pathologic changes: Chromosomes, genes, DNA, RNA and proteins
    3. Standard nomenclature
    introduction and brief overview
    Part II. Molecular Oncology Methodology
    4. General principles of Oncology testing
    5. Molecular methodologies
    6. General principles of validating a molecular test
    Part III. Molecular testing in Solid Tumors
    7. Lung and mediastinum
    8. Breast
    9. Head and neck (salivary glands)
    10. Thyroid and parathyroid (endocrine)
    11. Gastrointestinal and Pancreatobiliary
    12. Soft tissue
    13. Genitourinary system
    14. Central Nervous System
    15. Skin and adnexa
    16. Common Hereditary Cancer Syndromes
    Part IV. The future is here
    17. Application of next generation sequencing
    Part V. Quality Assurance and Regulatory affairs
    18. Quality Assurance
    pre-analytic, analytic and post-analytic
    19. Regulatory affairs (including accreditation)
    20. Coding and re-imbursement.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Masahiro Kizaki, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Identification and biology of CML stem cells
    2. Molecular mechanisms of CML stem cell maintenance
    3. Roles for signaling molecules in the growth and survival of CML cells
    4. Goals of CML treatment in the tyrosine kinase inhibitor era
    5. Biomarkers for determining the prognosis of CML
    6. Updated European LeukemiaNet recommendations for the management of CML
    7. Optimal monitoring of CML treatment: molecular and mutation analysis
    8. Recommendations for the management of CML in the era of second-generation TKIs
    9. The role of new TKIs and combinations with interferon-α for the treatment of CML
    10. Safety profiles of first-line TKIs and managing adverse effects
    11. Molecular mechanism of TKI resistance and potential approaches to overcome resistance
    12. Discontinuation of therapy and treatment-free remission in CML.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Domenico Coppola.
    Summary: Molecular pathology is based on the emergence of new techniques that greatly enhance the diagnostic accuracy when facing with challenging differential diagnoses. In addition, new molecular techniques are entering the clinical arena for their value in predicting therapy response and tumor prognosis. This book provides a guide for the practicing pathologist and for both pathology residents and fellows during the daily sign-out of challenging cases. The book is organized by anatomical systems and provides a detailed description of molecular tests that may help in the diagnosis. Furthermore, a description of the current molecular tests required to identify patients for treatment is offered. The application of molecular pathology techniques to the clinical practice has already shown its usefulness and the number of such tests is growing exponentially as more molecular targets are discovered. Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Cancer will give practicing and training pathologists an up-to date resource to guide the correct management of pathology cases requiring molecular testing.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Gliomas.-Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Thyroid and Parathyroid Malignancies
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Breast Cancer
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Non-Small Cell Lung Carcinoma
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Colorectal Cancer
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics in Esophago-Gastric Cancer
    Molecular-Genetic Testing in Hepatocellular Carcinoma and Its Premalignant Conditions
    Molecular Diagnostics of Pancreatic Cancer
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Prostate Cancer
    Molecular Diagnosis of Bladder and Kidney Cancer
    Molecular-Genetic Testing in Penile, Scrotal, and Testicular Cancer
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Gynecologic Malignancies
    Molecular Pathology of Bone and Soft Tissue Neoplasms and Potential Targets for Novel Therapy
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Pancreatic Endocrine Neoplasms
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Childhood Tumors
    Molecular Pathology and Diagnostics of Cutaneous Malignancy
    Molecular Diagnostics of Lymphoid Neoplasms
    Molecular Diagnostics of Myeloid Neoplasms.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Maika G. Mitchell.
    Summary: Molecular Pathology and the Dynamics of Disease bridges the basic science of, and primary clinical literature on, human disease. Topics covered include several major disease areas, such as inflammation and host response, vascular disease, obesity, weight regulation and appetite, cancer biology, drug development, and gene- and cell-based therapeutics that are all presented in a way that emphasizes the interplay between clinical care and investigation. As new technologies and techniques are constantly changing and laboratory scientists plays a critical role in validating data used by clinicians in diagnosing patients, this book provides a timely guide that includes a clinical, research and theory perspective.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular pathology introduction and research review
    2. Challenges in molecular pathology
    3. Review of clinical human medical genetics
    4. Molecular medicine in action
    5. Mechanisms of disease
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Debra G.B. Leonard, editor.
    Contents:
    I. Genetics
    II. Inherited Cancers
    III. Solid Tumors
    IV. Neoplastic Hematopathology
    V. Infectious Diseases
    VI. Identity Testing
    VII. HLA Typing
    VIII. Evolving Clinical Molecular Technologies
    IX. Laboratory Management.-Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Matthias A. Karajannis, David Zagzag, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a comprehensive guide to the rapidly evolving field of molecular neuropathology of nervous system tumors, as well as the underlying biology and emerging molecular targeted therapies. Special emphasis is given to already established and emerging molecular diagnostic tests in neuropathology, as well as molecular targeted therapies. The book is organized by clinico-pathologic disease entities, and each chapter is written by a team of experts in their field. Molecular Pathology of Nervous System Tumors is of great value and utility for physicians and scientists involved with or interested in the up-to-date diagnosis and treatment of patients with brain tumors.

    Contents:
    1. Hereditary Predisposition to Primary CNS Tumors
    2. Brain Tumor Stem Cells
    3. Molecular Pathology Techniques.- 4. Low-grade Gliomas.- 5. Ependymoma.- 6. Adult High Grade (Diffuse) Glioma.- 7. High-Grade Gliomas and DIPG (Pediatric)
    8. Oligodendroglial Tumors: Current Treatments and the Promise of Molecular Genetics.- 9. Molecular Pathology of Nervous System Tumors: Medulloblastoma and CNS Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors.- 10. Subependymal Giant Cell Astrocytoma.- 11. Germ Cell Tumors.- 12. Choroid Plexus Tumors.- 13. Atypical Teratoid Rhabdoid Tumors.- 14. Hemangioblastoma.- 15. Schwannomas.- 16. Molecular Pathology of Nervous System Tumors.- 17. Molecular Genetic Pathology of Meningiomas. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lu-qi Huang, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the application of molecular biology in resource science and authentication of traditional Chinese medicine (TCM). It also reviews the latest developments in pharmacognosy, introduces new perspectives and insights, discusses the hotspots and focuses in the field of molecular pharmacognosy, and predicts new directions of study. In the last five years, the technologies and scope of molecular pharmacognosy have constantly expanded and evolved. As such, this new edition includes extra content, such as the molecular phylogeography of medicinal plants, functional genome of medicinal plants, and synthetic biology of active compounds. Elucidating the concept, theory, and methodology of molecular pharmacognosy, it promotes the full use of the newly developed technologies and methodologies within the framework of molecular pharmacognosy to solve problems in the field.

    Contents:
    Emerging Molecular Pharmacognosy
    Molecular Identification of Traditional Medicinal Materials
    Molecular phylogeography of Medicinal plants
    The Mechanism of Formation of Dao-di herbs
    Seeking for New members of Origin Materials for CMM
    Salvation of Rare and Endangered Medicinal Plants
    Functional Genome of medicinal plants
    Gene Modification of Pharmic Plant Germplasm Resources
    Regulation of the Active Constituents Production of medicinal Plants
    Synthetic biology of active compounds.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Pascale Besse.
    Contents:
    Plant Taxonomy: An Historical Perspective, Current Challenges and Perspectives
    Guidelines for the Choice of Sequences for Molecular Plant Taxonomy
    Leaf Tissue Sampling and DNA Extraction Protocols
    DNA Extraction from Herbarium Specimens
    Analysis of Variation in Chloroplast DNA Sequences
    Mitochondrial Genome and Plant Taxonomy
    Nuclear Ribosomal RNA Genes: ITS Region
    New Technologies for Ultra-High Throughput Genotyping in Plant Taxonomy
    Development of Microsatellite Enriched Libraries
    Randomly Amplified Polymorphic DNA (RAPD) and Derived Techniques
    Multilocus Profiling with AFLP, ISSR and SAMPL
    Transposon Based Tagging: IRAP, REMAP and iPBS
    Phylogenetic Reconstruction Methods: An Overview
    The Application of Flow Cytometry for Estimating Genome Size and Ploidy Level in Plants
    Molecular Cytogenetics (FISH and Flurochrome Banding): Resolving Species Relationships and Genome Organisation
    GISH: Resolving Interspecific and Intergeneric Hybrids
    On the Relevance of Molecular Tools for the Taxonomy Revision in Malvales, Malvaceae s.l. and Dombeyoideae
    What Has Molecular Systematics Contributed to Our Knowledge of the Plant Family Proteaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Baumann, Mechthild Krause, Nils Cordes, editors.
    Contents:
    Molecular Radiobiology: Hypoxia
    Molecular Targeting of Growth Factor Receptor Signaling
    Molecular Targeting of Cell Adhesion Molecules
    Tumor Pathophysiology
    DNA Repair
    Cancer Stem Cells
    Normal Tissue. Biomarkers/Personalized Radiation Oncology: EGFR and other RTKs
    HPV
    Hypoxia
    Study design for Biomarker research in radiation oncology
    Gene expression/system biology. Molecular Imaging in Radiation Oncology:FMISO as a biomarker for clinical radiation oncology
    FDG and beyond
    Molecular imaging techniques beyond PET.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Henning Willers, Iris Eke, editors.
    Summary: Molecular Targeted Radiosensitizers: Opportunities and Challenges provides the reader with a comprehensive review of key pre-clinical research components required to identify effective radiosensitizing drugs. The book features discussions on the mechanisms and markers of clinical radioresistance, pre-clinical screening of targeted radiosensitizers, 3D radiation biology for studying radiosensitizers, in vivo determinations of local tumor control, genetically engineered mouse models for studying radiosensitizers, targeting the DNA damage response for radiosensitization, targeting tumor metabolism to overcome radioresistance, radiosensitizers in the era of immuno-oncology, and more. Additionally, the book features discussions on high-throughput drug screening, predictive biomarkers, pre-clinical tumor models, and the influence of the tumor microenvironment and the immune system, with a specific focus on the challenges radiation oncologists and medical oncologists currently face in testing radiosensitizers in human cancers. Edited by two acclaimed experts in radiation biology and radiosensitizers, with thirteen chapters contributed by experts, this new volume presents an in-depth look at current developments within a rapidly moving field, with a look at where the field will be heading and providing comprehensive insight into the framework of targeted radiosensitzer development. Essential reading for investigators in cancer research and radiation biology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Molecular Targeted Radiosensitizers: Opportunities and Challenges
    Translating Targeted Radiosensitizers into the Clinic
    Cartography of the Radiogenome of Human Cancers
    Mechanisms and Markers of Clinical Radioresistance
    Preclinical Strategies for Testing of Targeted Radiosensitizers
    3D Radiation Biology for Identifying Radiosensitizers
    Preclinical in vivo evaluation of novel radiosensitizers by local tumor control experiments
    Genetically Engineered Mouse Models for Studying Radiation Biology and Radiosensitizers
    Targeting the DNA Damage Response for Radiosensitization
    Targeting Tumor Metabolism to Overcome Radioresistance.-Targeting Tumor Hypoxia
    Normalizing the Tumor Microenvironment for Radiosensitization
    Radiosensitizers in the Era of Immuno-Oncology
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yuichi Takiguchi, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the latest molecular targeted therapy of lung cancer including its evaluation and future directions. It clearly illustrates the initial dramatic effectiveness of molecular targeted therapy, recurrence of the disease, overcoming the wide variety of resistance mechanisms using new-generation molecular targeted agents and potential novel approaches. It also outlines the increasing necessity for new diagnostic technology and strategies for managing different adverse effects and novel methods for evaluating effectiveness and safety. Edited and authored by opinion leaders, Molecular Targeted Therapy of Lung Cancer provides a comprehensive overview of the disease and its treatments. It is a valuable resource for graduate students, post-doctoral fellows and faculty staff, as well as researchers involved in clinical and translational research on lung cancer, helping promote new ideas for further advances.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    George M. Yousef, Serge Jothy, editors.
    Summary: Molecular Testing in Cancer provides a state of the art review of clinically relevant molecular pathology in cancer. The book provides a brief, easy to read review of commonly employed diagnostic molecular techniques including recently developed "next generation" analytic tools, and offers a system-based run-through of the utility of molecular testing in individual cancer types, as well as reviewing current markers in cancer diagnosis, prognosis, and management. The volume also provides a prospective for the future which includes recently characterized and emerging biomarkers. Written by experts in the field, Molecular Testing in Cancer serves as a useful and comprehensive resource for pathologists, hematologists, laboratory technicians and molecular scientists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dayong Wang.
    Summary: This book will focus on the molecular basis of oxidative stress induced by toxicants or stresses and various molecular signalling pathways in regulating the toxicity of toxicants or stresses in Caenorhabditis elegans. It will also cover the discussion on the aspects of response signals, G-protein coupled receptors and ion channels, specific molecular signals, and epigenetic signals involved in the regulation of toxicity from toxicants or stresses. The molecular basis for adaptive response for transgenerational toxicity of environmental toxicants or stresses will be further discussed. Nematode Caenorhabditis elegans is a classic model animal with well-described genetic and developmental backgrounds based on the study of life science, and has been further successfully and widely used in both toxicity assessment and toxicological study of various environmental toxicants or stresses. Based on related available data, this book aims at providing a systematic understanding of the knowledge system of molecular toxicology in C. elegans.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Molecular Basis for Oxidative Stress Induced by Environmental Toxicants in Nematodes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Evidence for the Direct Association of Oxidative Stress with Toxicity of Environmental Toxicants; 1.2.1 Induction of Oxidative Stress in Targeted Organs of Environmental Toxicants; 1.2.2 Pharmacological Evidence for the Association of Oxidative Stress and Toxicity Formation of Environmental Toxicants; 1.2.3 Association of Induction of Oxidative Stress in Intestine and Toxicity Formation in Other Targeted Organs 1.3 Molecular Machinery for the Activation of Oxidative Stress in Nematodes1.3.1 Role of GAS-1 in the Activation of Oxidative Stress; 1.3.2 Role of MEV-1 in the Activation of Oxidative Stress; 1.3.3 Role of ISP-1 in the Activation of Oxidative Stress; 1.3.4 Role of CLK-1 in the Activation of Oxidative Stress; 1.3.4.1 Mitochondrial CLK-1; 1.3.4.2 Nuclear CLK-1; 1.4 Response Signals with the Functions to Defend Against the Oxidative Stress; 1.4.1 Superoxide Dismutases (SODs); 1.4.1.1 SOD-1; 1.4.1.2 SOD-2 and SOD-3; 1.4.1.3 SOD-4; 1.4.1.4 SOD-5; 1.4.2 Catalases (CATs); 1.4.3 Insulin Signaling 1.6 Molecular Basis for Induction of Oxidative Stress in Nematodes Exposed to Environmental Toxicants1.6.1 Alteration in Primary Molecular Mechanism for the Control of Oxidative Stress Induced by Environmental Toxicants; 1.6.2 Induction of Expression for Proteins with the Functions to Defend Against the Oxidative Stress Induced by Environmental Toxicants; 1.6.3 Suppression in Expressions of Genes Mediating the Protection Response Defending Against Oxidative Stress in Nematodes After Chronic Exposure to Certain Environmental Toxicants
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Phouthone Keohavong, Stephen G. Grant.
    Contents:
    Array-Based Immunoassays with Rolling-Circle Amplification Detection
    Analysis of Protein Changes Using Two-Dimensional Difference Gel Electrophoresis
    Assessment of Pathological and Physiological Changes in Mouse Lung Through Bronchoalveolar Lavage
    Analysis of Clinical and Biological Samples Using Microsphere-Based Multiplexing Luminex System
    Detection of DNA Methylation by MeDIP and MBDCap Assays: An Overview of Techniques
    Screening of DNA Methylation Changes by Methylation-Sensitive Random Amplified Polymorphic DNA-Polymerase Chain Reaction (MS-RAPD-PCR)
    Strategies for Measurement of Biotransformation Enzyme Gene Expression
    Genotyping Technologies: Application to Biotransformation Enzyme Genetic Polymorphism Screening
    TaqMan Fluorogenic Detection System to Analyze Gene Transcription in Autopsy Material
    32P-Postlabeling Analysis of DNA Adducts
    Modification of the 32P-Postlabeling Method to Detect a Single Adduct Species as a Single Spot
    DNA Isolation and Sample Preparation for Quantification of Adduct Levels by Accelerator Mass Spectrometry
    Analysis of DNA Strand Cleavage at Abasic Sites
    Premature Chromosome Condensation in Human Resting Peripheral Blood Lymphocytes Without Mitogen Stimulation for Chromosome Aberration Analysis Using Specific Whole Chromosome DNA Hybridization Probes
    Mutagen Sensitivity as Measured by Induced Chromatid Breakage as a Marker of Cancer Risk
    Pulsed-Field Gel Electrophoresis Analysis of Multicellular DNA Double-Strand Break Damage and Repair
    Detection of Pig-a Mutant Erythrocytes in the Peripheral Blood of Rats and Mice
    The Blood-Based Glycophorin A (GPA) Human In Vivo Somatic Mutation Assay
    Flow Cytometric Quantification of Mutant T Cells with Altered Expression of the T-Cell Receptor: Detecting Somatic Mutants in Humans and Mice
    Analysis of In Vivo Mutation in the Hprt and Tk Genes of Mouse Lymphocytes. (Continued)
    Quantifying In Vivo Somatic Mutations Using Transgenic Mouse Model Systems
    The Human T-Cell Cloning Assay: Identifying Genotypes Susceptible to Drug Toxicity and Somatic Mutation
    Molecular Analysis of Mutations in the Human HPRT Gene
    Simultaneous Quantification of t(14; 18) and HPRT Exon 2/3 Deletions in Human Lymphocytes
    Mutation Screening of the TP53 Gene by Temporal Temperature Gel Electrophoresis (TTGE)
    Detection of Point Mutations of K-ras Oncogene and p53 Tumor-Suppressor Gene in Sputum Samples
    ACB-PCR Quantification of Somatic Oncomutation
    Gel-Based Nonradioactive Single-Strand Conformational Polymorphism and Mutation Detection: Limitations and Solutions
    Detection and Characterization of Oncogene Mutations in Preneoplastic and Early Neoplastic Lesions
    Quantitative PCR-Based Measurement of Nuclear and Mitochondrial DNA Damage and Repair in Mammalian Cells
    The Sister Chromatid Exchange (SCE) Assay
    The Gene Cluster Instability (GCI) Assay for Recombination
    Measuring Recombination Proficiency in Mouse Embryonic Stem Cells
    Microsatellite Instability: An Indirect Assay to Detect Defects in the Cellular Mismatch Repair Machinery
    Unscheduled DNA Synthesis: The Clinical and Functional Assay for Global Genomic DNA Nucleotide Excision Repair
    Analysis of Actively Transcribed DNA Repair Using a Transfection-Based System
    An Immunoassay for Measuring Repair of UV Photoproducts
    Analysis of Double-Strand Break Repair by Nonhomologous DNA End Joining in Cell-Free Extracts from Mammalian Cells
    Bioenergetic Analysis of Intact Mammalian Cells Using the Seahorse XF24 Extracellular Flux Analyzer and a Luciferase ATP Assay
    Quantification of Selective Phosphatidylserine Oxidation During Apoptosis
    Quantitative Method of Measuring Phosphatidylserine Externalization During Apoptosis Using Electron Paramagnetic Resonance (EPR) Spectroscopy and Annexin-Conjugated Iron
    Detection of Programmed Cell Death in Cells Exposed to Genotoxic Agents Using a Caspase Activation Assay.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Matthias Giese, editor.
    Summary: This title discusses all aspects of non-infectious and non-cancer -- so called NINC -- vaccines. Hypertension, diabetes and allergy vaccine development are referred to as well as the use of adjuvants and nanotechnology in vaccine development. The way of novel vaccines from bench to preclinical to clinical studies and launch to the market under EMEA (European Medicines Agency) and FDA (Food and Drug Administration) guidelines are described in-depth. Practical perspectives of patentability of vaccines are discussed. The book is therefore of interest for researchers and clinicians engaged in vaccine development and molecular vaccine application.

    Contents:
    Non-infectious and non-cancer vaccines
    Adjuvants and nanotechnology
    In silico and delivery systems
    Patenting, manufacturing, registration.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zhaosheng Liu, Yanping Huang, Yi Yang, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the recent advancements for drug delivery systems (DDS) in terms of fundamental principles, rapidly emerging techniques and developing frontiers of molecular imprinting. Especially with the combination of enantioselective molecularly imprinted polymers and water compatible molecularly imprinted polymers, stimuli responsive imprinted DDS have been innovated and applied to dermal delivery, ophthalmic drugs and cancer treatment. This philosophy comprehensively revolutionizes the treatment strategy of human healthcare and provides the possibility to re-trigger in vivo an exhaust system after the complete release of the starting drug cargo, thus enabling precision medicine. To this end, the following unique features will be discussed and concluded: 1) State-of-the-art definition of MIP as drug delivery systems. 2) Advanced techniques and clinical applications of MIP as drug delivery systems in the past decade. 3) Novel frontiers and brand-new technologies, for example, drug delivery devices for zero-order sustained release and stimuli responsive imprinted DDS. 4) Revolutionary impact on dermal delivery, ophthalmic drugs and cancer treatment. 5) Future challenges and perspectives.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Synthetic Strategies for the Generation of Molecularly Imprinted Polymers
    Chapter 3. Special Control by Molecular Imprinting Materials-zero-order Sustained Release, Enantioselective MIPs and Self-regulated Drug Delivery Microdevices
    Chapter 4. Water Compatible Molecularly Imprinted Polymers
    Chapter 5. Stimuli Responsive Imprinted DDS
    Chapter 6. MIP as Drug Delivery Systems for Dermal Delivery
    Chapter 7. MIP as Drug Delivery Systems of Anticancer Agents
    Chapter 8. MIP as Dug Delivery Systems of Ophthalmic Drugs
    Chapter 9. MIP as Drug Delivery Systems for Special Application
    Chapter 10. Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Harvey G. Klein, David J. Anstee.
    Summary: "Mollison's Blood Transfusion in Clinical Medicine is an icon in the field of transfusion and the first edition was published in 1951. The book arose from the concept of the transfusionist, as both scientist and expert consultant. For many years, this text has provided the primary, and often the sole, reference for detailed information and practical experience in blood transfusion. The book is completely revised and updated throughout to include the latest advances and developments in the field"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Rebecca Kirby and Andrew Linklater.
    Contents:
    An introduction to SIRS and the rule of 20 / Rebecca Kirby
    Fluid balance / Elke Rudloff and Rebecca Kirby
    Blood pressure / Lauren Sullivan
    Albumin and colloid osmotic pressure / Adesola Odunayo
    Glucose / Natara Loose
    Electrolytes / Linda Barton
    Acid base status / Jan Kovacic and Ryan Wheeler
    Oxygenation and ventilation / Christin Reminga and Lesley King
    Coagualation / Andrew Linklater
    Red blood cells and hemoglobin / Andrew Linklater and Veronica Higgs
    Heart rate, rhythm and contractility / Dennis Burkett
    Neurological status / Christine Iacovetta
    The renal system / Lee Herold
    White blood cells, immune status and antimicrobial stewardship
    / Carol Haak
    Gastrointestinal system motility and integrity / Jennifer Klaus
    Nutrition / Caroline Tonozzi
    Temperature / Conni Wehausen
    Drug selection and dosing regimens / Dawn Merton Boothe
    Pain management / Armi Pigott
    Veterinary nursing care / Heather Darbo and Cheryl Page
    Wounds and bandages / Jennifer Devey, Andrew Linklater and Rebecca Kirby
    Anesthesia of the critical patient / Sue Leonard.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    John W. Cherrie, Sean E. Semple, Marie A. Coggins.
    Summary: "This is the fifth edition of what we hope continues to be a practical textbook for those studying or carrying out the important task of protecting workers from hazards. The previous edition was published in 2010, and that built upon work by Indira Ashton and Frank Gill going back to the first edition published in 1982. In that near 40 year span the book has developed considerably and has expanded to include hazards such as nanoparticles and exposure routes including skin contact and inadvertent ingestion of chemicals that were not considered in the first work. Since the 4th Edition published in 2010, new chemical regulations (REACH) have become increasingly widely adopted in Europe. Hazard assessment procedures under REACH often require the generation of robust exposure data, thus stimulating the need to measure or model exposure to chemicals"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    INTRODUCTION. Occupational Hygiene and Risk Assessment
    Identifying Hazards
    Exposure, Exposure Routes and Exposure Pathways
    The Exposure Context
    Modelling Exposure
    Why Measure?
    How to Carry Out a Survey
    Analysis of Measurement Results
    Introduction to Control
    The Importance of Good Records and How to Write a Survey Report
    Risk Assessment
    Risk Communication
    HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. An Introduction to Hazardous Substances
    Dust, Particles and Fibrous Aerosols
    Gases and Vapours
    Bioaerosols
    Dermal and Inadvertent Ingestion Exposure
    Human Biomonitoring
    PHYSICAL AGENTS. An Introduction to Physical Agents
    Noise
    Vibration
    Heat and Cold
    Lighting
    Ionising Radiation
    Non-Ionising Radiation
    CONTROL OF HAZARDS. Assessing the Effectiveness of Exposure Controls
    Assessing Local Ventilation Control Systems
    Personal Protective Equipment
    THE FUTURE. Monitoring for Hazards at Work in the Future
    Appendix: Survey Checklists
    Equipment Suppliers
    Chemical Analytical Services
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Michel Arnal ; with contribution by Robert Chatburn.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jesse M. Ehrenfeld, Maxime Cannesson, editors.
    Summary: This is an introduction to the patient monitoring technologies that are used in today's acute care environments, including the operating room, recovery room, emergency department, intensive care unit, and telemetry floor. To a significant extent, day-to-day medical decision-making relies on the information provided by these technologies, yet how they actually work is not always addressed during education and training. The editors and contributors are world-renowned experts who specialize in developing, refining, and testing the technology that makes modern-day clinical monitoring possible. Their aim in creating the book is to bridge the gap between clinical training and clinical practice with an easy to use and up-to-date guide. ·How monitoring works in a variety of acute care settings ·For any healthcare professional working in an acute care environment ·How to apply theoretical knowledge to real patient situations ·Hemodynamic, respiratory, neuro-, metabolic, and other forms of monitoring ·Information technologies in the acute care setting ·New and future technologies.

    Contents:
    Section I. Fundamental Principles of Monitoring
    Overview of Clinical Monitoring
    Monitoring in Acute Care Environments: Unique Aspects of Intensive Care Units, Operating Rooms, Recovery Rooms, Telemetry Floors
    Introduction to Signals
    Signal Analysis: Acquisition, Storage, and Analysis of Physiological Signals
    Information Displays and Ergonomics
    Decision Support and Closed-Loop Systems
    Section II. Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Introduction to Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Pulmonary Artery Catherization
    Non-invasive Cardiac Output Monitoring
    Transpulmonary Thermodilution
    Echocardiography in the Acute Care Setting
    Non-invasive Arterial Pressure Monitoring
    Heart Rate Variability
    Preload-Dependent Monitoring
    Monitoring the Microcirculation in Critically Ill Patients
    Hemodynamic Monitoring During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Closed-Loop Fluid Management and Hemodynamic Optimization
    Section III. Respiratory Monitoring
    Introduction to Respiratory Monitoring
    Photoplethysmography: Analysis of the Pulse Oximeter Waveform
    Time and Volumetric Capnography
    Monitoring Diaphragmatic Function
    The Anesthesia Machine as a Monitor
    Ventilator Settings in Acute Care Environments
    Monitoring Respiratory Rate
    Closed-Loop Mechanical Ventilation
    Section IV. Neuromonitoring
    Introduction to Neuromonitoring
    Transcranial Doppler
    Brain Oxygenation
    Intracranial Pressure and SvjO2
    Monitoring the EEG for Assessing Depth of Anesthesia
    Monitoring Analgesia
    Neuromonitoring during Spine Surgery
    Closed-loop Anesthesia Based on Neuromonitoring
    Target-Controlled Infusions
    Section V. Metabolic Monitoring
    Glucometrics and Measuring Blood Glucose in Critically Ill Patients
    Noninvasive Hemoglobin Monitoring
    Monitoring of O2 Uptake and CO2 Elimination During Anesthesia and Surgery
    Gastric Tonometry
    Temperature Monitoring
    Section VI. Other Forms of Monitoring in the Acute Care Environment
    Point-of-Care Coagulation Monitoring
    Pediatric Monitoring
    Fetal Monitoring
    Other Forms of Monitoring in the Acute Care Environment
    Ultrasound
    Section VII. Information Technologies in the Acute Care Setting
    Overview of Electronic Health Records
    Benefits and Drawbacks of Health Information Technology
    Special Case: Perioperative Information Management Systems
    Section VIII. New and Emerging Technologies
    Intelligent Patient Monitoring and Clinical Decision-Making
    Robotization.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Antoun Koht, Tod B. Sloan, J. Richard Toleikis, editors.
    Summary: This widely praised, first-of-its-kind book has been thoroughly updated, expanded, and enriched with extensive new case material, illustrations, and link-outs to multimedia, practice guidelines, and more. Written and edited by outstanding world experts, this was the first and remains the leading single-source volume on intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring (IOM). It is aimed at graduate students and trainees, as well as members of the operative team, including anesthesiologists, technologists, neurophysiologists, surgeons, and nurses. Now commonplace in procedures that place the nervous system at risk, such as orthopedics, neurosurgery, otologic surgery, vascular surgery, and others, effective IOM requires an unusually high degree of coordination among members of the operative team. The purpose of the book is to help students, trainees, and team members acquire a better understanding of one another's roles and thereby to improve the quality of care and patient safety. From the reviews of the First Edition: "A welcome addition to reference works devoted to the expanding field of nervous system monitoring in the intraoperative period ... will serve as a useful guide for many different health care professionals and particularly for anesthesiologists involved with this monitoring modality ... An excellent reference ... [and] a helpful guide both to the novice and to the developing expert in this field."--Canadian Journal of Anesthesia "Impressive ... [The book] is well written, indexed, and illustrated ... The chapters are all extensively referenced. It is also very good value at the price ... I would recommend this book to all residents and especially to all neuroanesthesiologists. It will make a worthwhile addition to their library." --Journal of Neurosurgical Anesthesiology.

    Contents:
    SECTION I. Monitoring Techniques
    1. Somatosensory-Evoked Potentials
    2. Transcranial Motor-Evoked Potentials
    3. Auditory-Evoked Potentials
    4. Visual-Evoked Potentials
    5. Deep Brain Stimulation
    6. Monitoring of Spinal Cord Functions
    7. Electromyography
    8. The Use of Reflex Responses for IOM
    9. Brain and Spinal Cord Mapping
    10. EEG Monitoring
    11. Clinical Application of Raw and Processed EEG
    12. A Guide to Central Nervous System Near-Infrared Spectroscopic Monitoring
    13. Transcranial Doppler Ultrasound
    14. Monitoring of Jugular Venous Oxygen Saturation
    15. Intracranial Pressure Monitoring
    16. IOM Instrumentation Layout and Electrical Interference
    17. Signal Optimization in Intraoperative Neuromonitoring
    SECTION II. Anesthesia Considerations
    18. Anesthesia for Awake Neurosurgery
    19. Anesthesia Management and Intraoperative Electrophysiological Monitoring
    SECTION III. Clinical Applications
    20. Monitoring Applications and Evaluating Changes
    21. Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring for Intracranial Aneurysm Surgery
    22. Intracranial Arteriovenous Malformation Surgery
    23. Intraoperative Neurophysiologic Monitoring During Surgery for Supratentorial Mass Lesions
    24. Surgery for Infratentorial Mass
    25. Trigeminal Microvascular Decompression
    26. Surgery for Hemifacial Spasm
    27. Skull Base Surgery
    28. Surgery for Chiari Type I Malformation
    29. ENT and Anterior Neck Surgery
    30. Carotid Surgery
    31. Anterior Cervical Spine Surgery
    32. Posterior Cervical Spine Surgery
    33. Surgery for Scoliosis Correction
    34. Neurophysiological Monitoring in Thoracic Spine Surgery
    35. Intraoperative Neurophysiologic Monitoring for Lumbo-Sacral Spine Procedures
    36. Intramedullary Spinal Cord Surgery
    37. Intraoperative Monitoring in Tethered Cord Surgery
    38. Surgery in the Peripheral Nervous System
    39. Surgery of the Aortic Arch
    40. Electrophysiological Monitoring During Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm Surgery
    41. Monitoring During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    42. Interventional Neuroradiology
    43. Intra-operative Neuromonitoring in Pediatric Surgery
    SECTION IV. Intensive Care
    44. Monitoring in the Intensive Care Unit
    45. Epilepsy and Seizures: OR and ICU Applications of EEG
    46. Monitoring Cerebral Blood Flow.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Oliver Kepp, Lorenzo Galluzzi,
    Summary: Monitoring Vesicular Trafficking in Cellular Responses to Stress, Volume 164-165 in the Methods in Cell Biology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of timely topics. Each chapter is written by an international board of authors.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Vincent Ossipow, Nicolas Fischer.
    Contents:
    Antigen production for monoclonal antibody generation / Giovanni Magistrelli and Pauline Malinge
    Method for the generation of antibodies specific for site and posttranslational modifications / Hidemasa Goto and Masaki Inagaki
    Immunization, hybridoma generation, and selection for monoclonal antibody production / Hyung-Yong Kim, Alexander Stojadinovic, and Mina J. Izadjoo
    Hybridoma technology for the generation of rodent mAbs via classical fusion / Efthalia Chronopoulou [and three others]
    Generation of rabbit monoclonal antibodies / Pi-Chen Yam and Katherine L. Knight
    Screening hybridomas for cell surface antigens by high-throughput homogeneous assay and flow cytometry / Alejandro Uribe-Benninghoff [and four others]
    Screening and subcloning of high producer transfectomas using semisolid media and automated colony picker / Suba Dharshanan and Cheah Swee Hung
    Design and generation of synthetic antibody libraries for phage display / Gang Chen and Sachdev S. Sidhu
    Selection and screening using antibody phage display libraries / Patrick Koenig and Germaine Fuh
    Yeast surface display for antibody isolation : library construction, library screening, and affinity maturation / James A.Van Deventer and Karl Dane Wittrup
    Human B cell immortalization for monoclonal antibody production / Joyce Hui-Yuen, Siva Koganti, and Sumita Bhaduri-McIntosh
    Using next-generation sequencing for discovery of high- frequency monoclonal antibodies in the variable gene repertoires from immunized mice / Ulrike Haessler and Sai T. Reddy
    Cloning, reformatting, and small-scale expression of monoclonal antibody isolated from mouse, rat, or hamster hybridoma / Jeremy Loyau and François Rousseau
    Cloning of recombinant monoclonal antibodies from hybridomas in a single mammalian expression plasmid / Nicole Müller-Sienerth [and three others]
    Monoclonal antibody purification by ceramic hydroxyapatite chromatography / Larry J. Cummings, Russell G. Frost, and Mark A. Snyder
    Rapid purification of monoclonal antibodies using magnetic microspheres / Pauline Malinge and Giovanni Magistrelli
    Generation of cell lines for monoclonal antibody production / Krista Alvin and Jianxin Ye
    Expression and purification of recombinant antibody formats and antibody fusion proteins / Martin Siegemund [and four others]
    Purification of antibodies and antibody fragments using CaptureSelect [trademark] affinity resins / Pim Hermans, Hendrik Adams, and Frank Detmers
    Reformatting of scFv antibodies into the scFv-Fc format and their downstream purification / Emil Bujak [and three others]
    Antibody V and C domain sequence, structure, and interaction analysis with special reference to IMGT® / Eltaf Alamyar [and three others]
    Measuring antibody affinities as well as the active concentration of antigens present on a cell surface / Palaniswami Rathanaswami
    Determination of antibody structures / Robyn L. Stanfield
    Affinity maturation of monoclonal antibodies by multi-site- directed mutagenesis / Hyung-Yong Kim, Alexander Stojadinovic, and Mina J. Izadjoo
    Epitope mapping with membrane-bound synthetic overlapping peptides / Terumi Midoro-Horiuti and Randall M. Goldblum
    Epitope mapping by epitope excision, hydrogen/deuterium exchange, and peptide-panning techniques combined with in silico analysis/ Nicola Clementi [and five others]
    Fine epitope mapping based on phage display and extensive mutagenesis of the target antigen / Gertrudis Rojas
    Epitope mapping with random phage display library / Terumi Midoro-Horiuti and Randall M. Goldblum
    Epitope mapping of monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies using bacterial cell surface display / Anna-Luisa Volk, Francis Jingxin Hu, and Johan Rockberg
    Ion exchange-high-performance liquid chromatography (IEX-HPLC) / Marie Corbier, Delphine Schrag, and Sylvain Raimondi
    Size exclusion-high-performance liquid chromatography (SEC-HPLC) / Delphine Schrag, Marie Corbier, and Sylvain Raimondi
    N-glycosylation characterization by liquid chromatography with mass spectrometry / Song Klapoetke
    Fc engineering of antibodies and antibody derivatives by primary sequence alteration and their functional characterization / Stefanie Derer [and six others]
    Labeling and use of monoclonal antibodies in immunofluorescence : protocols for cytoskeletal and nuclear antigens / Christoph R. Bauer
    Generation and use of antibody fragments for structural studies of proteins refractory to crystallization / Stephen J. Stahl, Norman R. Watts, and Paul T. Wingfield
    Antibody array generation and use / Carl A.K. Borrebaeck and Christer Wingren.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Antoinette Maassen van den Brink, Paolo Martelletti, editors.
    Summary: Intended to promote a more appropriate and modern therapeutic approach to migraine management, this book is the first to deal with monoclonal antibodies in this context. Authored by the most respected migraine experts from around the globe and drawing on the lessons learned in both clinical trials and clinical practice, it reviews the current state of knowledge on this important therapeutic innovation, which has produced impressive data in randomized controlled trials, and the efficacy and safety of which have been confirmed in day-to-day real-world use. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad range of specialists, including pharmacologists, clinical pharmacologists, neurologists and internists, but also to residents and medical students.

    Contents:
    The CGRP family of neuropeptides and their receptors in the trigeminovascular system
    Pharmacology; where do the mAbs act, gepants vs mAbs
    Monoclonal Antibody Biology
    Guidelines for clinical trials
    Human Models
    CGRP Antibodies for Animal Models of Primary and Secondary Headache Disorders
    Galcanezumab
    Eptinezumab
    Erenumab
    Fremanezumab
    Potential side effects and pregnancy
    Real-world data, clinical practice so far
    Migraine vs Cluster headache and potential other indications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Urs Eggli, Reto Nyffeler, editors.
    Summary: This second edition provides a comprehensive list of the latest taxonomy including the updated relevant plant data. All succulent species of the monocotyledonous plant families and genera are described in detail. This work will be particularly useful to botanists, plant taxonomists and scholars as well as to herbaria and botanic gardens. It will also appeal to the committed collector of succulent plants, horticultural cognoscenti and succulent plant lovers. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yunheng Ji.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on the morphology, biology, phytochemistry, pharmaceutical prospects, evolution, phylogeny, biogeography, and taxonomy of Paris (Melanthiaceae), a morphologically distinctive plant genus with great economic importance. Since the establishment of this genus, 70 species and 24 subspecific taxa have been described, resulting in considerable confusion in species delimitation. In this book, the taxonomy of all described taxa is carefully revised. Based on multi-disciplinary evidences, a revised classification system of Paris containing five sections is outlined. Every species is provided with a concise but diagnostic description, a color illustration, photographs that highlight distinguishing characters, examined specimens and distribution range. The interspecific relationships are clarified with an identification key. This monograph offers taxonomists, evolutionary biologists, ecologists, horticulturalists, phytochemists, and practitioners a thorough and up-to-date overview about this interesting plant group. It is equally valuable for undergraduate and graduate students, teachers and professionals engaged in related fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Taxonomic History
    1.1 Establishment of the Genus
    1.2 Affinities
    1.3 History of Species Discoveries
    1.4 Generic Circumscription and Subdivision
    1.5 Issues to Be Resolved
    References
    Chapter 2: Morphology
    2.1 Gross Morphology
    2.1.1 Rhizome
    2.1.2 Mycorrhiza
    2.1.3 Leaves
    2.1.4 Flower
    2.1.5 Fruit
    2.1.6 Seeds
    2.1.7 Taxonomic Significance
    2.2 Pollen Morphology
    2.2.1 Pollen Size, Shape, and Ornamentation
    2.2.2 Taxonomic Implications
    References
    Chapter 3: Biology 3.1 Distribution and Habitat
    3.2 Phenology
    3.3 Propagation and Growth
    3.3.1 Pollination
    3.3.2 Seed Production
    3.3.3 Seed Dispersal
    3.3.4 Life Cycle
    3.4 Chromosomes
    3.4.1 Karyotype
    3.4.2 B Chromosomes
    3.4.3 Chromosome Evolution
    3.5 Genomes
    3.5.1 Genome Size
    3.5.2 Possible Mechanisms Underlying the Formation of Large Genomes
    3.5.3 Plastid Genomes
    3.5.3.1 General Features
    3.5.3.2 Pseudogenization of Plastid cemA
    3.5.3.3 Hotspots of Sequence Variation
    References
    Chapter 4: Economic Importance
    4.1 Medicinal Importance 4.1.1 Overall Information
    4.1.2 Traditional Uses and Ethnopharmacological Properties
    4.2 Horticultural Potential
    4.2.1 P. cronquistii (Takht.) H. Li
    4.2.2 P. delavayi Franch
    4.2.3 P. lancifolia Hayata
    4.2.4 P. luquanensis H. Li
    4.2.5 P. marmorata Stearn
    4.2.6 P. yunnanensis Franch
    4.3 Phytochemistry
    4.3.1 Steroidal Saponins
    4.3.2 Phytoecdysones
    4.3.3 Phytosterols
    4.3.4 Flavonoids
    4.3.5 Triterpenoid Saponins
    4.3.6 Others
    4.4 Pharmaceutical Prospects
    4.4.1 Anti-Tumor
    4.4.2 Hemostatic Activity
    4.4.3 Uterine Contractile Agonistic Activity 4.4.4 Antimicrobial
    4.4.5 Other Activities
    References
    Chapter 5: Phylogeny, Classification, Biogeography, and Evolution
    5.1 Ancient and Recent Hybridization
    5.2 Generic Circumscription
    5.3 Infrageneric Classification
    5.4 Historical Biogeography
    5.5 Species Diversification
    5.6 Origin and Evolution of Genomic Gigantism
    References
    Chapter 6: Taxonomic Revision
    6.1 Section Paris
    6.2 Section Kinugasa
    6.3 Section Thibeticae
    6.4 Section Axiparis
    6.5 Section Euthyra
    References
    Chapter 7: Conservation Considerations
    7.1 Conservation Status 7.1.1 Species Rarity
    7.1.2 Extinction Risk
    7.2 Principal Threats
    7.2.1 Commercial Collecting
    7.2.2 Arbitrary Introduction
    7.2.3 Habitat Degradation
    7.3 Conservation Priorities
    7.4 Conservation Strategies
    7.4.1 Commercial Cultivation
    7.4.2 In situ Conservation
    7.4.3 Ex situ Conservation
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wilhelm Foissner, Kuidong Xu.
    Contents:
    vol.
    1. Protospathidiidae, Arcuospathidiidae, Apertospathulidae --
    Digital Access Springer 2006
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1973-
    Vols. 1-3 are 2nd editions
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH573 .M752
    19
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Monographs in epidemiology and biostatistics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Beckman, Lars; Hauge, M.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1966-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH431 .M554
    12
  • Print
    Falkner, Frank T.; Kretchmer, Norman; Rossi, E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    8
  • Digital/Print
    Melnick, Joseph L.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1968-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    19
  • Print
    Achté, Karl Aimo.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC331 .M743
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Monographs of the Physiological Society to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Braakman, R.; Minderhoud, J. M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC321 .M751
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Eugene G. Hrycay, Stelvio M. Bandiera, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    1. Monooxygenase, Peroxidase and Peroxygenase Properties and Reaction Mechanisms of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    2. Oxidizing Intermediates in P450 Catalysis: A Case for Multiple Oxidants
    3. Current Approaches for Investigating and Predicting Cytochrome P450 3A4-Ligand Interactions
    4. Acyl-Carbon Bond Cleaving Cytochrome P450 Enzymes: CYP17A1, CYP19A1 and CYP51A1
    5. Regioselective Versatility of Monooxygenase Reactions Catalyzed by CYP2B6 and CYP3A4: Examples With Single Substrates
    6. Cytochrome P450 Enzymes in the Bioactivation of Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and their Role in Cardiovascular Disease
    7. Monooxygenation of Small Hydrocarbons Catalyzed by Bacterial Cytochrome P450s
    8. Use of Chemical Auxiliaries to Control P450 Enzymes for Predictable Oxidations at Unactivated C-H Bonds of Substrates,- 9. Cytochrome P450 Enzymes and Electrochemistry: Crosstalk with Electrodes as Redox Partners and Electron Sources
    10. Mechanistic Basis of Electron Transfer to Cytochromes P450 by Natural Redox Partners and Artificial Donor Constructs
    11. Biological Diversity of Cytochrome P450 Redox Partner Proteins
    12. Cytochrome P450cin (CYP176A1)
    13. Fungal Unspecific Peroxygenases: Heme-Thiolate Proteins that Combine Peroxidase and Cytochrome P450 Properties.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    the University of Cincinnati residents from the Department of Surgery, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine ; editors, Jeffrey M. Sutton, MD [and 6 others].
    Contents:
    Part I: Perioperative care. Surgical history and physical examination
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Nutrition
    Wound healing
    Surgical risk assessment
    Suture types, needle types, and instruments
    Part II: Anesthesia. Local anesthesia
    Conscious sedation
    Part III: Surgical critical care. Surgical infection
    Hemorrhage and coagulation
    Shock
    Cardiopulmonary monitoring
    Mechanical ventilation
    Part IV: Trauma surgery. Primary and secondary survey
    Abdominal trauma
    Thoracic trauma
    Extremity trauma
    Burns
    Neurosurgical emergencies
    Part V: Gastrointestinal surgery. Acute abdomen
    Abdominal wall hernias
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Intestinal obstruction
    Peptic ulcer disease
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Benign colorectal disease
    Appendix
    Benign pancreatic disease
    Bariatric surgery
    Part VI: Surgical oncology. Tumor biology, syndromes, and genetic mutations
    Head and neck malignancy
    Esophageal malignancy
    Gastric malignancy
    Small bowel malignancy
    Malignant colorectal and perianal disease
    Malignant pancreas disease
    Diseases of the breast
    Malignant skin lesions
    Part VI: Hepatobiliary surgery. Malignant gallbladder and biliary tree
    Liver tumors
    Part VIII: Transplant surgery. Renal transplantation
    Liver transplantation
    Pancreas transplantation
    Part IX: Endocrine surgery. Thyroid
    Parathyroid
    Adrenal gland
    Neuroendocrine tumors
    Part X: Vascular surgery. Thromboembolic disease
    Aneurysms
    Peripheral vascular disease
    Carotid disease
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Dialysis access
    Diabetic patient
    Part XI: Dardiothoracic surgery. Benign tumors of the lung
    Malignant tumors of the lung
    Thymus and mediastinal tumors
    Cardiac surgery
    Cardiac transplantation
    Part XII: Surgical subspecialties. General pediatric surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Plastic surgery: breast reconstruction
    Part XIII: Future of surgery. Robotics and new surgical technologies
    Part XIV: Procedures.
    Part XV: Rapid references.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sudhakar Selvaraj, Paolo Brambilla, Jair Soares.
    Summary: "Mood disorders are the most common mental illnesses with a lifetime prevalence of up to 20% worldwide 1. Major depressive disorder (MDD) and Bipolar Disorder (BD) are significant health problems in the US and worldwide 2. In the United States alone, the lifetime prevalence of MDD is up to 17%, and that of BD about 2.1% 2 that can go up to 4% of individuals with mood episodes not meeting episodic criteria are included. Both are chronic and recurrent illnesses characterized by recurrent episodes of depression and mania and depression in MDD and BD respectively"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Brian Henderson.
    Contents:
    What is protein moonlighting and why is it important? / Constance J. Jeffery
    Exploring structure-function relationships in moonlighting proteins / Sayoni Das, Ishita Khan, Daisuke Kihara, Christine Orengo
    Overview of protein moonlighting in bacterial virulence / Brian Henderson
    Moonlighting proteins as cross-reactive autoantigens / Wim van Eden
    Chaperonin 60 paralogues in mycobacterium tuberculosis and tubercle formation / Brian Henderson
    Legionella pneumophila chaperonin 60 an extra- and intra-cellular moonlighting virulence-related factor / Karla N. Valenzuela-Valderas, Angela L. Riveroll, Peter Robertson, Lois E. Murray, and Rafael A. Garduño
    An overview of peptidylprolyl isomerases in bacterial virulence / Brian Henderson
    GAPDH : a multifunctional moonlighting protein in eukaryotes and prokaryotes / Michael A. Sirover
    Streptococcus pyogenes GAPDH : a cell surface major virulence determinant / Vijay Pancholi
    Group B streptococcus GAPDH and immune evasion / Paula Ferreira and Patrick Trieu-Cuot
    Mycobacterium tuberculosis cell surface gapdh functions as a transferrin receptor / Vishant M Borradia, Manoj Raje, Chaaya Iyengar
    Gapdh and probiotic organisms / Hideki Kinoshita
    Impact of streptococcal enolase in virulence / Marcus Fulde and Simone Bergmann
    Streptococcal enolase and immune evasion / Masaya Yamaguchi and Shigetada Kawabata
    Borrelia burgdorferi enolase and plasminogen binding / Catherine A. Brissette
    Triosephosphate isomerase from staphylococcus aureus and plasminogen receptors on microbial pathogens / Reiko Ikeda, Tomoe Ichikawa
    Moonlighting functions of bacterial fructose-1,6 bisphosphate-aldolases / Neil J Oldfield, Fariza Shams, Karl G Wooldridge and David PJ Turner
    Pyruvate dehydrogenase and plasminogen binding in mycoplasmas / Anne Gründel, Kathleen Friedrich, Melanie Pfeiffer, Enno Jacobs, Roger Dumke
    Unexpected interactions of leptospiral ef-tu proteins / Natalia Salazar and Angela Barbosa
    Mycobacterium tuberculosis antigen 85 family proteins : mycolyl transferases and matrix-binding adhesins / Christopher P. Ptak, Chih-Jung Kuo, and Yung-Fu Chang
    Miscellaneous il-1[beta]-binding proteins of aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans / Riikka Ihalin
    Bacteriophage moonlighting in the control of bacterial pathogenicity / Janine Bowring, Alberto Marina, José R. Penadés and Nuria Quiles-Puchalt
    Viral entry glycoproteins and viral immune evasion / Jonathan D. Cook and Jeffrey E. Lee.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Arthur F. Dalley II, Anne M.R. Agur.
    Contents:
    Overview and Basic Concepts
    Back
    Upper Limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and Perineum
    Lower Limb
    Head
    Neck
    Summary of Cranial Nerves.
  • Print
    Anne M. R. Agur, Arthur F. Dalley II.
    Summary: "Known for its hallmark Clinical Blue Boxes, Moore's Essential Clinical Anatomy, 7th Edition, combines an easy-to-read approach, dynamic surface anatomy and medical imaging features, and engaging digital resources to build clinical confidence and equip users for success from foundational science courses through clinical training and practice. The concise, user-friendly format emphasizes structures and functions critical to physical diagnosis for primary care, interpretation of diagnostic imaging, and understanding the anatomical basis of emergency medicine and general surgery. This updated 7th Edition reflects the latest clinical perspectives and is supported by valuable self-assessment tools, case studies, and interactive BioDigital software to enrich understanding for students and practitioners alike. NEW! Sex and gender content clarifies important gender considerations and reflects an equitable focus on female as well as male anatomy. Extensively revised Clinical Blue Boxes highlight the practical applications of anatomy, accompanied by helpful icons, illustrations, and images that distinguish the type of clinical information covered. Revised comprehensive surface anatomy photographs ensure accurate, effective physical examination diagnoses with integrated natural views of unobstructed surface anatomy and illustrations superimposing anatomical structures with landmarks for more accurate physical examination. Insightfully rendered, anatomically accurate illustrations, combined with many photographs and medical images, strengthen comprehension of anatomical concepts and retention of "mental images" of anatomical structures. Medical Imaging sections familiarize students with plain and contrast radiographic, MRI, CT, and ultrasonography studies they'll use in clinical practice. Comprehensive tables clarify complex information about muscles, veins, arteries, nerves, and other structures for easy study and review. "-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Anne M.R. Agur, Authur F. Dalley II ; founding coauthor (with Anne M.R. Agur) and coauthor for first to fifth editions, Keith L. Moore.
    Summary: "Twenty-two years have passed since the first edition of Essential Clinical Anatomy was published. The main aim of the sixth edition is to provide a compact yet thorough textbook of clinical anatomy for students and practitioners in the health care professions and related disciplines. With each edition, we strive to make the book even more student friendly. This edition has been thoroughly revised, keeping in mind the many invaluable comments received from students, colleagues, and reviewers"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview and basic concepts
    Back
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Head
    Neck
    Review of cranial nerves.
  • Digital
    editor, Wesley S. Moore ; associate editors, Peter F. Lawrence, Gustavo S. Oderich.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION 1 Introduction
    1.A History of Vascular Surgery / Wiley F. Barker
    2.Embryology of the Vascular System / David S. Maxwell
    SECTION 2 General Principles
    3.Anatomy, Physiology, and Pharmacology of the Vascular Wall / Ted R. Kohler
    4.Anatomy and Surgical Exposure of the Vascular System / Todd L. Rasmussen
    5.Hemodynamics for the Vascular Surgeon / R. Eugene Zierler
    6.Hemostasis and Thrombosis / Thomas G. DeLoughery
    7.Atherosclerosis: Pathology, Pathogenesis, and Medical Management / Jessica Beth O'Connell
    8.Nonatherosclerotic Vascular Disease / Gregory J. Landry
    9.Venous Vascular Malformations / Peter Gloviczki
    10.Congenital Arterial Malformations / Daiva Nevidomskyte
    11.Antibiotic Prophylaxis in Vascular Disease Management / Taimur Saleem
    12.Patterns of Diabetic Vascular Disease / Joseph L. Mills
    13.Medical Management of Vascular Disease
    Including Pharmacology of Drugs Used in Vascular Disease Management / Jessica Beth O'Connell
    14.Noninvasive Vascular Diagnostic Laboratory / J. Dennis Baker
    15.Principles of Imaging in Vascular Disease / Antoinette S. Gomes
    SECTION 3 Arterial Occlusive Disease
    16.Vascular Grafts: Characteristics and Rational Selection / Alik Farber
    17.Introduction to Endovascular Surgery: Arterial Access, Guidewires, Catheters, Sheaths Angioplasty Catheters, and Stents / Alan B. Lumsden
    18.Atherectomy and Arterial Closure Devices: Selection, Technique, and Results / Donald T. Baril
    19.Extracranial Cerebrovascular Disease: The Carotid Artery / Wesley S. Moore
    20.Surgical Reconstruction of the Supra-Aortic Trunks and Vertebral Arteries / Enrique Criado
    21.Endovascular Repair of Extracranial Cerebrovascular Lesions / Peter A. Schneider
    22.Carotid Body Tumors: Diagnosis and Surgical Management / Rameen S. Moridzadeh
    23.Surgical Management of Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease / Michael Belkin
    24.Angioplasty and Stenting for Aortoiliac Disease: Technique and Results / William D. Jordan, Jr.
    25.Diagnosis and Surgical Management of the Visceral Ischemic Syndromes / Bruce L. Gewertz
    26.Diagnosis and Management of Renal Vascular Occlusive Disease / Benjamin J. Pearce
    27.Angioplasty and Stenting for Mesenteric and Renal Artery Disease / Emanuel Junio R. Tenorio
    28.Surgical Management of Femoral, Popliteal, and Tibial Arterial Occlusive Disease / Enrico Ascher
    29.Endoscopic Harvesting of the Saphenous Vein / Christian Eisenring
    30.Infrainguinal Endovascular Reconstruction: Technique and Results / Peter A. Schneider
    31.Endovascular Repair of Infrapopliteal Arterial Occlusive Disease / Joseph L. Mills
    32.Thoracic and Lumbar Sympathectomy: Indications, Technique, and Results / Peter Gloviczki
    33.Thoracic Outlet Syndrome and Vascular Disease of the Upper Extremity / David A. Rigberg
    34.Natural History and Nonoperative Treatment of Chronic Lower Extremity Ischemia / Gregory L. Moneta
    35.Thrombolysis for Arterial and Graft Occlusions: Technique and Results / Vikram Kashyap
    SECTION 4 Arterial Aneurysm Disease
    36.Descending Thoracic and Thoracoabdominal Aortic Aneurysms: General Principles and Open Surgical Repair / Hazim J. Safi
    37.Endovascular Repair of Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm / Michel S. Makaroun
    38.Combined Endovascular and Surgical (Hybrid) Approach to Aortic Arch and Thoracoabdominal Aortic Pathology / William J. Quinones-Baldrich
    39.Fenestrated-Branched and Parallel Stent-Grafts for Endovascular Repair of Aortic Arch and Thoracoabdominal Aortic Aneurysms / Giuliano de A. Sandri
    40.Acute and Chronic Aortic Dissection: Medical Management, Surgical Management, Endovascular Management, and Results / Benjamin W. Starnes
    41.Aneurysms of the Aorta and Iliac Arteries / Jerry Goldstone
    42.Endovascular Repair of Juxtarenal (Chimney), Infrarenal, and Iliac Artery Aneurysms / Ronald M. Fairman
    43.Open Surgical and Endovascular Management of Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm / Mario Lachat
    44.Laparoscopic Aortic Surgery for Aneurysm and Occlusive Disease: Technique and Results / Catherine Cagiannos
    45.Building a Hybrid Operating Suite Including Robotic Capability / Alan B. Lumsden
    46.Splanchnic and Renal Artery Aneurysms / Jonathan L. Eliason
    47.Aneurysms of the Peripheral Arteries / Fred A. Weaver
    48.Surgical and Endovascular Management of Vascular Trauma Including Aortic Transection / David L. Gillespie
    SECTION 5 Venous Disease
    49.Venous Thromboembolic Disease / Thomas Wakefield
    50.Thrombolysis and Mechanical Thrombectomy for Deep Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism / Maxim L. Shaydakov
    51.Surgical Management of Chronic Venous Obstruction / Ying Huang
    52.Endovascular Repair of Chronic Venous Obstruction / Arjun Jayaraj
    53.Etiology and Management of Varicose Veins: Surgery, Endovenous Ablation, and Sclerotherapy / David A. Rigberg
    54.Management of Venous Leg Ulcers / Steven M. Farley
    55.Portal Hypertension / Hugh A. Gelabert
    56.Lymphedema / Thorn W. Rooke
    57.Hemodialysis and Vascular Access / Ahmed Kayssi
    SECTION 6 Complications in Vascular Surgery
    58.Neointimal Hyperplasia / Melina R. Kibbe
    59.Prosthetic Graft Infection / Julie Ann Freischlag
    60.Noninfectious Complications in Vascular Surgery / Juan Carlos Jimenez
    61.Management of Complications After Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair / Sharif H. Ellozy
    SECTION 7 Miscellaneous Topics
    62.Diabetic Foot Complications: A Primer for Vascular Surgeons / Joseph L. Mills
    63.The Wound Care Center and Limb Salvage / Steven M. Farley
    64.Lower Extremity Amputation / Juan Carlos Jimenez
    65.Anterior Spine Exposure: Operative Techniques for the Vascular Surgeon / William J. Quinones-Baldrich
    66.Carotid Sinus Stimulation: Background, Technique, and Future Directions / John D. Bisognano.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Connie M. Ulrich, Christine Grady, editors.
    Summary: "This is the first book on the market or within academia dedicated solely to moral distress among health professionals. It aims to bring conceptual clarity about moral distress and distinguish it from related concepts. Explicit attention is given to the voices and experiences of health care professionals from multiple disciplines and many parts of the world. Contributors explain the evolution of the concept of moral distress, sources of moral distress including those that arise at the unit/team and organization/system level, and possible solutions to address moral distress at every level. A liberal use of case studies will make the phenomenon palpable to readers. This volume provides information not only for academia and educational initiatives, but also for practitioners and the research community, and will serve as a professional resource for courses in health professional schools, bioethics, and business, as well as in the hospital wards, intensive care units, long-term care facilities, hospice, and ambulatory practice sites in which moral distress originates."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    What We Know About Moral Distress / Lynn Musto, Patricia Rodney
    Healthcare Professional Narratives on Moral Distress: Disciplinary Perspectives / Anne J. Davis, Marsha Fowler, Sophia Fantus, Joseph J. Fins, Michelle Joy, Katherine Kruse, Alyssa Burgart, Margaret Lindsey, Kim Mooney-Doyle, Tanya Uritsky, and Christine Grady
    A Broader Understanding of Moral Distress / Stephen M. Campbell, Connie M. Ulrich, Christine Grady
    Sources of Moral Distress / Mary K. Walton
    Building Compassionate Work Environments: The Concept of and Measurement of Ethical Climate / Linda L. Olson
    Moral Distress Research Agenda / Carol L. Pavlish, Ellen M. Robinson, Katherine Brown-Saltzman, Joan Henriksen
    International Perspectives on Moral Distress / Connie M. Ulrich, An Lievrouw, Bo Van den Bulcke, Dominique Benoit, Ruth Piers, Georgina Morley, Renatha Joseph, Baraka Morris, Subadhra D. Rai, and Margaret Mei Ling Soon
    Reflections on Moral Distress and Moral Success / Christine Grady, Nancy Berlinger, Arthur Caplan, Sheila Davis, Ann B. Hamric, Shaké Ketefian, Robert Truog, and Connie M. Ulrich.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Kurt Widhalm, Gerhard Prager.
    Summary: As the worldwide prevalence of morbid obesity among adolescents continues to rise, recent years have seen a large increase in the performance of adolescent bariatric surgery. While surgical intervention often becomes necessary when conservative weight-loss therapies have failed, no standards regarding the post-operative regimen and long-term management of adolescent patients have been established. Thus, the treatment of obesity and its co-morbidities requires a multidisciplinary approach, taking into account epidemiological, clinical, nutritional, and genetic aspects of morbid obesity in the pediatric age group. This volume discusses both conventional therapy and surgical options for morbid obesity in the pediatric age group. In the first part, obesity-related diseases, genetics, and psychological factors are analyzed. The second part focuses on current bariatric surgery procedures, including dietary restrictions and guidelines to prevent nutritional deficiencies common after surgery. Therefore, the book will prove an invaluable resource for pediatricians, surgeons, nutritionists, dieticians, and all other health professionals who treat adolescent obesity.

    Contents:
    Paediatric Body Composition Measurement Techniques in Morbidly Obese Patients
    Insulin Resistance in the Morbidly Obese Adolescent
    Inflammation as a Trigger for Insulin Resistance and Cardiometabolic Disease
    Inpatient Lifestyle Interventions to Treat Childhood Obesity
    Conservative Treatment for Morbidly Obese Adolescents: The German Experience
    Comorbidities: Non Alcoholic Fatty Liver in Childhood Obesity
    Measurement of Atherosclerosis in Morbidly Obese Adolescents
    Arthritis and Joint Problems in Morbidly Obese Adolescents
    Bariatric Surgery in Adolescents: Practical Guidelines from a Pediatrician{u2019}s Point of View
    Vitamin Deficiencies After Bariatric Surgery?
    Laparoscopic Gastric Banding
    Metabolic Surgery in Adolescents
    Situation in Sweden
    Experiences from Adolescents at the Viennese Center for Bariatric Surgery
    Is There an Indication for BPD-DS/BPD? What the Potential Advantages/Disadvantages to RYNGB?
    Psychological, Nutritional and Sports-Scientific Aspects of Obesity in Adolescence
    Current Guidelines of Bariatric Surgery in Adolescents
    Cardiovascular Risk in Childhood Obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    GV341 .M67 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst, Kevin Smith.
    Summary: This book reveals the numerous ways in which moral, ethical and legal principles are being violated by those who provide, recommend or sell ‘complementary and alternative medicine’ (CAM). The book analyses both academic literature and internet sources that promote CAM. Additionally the book presents a number of brief scenarios, both hypothetical and real-life, about individuals who use CAM or who fall prey to ethically dubious CAM practitioners. The events and conundrums described in these scenarios could happen to almost anyone. Professor emeritus of complementary medicine Edzard Ernst together with bioethicist Kevin Smith provide a thorough and authoritative ethical analysis of a range of CAM modalities, including acupuncture, chiropractic, herbalism, and homeopathy. This book could and should interest all medical professionals who have contact to complementary medicine and will be an invaluable reference for patients deliberating which course of treatment to adopt.

    Contents:
    Medical ethics
    Competence
    Research
    Education
    Informed Consent
    Truth
    Exploitation
    Conclusions
    Glossary with short explanations of the main alternative therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Mary Bennett Ritter, MD ; introduction by Gesa E. Kirsch ; edited by Gesa Kirsch.
    Summary: "Mary Bennet Ritter was a farmer's daughter who in the 1880s defied all conventions to pursure her passion: to receive medical training and become a physician. Ritter's memoir is a riveting account of her accomplishments and a revealing peek into an earlier era through her keen sense of observation, humor, savvy, and her courage to challenge gender norms. It is filled with adventures--house calls via horse and buggy rides through the dark streets of Berkeley, a spurned lover's suicide, a near drowning at Pacific Grove Beach, one of the first automobile rides across rugged California dirt roads, intercontinental rail travel, and voyages to the Far East. As the story unfolds, readers encounter the movers and shakers of the time--University of California presidents and families of wealth and influence, including the Scrippses, the Hearsts, and the Rockefellers"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Childhood memories
    Youthful days
    Undercurrents
    An interlude
    Medical student and interne
    First years in Berkeley
    The "ply-wood" of life
    University interests
    Medical practice
    Keeping pace with a biologist
    The quest for a southern site
    A transitional half-decade
    Pioneering in a biological laboratory
    The half decade 1913-1918
    My war work
    The turning of a long lane
    Last years in La Jolla
    The other side of the world
    The South Sea Isles
    Retirement
    Washington days
    Europe again
    Sunset and afterglow.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R154.R443 A3 2017
    1
  • Print
    Robert M. Kaplan.
    Summary: American science produces the best--and most expensive--medical treatments in the world. Yet U.S. citizens lag behind their global peers in life expectancy and quality of life. Robert Kaplan brings together extensive data to make the case that health care priorities in the United States are sorely misplaced. America's medical system is invested in attacking disease, but not in addressing the social, behavioral, and environmental problems that engender disease in the first place. Medicine is important, but many Americans act as though it were all important. The U.S. stakes much of its health funding on the promise of high-tech diagnostics and miracle treatments, while ignoring strong evidence that many of the most significant pathways to health are nonmedical. Americans spend millions on drugs to treat high cholesterol, for example, which increase life expectancy by six to eight months on average. But they underfund education, which might extend life expectancy by as much as twelve years. Wars on infectious disease have paid off, but clinical trials for chronic conditions--costing billions--rarely confirm that new treatments extend life. By comparison, the National Institutes of Health spends just 3 percent of its budget on research in social and behavioral determinants of health, even though these factors account for 50 percent of premature deaths. America's failure to take prevention seriously costs lives. More than Medicine argues that we need a shake-up in how we invest resources, and it offers a bold new vision for longer, healthier living.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Let's be average
    Research promise and practice
    Mistaking the meaning of health
    Making health care safe and effective
    Social determinants of health
    The act of well-being
    A way forward.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA395.A3 K353 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Ronald L. Braithwaite, Tabia Henry Akintobi, Daniel S. Blumenthal, W. Mary Langley ; foreword by Valerie Montgomery Rice ; afterword by David Satcher.
    Summary: "Braithwaite and his coauthors, of Morehouse Medical School, describe the collaboration between community organizations and university faculty essential to public health and reliable research. They explain the Morehouse model of outreach in which citizen participation is a critical element for facilitating behavioral change in the community. Through case studies, exploratory research, surveys, and interventions, they provide lessons for advancing participatory research and promoting community health"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the Morehouse School of Medicine Model
    Social Accountability, Medical Education, and Public Health
    Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR)
    Evolution of the Morehouse Model for Community Engagement
    Engaging Micropolitan and Rural Communities in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
    Educational and Leadership Development
    For Communities, by Communities : The Strategic Engagement of Community Health Workers
    The Medical School of Tomorrow.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Butterworth, John F.; Mackey, David C.; Mikhail, Maged S.; Morgan, G. Edward; Wasnick, John D.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .M671
    3
  • Digital
    editors: Jean Guex, John S. Torday, William B. Miller Jr.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yasuya Nomura.
    Summary: This book approaches inner ear diseases from a perspective that is as multifaceted as the diseases themselves. Common among these disorders are sudden deafness, Mnires disease, and perilymphatic fistula. With an awareness of the generally insufficient understanding of the causes and etiologies of these and other inner ear diseases, the author helps to fill those gaps in knowledge. Several factors have impeded a clearer understanding of inner ear diseases, chiefly the small size of the organ and its location in the hard temporal bone and, consequently, the inadequate resolution of CT and MRI images for pathophysiological analysis. This book provides morphological information about the inner ear, elucidating its fluids and blood vessels to help familiarize the reader with the complicated inner ear structures. Important information about how the inner ear responds to various stimuli is also given for a better understanding of the characteristics of the organ. Included are chapters describing specific diseases and animal models of the diseases. Examples and illustrations are presented for surgical applications. For instance, patients with intractable vertigo of inner-ear origin require surgical treatment and the application of a laser to the vestibular labyrinth, described in detail. With its generous use of color photographs, this book is an excellent reference text for all doctors and trainees in the field of otolaryngology.

    Contents:
    Structure of the Inner Ear
    Inner Ear Fluid
    Blood Vessels
    Sudden Deafness
    Menieres Disease
    Viral Disease
    Laser Surgery
    Presbycusis
    Anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giuseppe d'Onofrio, Gina Zini ; translated by Barbara J. Bain.
    Contents:
    Blood and bone marrow cells
    Erythropoiesis and anaemia
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute myeloid leukaemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Hypereosinophilia
    Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Acute lymphoblastic and mixed phenotype leukaemia
    Neoplasms of mature B, T and NK cells
    Plasma cell proliferative disorders
    Reactive bone marrow changes and non-haemopoietic neoplasms.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bernard F. Morrey, Joaquin Sanchez-Sotelo, Mark E. Morrey.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Jeffrey S. Markowitz.
    Summary: This compelling book examines mortality risk among former Hispanic and African-American players in Major League Baseball (MLB) during the 40-year period following desegregation in the League. Analyzing a variety of biological, cultural, social, and environmental factors, the author illustrates the potential health effects of racial disparities on these elite athletes and fills a significant gap in the mortality literature. Included in the coverage: The history and evolution of professional baseball in both the United States and Latin America Literature and statistical reviews of racial and ethnic inequalities in mortality in the US general population Overview and evaluation of methodologies used to statistically analyze mortality risk in this professional-athlete population Implications and applications of research findings related to Hispanic and African-American MLB-player mortality A unique perspective on a pressing public health issue, Mortality Among Hispanic and African-American Players After Desegregation in Major League Baseball is a salient read for public health professionals including epidemiologists, medical professionals, and social scientists, as well as athletes, historians, and those with broad interest in African American and Latino health.

    Contents:
    Preface.- List of Tables and Figures.- Part I
    The Backstory.- The Roots of Baseball in the US.- A Mini-history of Latin America and Professional Baseball.- Literature and Statistical Review of Race/Hispanic Origin and Mortality.- Part II
    Empirical Study Description and Preliminary Results.- Study Methods.- Births and Deaths in the Study Cohort.- Preliminary Testing of Main Study Hypotheses.- Part III
    Other Independent Variables and More Definitive Testing of Study Hypotheses.- The Role of Educational Attainment.- Examination of Other Independent Variables.- Final Multivariate Testing of Study Hypotheses.- Part IV
    External Analysis and Discussion.- Comparison of Mortality Rates Between Major League Baseball Players and the General Population .- Summary, Conclusions, and Implications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jeffrey S. Markowitz.
    Summary: Of ResultsDiscussion; References; Chapter 5: Body Mass Index (BMI); Introduction; General Literature Review; The Prevalence and Costs of Obesity; BMI Background; Literature Review of BMI and Mortality in Professional Basketball and Football; Professional Basketball; Professional Football; Methods; Measurement of BMI for This Study; Statistical Plan; Results; Descriptive Statistics; Height and Weight; BMI; Mortality Outcomes by BMI; Vital Status by BMI Categories and League; Cox Models Predicting Mortality Risk Based on BMI.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Methods
    Life and death statistics
    Part I. Internal risk factor analysis
    Race
    Body mass index (BMI)
    Birthplace region
    Playing experience
    Multivariate analysis
    Player position
    Part II. External analysis
    Mortality comparisons between NBA and NFL players versus the general population
    Conclusions, implications, and discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Harold Kalter.
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Congenital cardiovascular malformations.
    Digital Access Springer 2007
  • Digital
    by Rudolf Happle.
    Summary: Mosaicism is a powerful biologic concept, originally developed from the study of plants and animals, and is the necessary basis for the explanation of numerous human skin disorders. This lavishly illustrated book presents, for the first time, a comprehensive overview of the strikingly manifold patterns and peculiarities of mosaic skin disorders. It is structured in a straightforward, reader-friendly way that will help the dermatologist to understand the underlying molecular mechanisms of skin disorders in order to further improve the treatment outcome. The first two parts of the book are devoted to the mechanisms and patterns of cutaneous mosaicism, with explanation of genomic and epigenetic mosaicism and description of the six archetypal patterns, including the lines of Blaschko, as well as less well defined or as yet unclassifiable patterns. In the third part, the various mosaic skin disorders are examined in depth, including nevi, allelic and non-allelic didymosis, other binary genodermatoses, mosaic manifestations of autosomal dominant skin disorders, and nevoid skin disorders. The book concludes with a note on neoplastic skin lesions, examining models of tumorigenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rudolf Happle.
    Summary: This second edition offers a fully revised and updated work on a rapidly growing field of knowledge, and was prepared by two experts whose goal was to explain the molecular basis of mosaic skin disorders in a language that is accessible for practicing physicians and medical students alike. It presents a timely and comprehensive overview of the strikingly manifold patterns and peculiarities of mosaic skin disorders in a straightforward, reader-friendly way that will help physicians to further improve genetic counseling and treatment outcomes. The first two parts of the book are devoted to the mechanisms and patterns of cutaneous mosaicism, and include an explanation of genomic and epigenetic mosaicism and a description of the archetypical segmental patterns including the lines of Blaschko and the flag-like, phylloid and lateralization pattern, the non-segmental pattern of large congenital melanocytic nevi, and the sash-like arrangement as noted in a particular type of cutis tricolor. The concept of lethal mutations surviving as mosaics has now been confirmed by molecular analysis in many sporadically occurring phenotypes. The difference between monoallelic and biallelic traits has deepened our understanding of hereditary mosaics, especially of multiple benign skin tumors. Moreover, recognition of the fundamental difference between the simple segmental and the superimposed types of mosaicism is important for the purpose of genetic counseling. In the third part, the various mosaic skin disorders are examined in depth, including nevi, didymotic disorders, other binary genodermatoses, mosaic manifestations of autosomal skin disorders, and nevoid skin disorders such as phenotypes reflecting functional X-chromosome mosaicism or a superimposed mosaic manifestation of common skin diseases with a polygenic background. Reader-friendly and clearly structured, Mosaicism in Human Skin will appeal to both experienced dermatologists and residents in training, as well as to medical geneticists and pediatricians. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Introduction
    2: Mosaicism as a Biological Concept
    2.1 Historical Beginnings
    2.2 Mosaicism in Plants
    2.3 Mosaicism in Animals
    2.4 Mosaicism in Human Skin
    2.5 Mosaicism Versus Chimerism
    2.6 Does the Coat of Zebras Reflect Mosaicism?
    References
    3: The Major Categories of Mosaicism
    3.1 Nonsegmental Versus Segmental Mosaicism of Autosomal Dominant Skin Disorders
    3.1.1 Nonsegmental Mosaicism
    3.1.2 Segmental Mosaicism
    3.2 Genomic Versus Epigenetic Mosaicism
    3.3 Genomic Mosaicism 3.3.1 Genomic Mosaicism of Autosomes
    3.3.1.1 Mosaicism Caused by Loss of Heterozygosity
    3.3.1.2 Genomic Mosaicism of Lethal Autosomal Mutations
    Mosaicism Caused by Lethal Cytogenetic Abnormalities
    Mosaicism Caused by Lethal Molecular Defects
    3.3.1.3 Genomic Mosaicism of Nonlethal Autosomal Mutations
    Simple Segmental Mosaicism of Autosomal Dominant Disorders
    Superimposed Mosaicism of Autosomal Dominant Disorders
    Monoallelic Versus Biallelic Mosaicism
    Disseminated Mosaicism of Biallelic Autosomal Dominant Disorders
    Isolated Segmental Biallelic Monoclonal Mosaicism Blue Rubber Bleb Angiomatosis ("Blue Rubber Bleb Nevus Syndrome"): A Unique Type of Postzygotic Mosaicism
    3.3.2 Autosomal Recessive Mosaicism
    3.3.3 Didymosis (Twin Spotting)
    3.3.4 Revertant Mosaicism
    3.3.5 Genomic X-Chromosome Mosaicism in Male Patients
    3.3.6 Superimposed Segmental Manifestation of Polygenic Skin Disorders
    3.4 Epigenetic Mosaicism
    3.4.1 Epigenetic Mosaicism of Autosomal Genes
    3.4.2 Epigenetic Mosaicism of X Chromosomes
    3.4.2.1 Functional X-Chromosome Mosaicism in Female Patients
    3.4.2.2 Why Do Women Live Longer? 3.4.2.3 Functional X-Chromosome Mosaicism in Male Patients
    3.4.3 X-Linked Genes Escaping Inactivation
    References
    4: Relationship Between Hypomorphic Alleles and Mosaicism of X-Linked or Autosomal Mutations
    4.1 Hypomorphic Alleles and X-Linked Dominant, Male-Lethal Cutaneous Syndromes
    4.2 Hypomorphic Alleles in Autosomal Dominant Skin Disorders
    References
    5: The Archetypical Patterns of Segmental Cutaneous Mosaicism
    5.1 Lines of Blaschko
    5.1.1 Lines of Blaschko, Narrow Bands
    5.1.2 Lines of Blaschko, Broad Bands 5.1.3 Analogy of Blaschko's Lines in Other Organs
    5.1.4 Blaschko's Lines in Animals
    5.1.5 Analogy of Blaschko's Lines in the Murine Brain
    5.2 Flag-like Pattern
    5.3 Phylloid Pattern
    5.4 Lateralization Pattern
    References
    6: Less Well-Defined or So Far Unclassifiable Patterns
    6.1 Oblique Pattern (Sash-Like Pattern)
    6.2 Pallister-Killian Pattern
    6.3 Midfacial Pattern
    References
    7: Nevi
    7.1 The Theory of Lethal Genes Surviving by Mosaicism
    7.2 Pigmentary Nevi
    7.2.1 Melanocytic Nevi
    7.2.1.1 Common Small Melanocytic Nevus
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Arthur H. Jeske [editor].
    Summary: Ideal for chairside use by the entire dental team, Mosby's Dental Drug Reference, 11th Edition, provides the current, concise, dental-specific drug information you need at the point of care. More than 850 drug monographs make it easy to find indications and dosages, contraindications, interactions, side effects, serious reactions, and dental considerations. A companion website adds regular drug updates, a full-color pill atlas, printable patient education handouts, reference tables, and more. More than 850 drug monographs offer the vital dental-specific drug information you need. Drug information with relevant patient and family education guidelines in each monograph emphasize oral health, prevention, and treatment from the dental hygiene perspective. Durable and pocket sized, a succinct and organized format makes this guide ideal for chairside use. Bulleted lists provide quick and easy access to general and specific dental-related information in each monograph. .Primers on therapeutic management of common diseases and on medically compromised patients offer key foundational information relevant to the treatment of all patients. New monographs, FDA updates, a color pill atlas, images of common pathologic conditions, patient education handouts, quick-reference guides, and more are available online to help keep this guide compact and user-friendly.

    Contents:
    Front cover; Evolve page; Anesthesia Color Codes; Mosby's Dental Drug Reference; Copyright page; Drug Monograph Content Contributors and Reviewers; Preface; Table of Contents; About the Companion Website; Therapeutic Management of Common Oral Lesions: Based on Material from the American Academy of Oral Medicine (AAOM) Clinician's Guide to Treatment of Common Oral Conditions; Supportive Care; Herpes Simplex Infection; Primary Herpetic Gingivostomatitis; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Topical Anesthetics and Coating Agents; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx. Disp. Sig.; Systemic Antiviral Therapy; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Recurrent (Orofacial) Herpes Simplex Infection; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Prevention; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Topical Antiviral Agents; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Systemic Antiviral Therapy; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Herpes Zoster (Shingles); Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Recurrent Aphthous Stomatitis; Etiology:; Clinical description. Rationale for treatment:Topical Steroids; For Mild-to-Moderate Cases:; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Systemic Steroids and Immunosuppressants for Severe Cases; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Directions for using dexamethasone oral solution:; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; For Very Severe Cases; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Candidiasis; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Topical Antifungal Agents; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Systemic Antifungal Agents; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp. Sig. Systemic Antifungal Agents for Refractory Oropharyngeal Candidiasis; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Angular Cheilitis; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Actinic (Solar) Cheilitis; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Rx; Geographic Tongue (Benign Migratory Glossitis; Erythema Migrans); Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig. Xerostomia (Reduced Salivary Flow and Dry Mouth)Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Saliva Substitutes; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Saliva Stimulants; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Caries Prevention; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Lichen Planus; Etiology:; Clinical description:; Rationale for treatment:; Topical Steroids; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Systemic Steroids and Immunosuppressants for Severe Cases; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.; Rx; Disp.; Sig.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Kathleen Deska Pagana, PhD, RN ; Timothy J. Pagana, MD, FACS ; Theresa Noel Pagana, MD, FAAEM.
    Summary: With this best-selling reference, you will gain quick access to today's most important diagnostic tests and laboratory procedures. Clear, concise test entries are arranged alphabetically and reflect the latest advances in testing and research. Each test includes vital information such as alternate or abbreviated test names, a test description, contraindications, explanations of results, and guidelines to patient care before, during, and after the test. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    User's guide to test preparation and procedures
    Diagnostic and laboratory tests.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Susan Newton, Margaret Hickey, Jeannine M. Brant.
    Summary: "Detailed descriptions of over 50 major cancer types provide essential information on incidence, etiology and risk factors, signs and symptoms, diagnostic workup, histology, staging, treatment, prognosis, and prevention. Coverage of cancer management principles outlines a wide range of treatment and pharmacologic modalities, including surgery, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy, and complementary and alternative therapies. Symptom management guidelines offer in-depth coverage of pathophysiology, signs and symptoms, assessment tools, lab and diagnostic tests, differential diagnoses, interventions, patient education, follow up care, and resources for over 30 common symptoms associated with cancer and cancer treatments. Essential information on many oncologic emergencies and emergent issues prepares readers to respond quickly to structural, metabolic, and hematologic emergencies. Section on palliative care and end-of-life issues offers helpful guidelines for dealing with topics related to survivorship, palliative care, the final hours of the cancer patient, and loss, grief, and bereavement." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    SECTION ONE: INTRODUCTION
    Cancer epidemiology: implications for prevention, early detection and treatment
    Cancer pathophysiology
    Cancer genetics
    SECTION TWO: MAJOR CANCERS
    Breast cancer
    Central nervous system cancers
    Gastrointestinal system cancers
    Genitourinary cancers
    Gynecologic cancers
    Head and neck cancers
    Leukemias
    Lung cancers
    Lymphomas
    Multiple myeloma
    Myelofibrosis
    Neuroendocrine cancers
    Sarcomas
    Skin cancers
    SECTION THREE: PRINCIPLES OF CANCER MANAGEMENT
    Surgical therapy
    Radiation therapy
    Tumor treating fields
    Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Chemotherapy
    Immunotherapy
    Targeted therapy
    Hormonal therapy
    Adherence and persistence with oral therapies
    Complementary and alternative therapies
    Clinical trials
    SECTION FOUR: PRINCIPLES OF SYMPTOM MANAGEMENT
    Oncology symptoms
    SECTION FIVE: ONCOLOGIC EMERGENCIES
    Structural emergencies
    Urologic emergencies
    Metabolic emergencies
    Hematologic emergencies
    SECTION SIX: PALLIATIVE CARE AND END-OF-LIFE ISSUES
    Survivorship
    Palliative care
    Final hours
    Loss, grief, and bereavement
    SECTION SEVEN: NURSING PRACTICE CONSIDERATIONS
    Communication
    Cultural considerations
    Ethical considerations
    Quality and safety
    Evidence-based practice
    Patient navigation
    Patient education
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Potter, Paul L. Desmarais.
    Summary: A concise, pocket-sized study tool and clinical reference based on the best-selling textbook Clinical Nursing Skills & Techniques, 9th Edition! This spiral-bound presents 85 key nursing skills in a convenient, A-to-Z format. Step-by-step instructions include full-color photos plus rationales explaining why and how to use specific techniques to help you troubleshoot potential problems and take appropriate actions to address them. With the latest in evidence-based practice this essential guide is a great tool to help you safely and effectively perform core nursing skills.

    Contents:
    Acapella device
    Apical-radial pulse
    Aquathermia and heating pads
    Aspiration precautions
    Assistive device ambulation (use of crutches, cane, and walker
    Automated external defibrillator
    Bladder volume measurement
    Blood administration
    Blood pressure by auscultation: upper extremities, lower extremities, palpation
    Blood glucose testing
    Blood pressure: automatic
    Cardiac monitor: applying
    Central venous access device care: central venous catheter, ports
    Chest tube care
    Cold applications
    Condom catheter
    Continuous passive motion machine
    Continuous subcutaneous infusion
    Dressings: dry and moist-to-dry
    Dressings: hydrocolloid, hydrogel, foam, or alginate
    Dressings: transparent
    Ear drop administration
    Ear irrigations
    Electrocadiogram: obtaining a 12-lead electrocardiogram
    Enemas
    Enteral nutrition via a gastrostomy or jejunostomy tube
    Enteral nutrition via a nasoenteric feeding tube
    Epidural analgesia
    Eye irrigation
    Eye medications: drops and ointment
    Fall prevention in a health care facility
    Fecal impaction: removing digitally
    Hypothermia and hyperthermia blankets
    Using incentive spirometery
    Intradermal injections
    Intramuscular injections
    Intravenous medications: intermittent infusion sets and mini-infusion pumps
    Intravenous medications: intravenous bolus
    Isolation precautions
    Mechanical lifts
    Metered-dose inhalers
    Moist heat (compress and sitz bath)
    Mouth care: unconscious or debilitated patients Nail and foot care
    Nasoenteral tube: placement and irrigation
    Nasogastric tube for gastric decompression: insertion and removal
    Negative-pressure wound therapy
    Oral medications
    Oral medications: medication administration through an external feeding tube
    Ostomy care (pouching)
    Oxygen therapy: nasal cannula, oxygen mask, T tube, or tracheostomy collar
    Parenteral medication preparation: ampules and vials
    Parenteral medications: mixing medications in one syringe
    Patient-controlled analgesia
    Peripheral intravenous care: dressing care, discontinuation
    Peripheral intravenous care: regulating intravenous flow rate, changing tubing and solution
    Peripheral intravenous insertion
    Peripherally inserted central catheter care
    Preoperative teaching
    Pressure bandages (applying)
    Pressure injury risk assessment
    Pressure injury treatment
    Pulse oximetry
    Rectal suppository insertion
    Respiration assessment
    Restraint application
    Restraint-free environment
    Seizure precautions
    Sequential compression device and elastic stockings
    Specialty beds: air-fluidized, air-suspension, and rotokinetic
    Sterile gloving
    Sterile technique: donning and removing cap, mask, and protective eyewear
    Subcutaneous injections
    Suctioning: closed (in-line)
    Suctioning: nasopharyngeal, nasotracheal, and artificial airway
    Suprapubic catheter care
    Suture and staple removal
    Topical skin applications
    Tracheostomy care
    Urinary catheter insertion
    Urinary catheter care and removal
    Urinary catheter irrigation
    Urinary diversion: pouching an incontinent urinary diversion
    Vaginal instillations
    Venipuncture: collecting blood specimens and cultures by syringe and vacutainer method
    Managing wound drainage evacuation
    Wound irrigation
    Appendix: Overview of CDC hand hygiene guidelines.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 5 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Hugh D. Allen, Robert E. Shaddy, Daniel J. Penny, Frank Cetta, Timothy F. Feltes.
    Contents:
    V. I: Sect. I: From the gene to the neonate
    Sect. II: Structure and function of the cardiovascular system
    Sect. III: Diagnostic and therapeutic methods
    Sect. IV: Electrophysiology
    Sect. V: Pediatric cardiac intensive care
    Sect. VI: Congenital cardiovascular malformations
    Pt. A: Septal defects
    Pt. B: Arterial abnormalities
    V. II: Pt. C: Venous abnormalities
    Pt. D: The right ventricle
    Pt. E: Left ventricular inflow and outflow abnormalities
    Pt. F: Abnormalities of the origin of the great arteries
    Pt. G: Complex cardiac abnormalities
    Sect. VII: Diseases of the endocardium, myocardium, and pericardium
    Sect. VIII: Pulmonary vascular disease
    Sect. IX: Unique issues regarding the young adult with congenital heart disease
    Sect. X: Other special problems and issues.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert E. Shaddy, Daniel J. Penny, Timothy F. Feltes, Frank Cetta, Seema Mita ; supplemental video editor Josh Kailin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Cardiology)
  • Digital
    Nikole Benders-Hadi, Mary E. Barber, editors.
    Summary: Despite the importance of regaining social roles during recovery from mental illness, the intersection between motherhood and serious mental illness is often overlooked. This book aims to rectify that neglect. A series of introductory chapters describing current research and services available to mothers with serious mental illness are followed by personal accounts of clients reflecting on their parenting experiences. One goal of the book is to provide clinicians with information on this seldom addressed topic, which they can then use to help patients who are struggling with questions and barriers in their attempts to parent. The inclusion of personal accounts of mothers on issues such as stigma, fears, and discrimination in the context of parenting with a mental illness is intended to promote the message of mental illness recovery to a larger audience as well. Finally, it is hoped that this handbook will help inspire more research on mothers with mental illness and the creation of more services tailored to their needs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Katherine Chretien, editor.
    Summary: Women are entering medical school in equal numbers as men, yet still face unique challenges in a profession where, overall, male physicians outnumber female physicians 3 to 1. Women in medicine also face decisions such as when to have a child during training and often struggle with work-life balance. This book features real stories and advice from mothers in medicine at all stages of training from medical student to practicing physician and addresses the topics that shape the lives, joys, and challenges of women in medicine today. The book is based on the best posts and wisdom shared on the Mothers in Medicine blog, which was established in 2008 by the editor and has published over 1500 posts and has over 4.8 million page views to date. The book is organized by themes that are unique to the physician-mother: career decisions, having children during training, navigating life challenges, practice issues, and work-life balance. Each chapter features an excerpt from the blog followed by an honest discussion of the key considerations, guidelines, and tips as related to each topic in the conversational, personal tone of the blog. The book concludes with a chapter that features the most popular questions posted on the Mothers in Medicine blog and a summary of the responses received from the community of readers. Mothers in Medicine: Career, Practice, and Life Lessons Learned is a valuable and contemporary resource for pre-medical students, medical students, residents, and physicians.

    Contents:
    Choosing Motherhood and Medicine: The First Questions.- Having and Raising Children During Physician Training: Medical School.- Having and Raising Children During Physician Training: Residency
    Being a Mother in Medicine in Practice.- Choosing Where and How to Work
    Balancing Work and Life.- Sharing the Humor in Being a Mother in Medicine.- Embracing the Mother in Medicine’s Village of Support.- Navigating Life Challenges as a Mother in Medicine.- Negotiating for the Job You Want.- Question and Answer: The Collective Wisdom of Mothers in Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Andrea E. Cavanna.
    Summary: This book illustrates the clinical interface between neurology and psychiatry by focusing on neuropsychiatric conditions characterised by alterations at the level of both motor function and behaviour. The neuropsychiatric approach to movement disorders and epilepsy is of key importance in clinically assessing and treating these common and often disabling conditions. While addressing the clinical challenges posed by the behavioural aspects of movement disorders and epilepsy, it invites readers on a journey through the evolving discipline of neuropsychiatry / behavioural neurology - both in the past and today.

    Contents:
    Neuropsychiatry and behavioural neurology
    The neuropsychiatry of movement disorders
    The neuropsychiatry of epilepsy
    Conclusion: past, present and future.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Bettina Studer and Stefan Knecht.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Theories of motivation. Common and distinctive approaches to motivation in different disciplines / T. Strombach, S. Strang, S.Q. Park, P. Kenning
    A benefit-cost framework of motivation for a specific activity / B. Studer, S. Knecht
    Control feedback as the motivational force behind habitual behavior / O. Nafcha, E.T. Higgins, B. Eitam
    Section 2: Assessing motivation. Quantifying motivation with effort-based decision-making paradigms in health and disease / T.T.-J. Chong, V. Bonnelle, M. Husain
    Section 3: The neurobiology of motivation. Brain correlates of the intrinsic subjective cost of effort in sedentary volunteers / J. Bernacer, I. Martinez-Valbuena, M. Martinez, N. Pujol, E. Luis, D. Ramirez-Castillo, M.A. Pastor
    To work or not to work: Neural representation of cost and benefit of instrumental action / N.B. Kroemer, C. Burrasch, L. Hellrung
    Involvement of opioid signaling in food preference and motivation: Studies in laboratory animals / I. Morales, L. Font, P.J. Currie, R. Pastor
    Exploring individual differences in task switching: Persistence and other personality traits related to anterior cingulate cortex function / A. Umemoto, C.B. Holroyd
    Competition, testosterone, and adult neurobehavioral plasticity / A.B. Losecaat Vermeer, I. Riečanský, C. Eisenegger
    Fatigue with up- vs downregulated brain arousal should not be confused / U. Hegerl, C. Ulke
    Section 4: Targeting motivation: novel approaches to enhancing motivation, activity and learning in health and disease. Intrinsic motivation, curiosity, and learning: Theory and applications in educational technologies / P.-Y. Oudeyer, J. Gottlieb, M. Lopes
    Applied economics: The use of monetary incentives to modulate behavior / S. Strang, S.Q. Park, T. Strombach, P. Kenning
    Rewarding feedback promotes motor skill consolidation via striatal activity / M. Widmer, N. Ziegler, J. Held, A. Luft, K. Lutz
    How motivation and reward learning modulate selective attention / A. Bourgeois, L. Chelazzi, P. Vuilleumier
    Motivation and attention following hemispheric stroke / E. Olgiati, C. Russell, D. Soto, P. Malhotra
    Increasing self-directed training in neurorehabilitation patients through competition / B. Studer, H. Van Dijk, R. Handermann, S. Knecht
    The role of dopamine in the pathophysiology and treatment of apathy / T.T.-J. Chong, M. Husain
    Changing health behavior motivation from I-must to I-want / S. Knecht, P. Kenning
    Section 5: Conclusions. Motivation: What have we learned and what is still missing? / B. Studer, S. Knecht.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Print
    Martha C. Piper, PhD, Johanna Darrah, PhD, Alicia Spittle, PhD.
    Contents:
    1 Theories of Motor Development
    2 Motor Assessment of the Developing Infant
    3 Alberta Infant Motor Scale: Construction of a Motor Assessment Tool for the Developing Infant
    4 Administration Guidelines
    5 Prone Subscale
    6 Supine Subscale
    7 Sit Subscale
    8 Stand Subscale
    9 Clinical Uses of the Alberta Infant Motor Scale
    10 Psychometric Properties of the AIMS
    11 Norm-Referencing of the Alberta Infant Motor Scale
    Appendix I Percentile Ranks
    AIMS Score
    Appendix II Percentile Ranks by Age Grouping
    Appendix III Normative Data
    Appendix IV Percentile Ranks
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ134 .P57 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Richard A. Magill, Teachers College, Columbia University, and New York University, David I. Anderson, San Francisco State University.
    Summary: "This twelfth edition primarily updates the previous edition by adding more recent research and interpretations of the concepts and theoretical views associated with those concepts that were in the eleventh edition. Similar to the previous editions this new edition continues its two most distinctive features as an introductory motor learning and control textbook: its overall approach to the study of motor learning and control and the organization of the implementation of that approach. In every edition of this book, the overall approach has been the presentation of motor learning and control "concepts" to identify the common theme of each chapter. The concepts should be viewed as generalized statements and conclusions synthesized from collections of research findings. Following the concept statement is a description of a real-world application of the concept, which is then followed by discussions of specific topics and issues associated with the concept. An important part of these discussions are summaries of research evidence, on which we base our present knowledge of each topic and issue, as well as the implications of this knowledge for practitioners. The benefit of this organizational scheme is the presentation of motor learning and control as a set of principles and guidelines for practitioners, which are based on research evidence rather than on tradition or "how things have always been done"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Unit One. Introduction to motor skills and abilities
    Unit Two. Introduction to motor control
    Unit Three. Attention and memory
    Unit Four. Introduction to motor skill learning
    Unit Five. Instruction and augmented feedback
    Unit Six. Practice conditions.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Print
    edited by Mark B. Bromberg, MD, PhD.
    Contents:
    Introduction to motor neuron disease
    History of the recognition of motor neuron disease
    Nomenclature & classification of motor neuron disease
    Clinical anatomy, physiology and pathology of motor neuron disease
    Clinical features of motor neuron disease
    Frontotemporal dysfunction and dementia in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Laboratory tests for motor neuron disease
    Biomarkers for motor neuron disease
    Imaging in motor neuron disease
    Diagnostic criteria for motor neuron disease
    Differential diagnosis of motor neuron disease
    Motor neuron disease progression
    Epidemiology of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Genetics of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and frontotemporal dementia
    Genome-wide approaches to identify amyotrophic lateral sclerosis-associated genes
    Pathology of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and frontotemporal lobar degeneration
    Convergence and divergence in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis syndrome: genetics, molecular pathways and molecular mechanisms:
    Immunologic aspects of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Cyanobacteria, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and the BMAA hypothesis
    Animal models of adult motor neuron disease
    Multidisciplinary clinics and practice parameters and guidelines
    Allied health and other providers
    Respiratory assessment and management
    Nutritional assessment and management
    Communication assessment and management
    Psychological and psychiatric assessment and management
    Symptoms and management
    Intimacy, sexuality and pregnancy
    Quality of life
    Caregiver issues
    End of life care
    Costs of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis care
    Clinical trial designs in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Stem cell therapy for motor neuron disease.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC376.5 .M68 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Mustafa Karahan, João Espregueira-Mendes, H. Kaya Alakn, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Fundamentals of being a sport surgeon
    2. Motor learning principles for arthroscopic motor skill teaching
    3. How to teach concepts of surgical skills and strategy of designing a programme
    4. Setting up a curriculum
    5. Defining essential skills
    6. Arthroscopic skills training modalities
    7. Simulators in surgical skills training
    8. Aspects of a cource design
    9. Establishing validation methods: measuring progress (measuring teaching effectiveness)- global rating scales
    10. Certification of surgical skills
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce E. Sands.
    Contents:
    Approach to dysphagia / Gina R. Sam
    Approach to nausea and vomiting / Aimee L. Lucas
    Approach to abdominal pain / Jonathan Z. Potack
    Approach to diarrhea / Bruce E. Sands
    Approach to constipation / Mark A. Korsten, Hanumantha R. Ancha, and Miriam Kaminski
    Approach to fecal incontinence / Sita S. Chokhavatia
    Approach to gastrointestinal bleeding / Blair S. Lewis and Christina A. Tennyson
    Approach to nutrition assessment / Laura Manning and Lauren K. Schwartz
    Approach to the pregnant patient with GI disorders / Elana A. Maser
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease / Lawrence B. Cohen
    Barrett's esophagus / Sharmila Anandasabapathy
    Eosinophilic esophagitis / Brijen J. Shah
    Esophageal motility disorders / Barry W. Jaffin
    Esophageal disorders related to medication, trauma, and infection / Stuart I. Finkel
    Management of foreign bodies of the GI tract / James George
    Functional dyspepsia / Sita S. Chokhavatia
    Peptic ulcer disease / Neville D. Bamji and Ariel A. Benson
    Helicobacter pylori treatment and eradication / Anthony A. Weiss
    Gastroparesis / Eric S. Goldstein
    GI complications of obesity surgery / Jonathan Z. Potack
    Tumors of the foregut / Michelle Kang Kim
    Short bowel syndrome and malnutrition / Lauren K. Schwartz and Benjamin L. Cohen
    Bacterial overgrowth / Peter H. Rubin
    Celiac disease / Ariel A. Benson and James Aisenberg
    Infectious enteritis and colitis; bacterial food poisoning; intestinal protozoa and helminthic infestations / Jenny Sauk
    Immunodeficiency and the GI tract / Saurabh Mehandru
    GI stromal tumors / Peter E. Legnani
    Neuroendocrine tumors / Richard R.P. Warner
    Pancreatitis (acute, chronic, autoimmune) / Jeffrey R. Lewis and Yuki Young
    Pancreatic cysts and tumors / Christopher J. DiMaio
    Disorders of the biliary tract / Ron Palmon and Kalpesh K. Patel
    GI complications of transplant / Vera Kandror Denmark
    Vascular lesions of the GI tract / Jose Romeu
    Irritable bowel syndrome / Charles D. Gerson
    Crohn's disease / Joana Torres and Jean-Frédéric Colombel
    Ulcerative colitis / Adam F. Steinlauf and Daniel H. Present
    Complications of restorative proctocolectomy with ileal pouch-anal anastomosis / Joel J. Bauer and Stephen R. Gorfine
    Radiation enterocolitis / Prashant Kedia and Adam Steinlauf
    Clostridium difficile / Gerald Friedman
    Ischemic disease of the small and large bowel / Ari Grinspan and Asher Kornbluth
    Diverticular diseases of the colon / David B. Sachar
    Adenocarcinoma of the large bowel and hereditary colon cancer syndromes / Steven H. Itzkowitz
    Colonoscopic polypectomy / Jerome D. Waye
    Surveillance for dysplasia in inflammatory bowel disease / Thomas A. Ullman
    Diseases of the anus and rectum / Alexander J. Greenstein and Sergey Khaitov
    Complications of GI endoscopy / James F. Marion.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Stuart Sealfon, Rajeev Motiwala, Charles B. Stacy.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Asher B. Simon, Antonia S. New, Wayne K. Goodman.
    Contents:
    Introduction. DSM-5 / Evan Leibu, Michael B First
    Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) / Tobias B Halene, Vilma Gabbay
    Functional Neuroanatomy / James W Murrough, Amy R Glick, Nicholas S Stevens, Thomas P Naidich
    Translational Neuroscience in Clinical Psychiatry / Ivan Chavarria-Siles, Emily Stern, Schahram Akbarian, Pamela Sklar, Eric J Nestler
    Neuropsychological Assessment and Psychological Tests / Katherine E Burdick, Manuela Russo, Jane Martin
    Clinical Use of Laboratory Tests, Brain Imaging, and Biomarkers / Carrie L Ernst, James W Murrough
    Neuromodulation Treatments / Kyle AB Lapidus, Nigel I Kennedy, Wayne K Goodman, Charles H Kellner
    General Principles of Psychotherapy / Asher B Simon, Michael Brus
    Clinical Documentation / Amanda Focht, Gloria J Rodriguez, Brian Fuchs
    Adult Disorders. Depressive Disorders / Hiwot Woldu, James W Murrough, Dan V Iosifescu
    Bipolar Disorders / Le-Ben Wan, Joseph F Goldberg, Katherine E Burdick, Dan V Iosifescu
    Anxiety Disorders / Marc S Lener, Dennis S Charney, Adriana Feder
    Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders / Rachel Yehuda, Amy Lehrner, Laura C Pratchett
    Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders / Dorothy E Grice, Timothy Rice, Wayne K Goodman
    Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders / Rachel Moster, Larry J Siever, Sophia Frangou
    Substance Use and Addictive Disorders / Allison K Ungar, Anna B Konova, Alkesh Patel, Rita Z Goldstein, Yasmin L Hurd
    Personality Disorders / Antonia S New, M Mercedes Perez-Rodriguez, Jake Rosenberg
    Psychiatric Presentations of Primary Medical Illness / Adam Karz, Madeleine Fersh, Akhil Shenoy, Kim Klipstein
    Neuropsychiatric Illnesses / Silvana Riggio, Zorica Filipovic-Jewell, Devendra S Thakur
    Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders, Including Illness Anxiety, Factitious, Malingering, and Conversion Disorders / Hansel Arroyo, Kim Klipstein, Carrie L Ernst, Jennifer Finkel
    Sexual Dysfunctions, Gender Dysphoria, and Paraphilic Disorders / Stephen Snyder, William Byne, Sara Lozyniak
    Eating Disorders / Thomas B Hildebrandt, Sharon M Batista, Matthew Shear, Yadira Alonso
    Sleep-Wake Disorders / Akhil Shenoy, Rachel Fischer, Amir Garakani
    Child/Adolescent Disorders. Assessment of Child Development / Suzanne Garfinkle, Mary M LaLonde, John O'Brien
    Autism Spectrum Disorder / Benjamin N Angarita, Alexander Kolevzon
    Intellectual Developmental Disorders in Children and into Adulthood / Jesse L Costales, Asher B Simon, Katharine A Stratigos
    Child and Adolescent Anxiety Disorders / Thomas J DePrima, Vilma Gabbay
    Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder / Jeffrey H Newcorn, Laura Powers, Stacy McAllister
    Child and Adolescent Disruptive, Impulse Control, and 'Across Cultures / Daniella Loh, Olanrewaju Dokun, Sharon M Batista
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Psychiatry / Ellen Vora, Amy Aloysi, Rachel Zhuk
    Models for Delivery of Care / Sabina Lim, Joseph M Cerimele.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Donald McKenzie.
    Summary: This book is written for general readers with an interest in science, and offers the tools and ideas for understanding how climate change will affect mountains of the American West. A major goal of the book is to provide material that will not become quickly outdated, and it does so by conveying its topics through constants in ecological science that will remain unchanged and scientifically sound. The book is timely in its potential to be a long-term contribution, and is designed to inform the public about climate change in mountains accessibly and intelligibly. The major themes of the book include: 1) mountains of the American West as natural experiments that can distinguish the effects of climate change because they have been relatively free from human-caused changes, 2) mountains as regions with unique sensitivities that may change more rapidly than the Earth as a whole and foreshadow the nature and magnitude of change elsewhere, and 3) different interacting components of ecosystems in the face of a changing climate, including forest growth and mortality, ecological disturbance, and mountain hydrology. Readers will learn how these changes and interactions in mountains illuminate the complexity of ecological changes in other contexts around the world.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction: What Persists, What Changes
    Why These Mountains?
    Where Are We Going?
    What Doesn't Change in What Changes
    Ice or Water, Snow or Rain
    Evolution
    Movement
    Interactions
    Concepts and Terms You Should Know
    Variable
    Parameter
    Correlation
    Feedback
    Gradient
    Succession
    Disturbance
    Treeline
    Rain Shadow
    Climatic Envelope
    Connectivity
    Limiting Factor
    Scale
    Uncertainty
    Stationarity
    Detection and Attribution
    Chapter 2: The Mountains How Will It Affect the Western Mountains?
    The Cascade Range and the Pacific Coast Ranges (to the Klamath and Trinity Mountains)
    The Northern Rocky Mountains
    The Sierra Nevada
    The Pacific Coast Ranges (South of the Klamath and Trinity Mountains)
    The Southern and Central Rocky Mountains
    The Sky Islands and the Basin Ranges
    Chapter 4: Water Towers of the West
    The Magic Line: Snow or Rain, Frozen or Melted
    Glaciers: A Pure Signal of a Warming Climate?
    Changes in Mountain Hydrology
    Eco-hydrological Models: How Can We Use Them for Climate-Change Projections? The Cascade Range: America's Alps
    The Sierra Nevada: The Range of Light
    The Rocky Mountains: The Continental Divide
    The Pacific Coast Ranges
    The Olympic Mountains
    Siskiyou-Klamath-Trinity Mountains
    Transverse and Peninsular Ranges
    The Basin Ranges
    The Sky Islands
    Western Mountain Vulnerabilities
    Vegetation
    Glaciers, Snowpack, and Hydrology
    Biogeochemistry
    Wildlife
    Wilderness Character
    Chapter 3: It's Getting Warm Down Here
    What Do We Know About Climate Change?
    How Do We Know It?
    How Well Do We Know It? The Pacific Coast Ranges (South of the Klamath and Trinity Mountains)
    The Southern and Central Rocky Mountains
    The Sky Islands and the Basin Ranges
    Chapter 6: Ecological Disturbance
    What Is a Disturbance?
    Fire Regimes in the Western Mountains
    Gradients of Fire Frequency and Severity at Different Scales
    Smoke and Regional Haze
    Wildfire and Climate: How We Know What We Know
    Sediment Charcoal
    Fire-Scarred Trees and Stand Reconstructions
    Native American Burning: Confounding the Inference?
    The Observational Record What Do We Expect for the Western Mountains?
    Chapter 5: Trees, Forests, and Carbon
    Forest Biology and Ecology: What Persists and What Changes
    Forest Succession
    Dispersal: Keeping Up?
    Carbon: Source or Sink?
    Feedbacks to Climate Change
    Forests on the Brink? An Example of Detection and Attribution
    Forest Models: How Can We Use Them for Climate-Change Projections?
    What Do We Expect for the Western Mountains?
    The Cascade Range and the Pacific Coast Ranges (to the Klamath and Trinity Mountains)
    The Northern Rocky Mountains
    The Sierra Nevada
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Shree Ram Singh, Vincenzo Coppola.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Eferl, Emilio Casanova.
    Contents:
    Modeling cancer using genetically engineered mice / Patricia Stiedl ... [and 4 others]
    Lung adenocarcinomas : comparison between mice and men / Helmut H. Popper
    Mouse models of breast cancer / Kazuhito Sakamoto, Jeffrey W. Schmidt, and Kay-Uwe Wagner
    Genetically engineered mouse models to study prostate cancer / Elspeth A. Brzezinska ... [and 3 others]
    Practical use of advanced mouse models for lung cancer / Roghaiyeh Safari and Ralph Meuwissen
    Generation and analysis of mouse intestinal tumors and organoids harboring APC and K-Ras mutations / Johan H. van Es and Hans Clevers
    Induction of colorectal cancer in mice and histomorphometric evaluation of tumors / Ilija Crncec ... [and 3 others]
    Mouse models of liver cancer / Jorge Matias Caviglia and Robert F. Schwabe
    Current methods in mouse models of pancreatic cancer / Pawel K. Mazur ... [and 3 others]
    Mouse models of nonmelanoma skin cancer / Nicole Amberg ... [and 5 others]
    Clinicopathological characterization of mouse models of melanoma / Blake Ferguson, H. Peter Soyer, and Graeme J. Walker
    Modeling BCR/ABL-driven malignancies in the mouse / Christine Schneckenleithner, Andrea Hoelbl-Kovacic, and Veronika Sexl
    Methods to generate genetically engineered mouse models of soft tissue sarcoma / Rebecca D. Dodd ... [and 5 others]
    Characterization of mouse model-derived osteosarcoma (OS) cells in vitro and in vivo / Özge Uluçkan, Latifa Bakiri, and Erwin F. Wagner
    Genetically engineered mouse and orthotopic human tumor xenograft models of retinoblastoma / Claudia A. Benavente and Michael A. Dyer
    Tumor imaging technologies in mouse models / Michael Bouvet and Robert M. Hoffman
    Tumor angiogenesis : methods to analyze tumor vasculature and vessel normalization in mouse models of cancer / Federica Maione and Enrico Giraudo
    Transplantable mouse tumor models of breast cancer metastasis / Rumela Chakrabarti and Yibin Kang
    Methods to study primary tumor cells and residual tumor cells in mouse models of oncogene dependence / Caroline Botta ... [and 3 others]
    Generation of transgenic mouse model using PTTG as an oncogene / Sham S. Kakar and Cohin Kakar
    Modeling the study of DNA damage responses in mice / Julia Specks ... [and 3 others]
    Methods to study tumor surveillance using tumor cell transplantation into genetically engineered mice / Eva Bauer ... [and 3 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Masataka Sata, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Re-stenosis Models After Angioplasty
    Wire-mediated endovascular injury that induces rapid onset of medial cell apoptosis followed by reproducible neointimal hyperplasia
    Cuff-induced neointima formation in mouse models
    Ligation of the Mouse Common Carotid Artery
    Photochemically Induced Endothelial Injury
    Part II Thrombosis and Hemostasis Models
    Murine Models of Thrombosis and Hemostasis
    Part III Transplant-Associated Atherosclerosis
    Murine Heart Transplantation and Graft Arterial Disease
    Murine Models of Vein Grafting
    Part IV Hyperlipidemia-Induced Atherosclerosis
    Mouse Models of Atherosclerosis
    Part V Aneurysm in the Aorta
    Angiotensin II-induced Aortic Aneurysms in Mice
    Mouse model of abdominal aortic aneurysm induced by CaCl2
    Mouse models of aortic aneurysm (tentative)
    Part VI Intracranial Aneurysm Models
    Technical aspects of mouse intracranial aneurysm model
    Experimental model of cerebral aneurysms in ovariectomized rats
    Part VII Vascular Disease in Cerebral Arteries
    A model of stroke and vascular injury in the brain
    Part VIII Kawasaki Disease
    Analysis of Kawasaki disease using a mouse model, CAWS vasculitis in DBA/2 mice, induced with a water-soluble extracellular polysaccharide fraction obtained from Candida albicans.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mark Lewandoski.
    Contents:
    In situ Hybridization Methods for Mouse Whole Mounts and Tissue Sections with and Without Additional [beta]-galactosidase Staining
    Two Color In Situ Hybridization of Whole-Mount Mouse Embryos
    Detection and Monitoring of MicroRNA Expression in Developing Mouse Brain and Fixed Brain Cryosections
    Laser Capture Microdissection of Embryonic Cells and Preparation of RNA for Microarray Assays
    EMAGE: Electronic Mouse Atlas of Gene Expression
    Real-time PCR Quantification of gene Expression in Embryonic Mouse Tissue
    Identifying Essential Genes in Mouse Development Via an ENU-based Forward Genetic Approach
    Generation of Mouse Embryos with Small Hairpin RNA-mediated Knockdown of Gene Expression
    Generation of Tissue Organoids by Compaction Reaggregation
    Ultra-Rapid Vitrification of Mouse Oocytes and Embryos
    Mammalian Preimplantation Embryo Culture
    Serum-Free Culture of Mid-Gestation Mouse Embryos: A Tool for the Study of Endoderm-Derived Organs
    Genetically Encoded Probes Provide a Window On Embryonic Arrhythmia
    Microscopic Computed Tomography-based Skeletal Phenotyping for Genetic Model Organisms
    Gene Transfer Techniques in Whole Embryo Cultured Post-Implantation Mouse Embryos
    Segmentation and Quantitative Analysis of Individual Cells in Developmental Tissues
    Protein/Peptide Transduction in Metanephric Explant Culture
    Direction of Cells Programmed to Die in Mouse Embroys
    Microscopic Computed Tomography-based ?Virtual Histology of Embryos
    Collection and Preparation of Rodent Embryonic Samples for Transcriptome Study
    The Latest Improvements in the Mouse Sperm Preservation
    Analyzing Gene Function in Whole Mouse Embryo and Fetal Organ in vitro
    Using the Textpresso Site Specific Recombinases Web Server to Identify ?Cre Expressing Mouse Strains and Floxed Alleles
    Live Imaging Mouse Embryonic Development: Seeing is Believing and Revealing
    Genetic Cell Ablation
    Essentials of Recombinase-based Genetic Fate Mapping in Mice.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by Malcolm Graeme MacNevin and Harold Stearns Vaughan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    S305 .J84
    2
  • Digital
    Basanta Kumara Behera, Pramod Kumar Rout, Shyambhavee Behera.
    Summary: Some geographic regions around the globe that are rich in terms of modern agriculture technologies, face a dilemma when it comes to storing excess produce, such as grains and even seasonal fruits and vegetable. They are often forced to destroy the surplus agricultural products due to the constraints of poor logistic systems, food warehouses and micro-economy system management. In contrast, millions of people in extreme rural areas are suffering from hunger and poverty. This book offers suggestions to resolve the problems of food security and poverty in rural areas and ensure minimum social justice so that those in rural areas have regular access to food and shelter. It also discusses how to develop sustainable foundations in extreme rural locations using indigenous resources to tackle issues like hunger, malnutrition, and chronic health problems.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations;
    1: Move Towards Zero Hunger; 1.1 Envisioning Zero Hunger; 1.1.1 Genesis of Zero Hunger Concepts; 1.1.2 Strategic Plan for Food Security and Zero Hunger; 1.1.3 Social Inclusion for Zero Hunger; 1.1.4 Resilience-Building Approach; 1.1.4.1 Government and Governance; 1.1.4.2 Governance and Agriculture; 1.1.4.3 Governance and Food Security; 1.1.4.4 Entry Points for Food Security Initiatives; 1.1.4.5 Food Security Information System; 1.1.4.5.1 Resilience Social Habitat Approach; 1.1.5 What Causes Hunger?; 1.1.5.1 Poverty 1.1.5.2 Job Instability1.1.5.3 Food Shortages and Waste; 1.1.5.4 Food Price Volatility and Hunger; 1.1.5.5 Social Discrimination and Hunger; 1.1.6 Pillars of Food Security; 1.1.6.1 Availability; 1.1.6.2 Access; 1.1.6.3 Use and Utilisation; 1.1.6.4 Stability; 1.1.7 Challenges to Food Security; 1.1.7.1 Water Scarcity; 1.1.7.2 Land Degradation; 1.1.7.3 Climate Changes; 1.1.7.4 Agriculture Diseases; 1.1.7.5 Food Versus Biofuel; 1.1.7.6 Food Waste; References;
    2: Water, Energy and Food Security: Pillars for Zero Hunger; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Water Security for Food 2.1.1.1 Water Scarcity2.1.1.2 Supply and Demand of Freshwater; 2.1.1.3 Water Availability in Rural Areas; 2.1.1.3.1 Groundwater; 2.1.1.3.2 Harnessing Seawater for Rural Livelihood; 2.1.1.3.3 Glaciers as Water Source; 2.1.1.3.4 Rainwater Harvesting; 2.1.2 Energy Security for Food; 2.1.2.1 What Is Energy Security?; 2.1.2.2 Access to Energy; 2.1.2.2.1 Access to Electricity; 2.1.2.2.2 Access to Natural Gas; 2.1.2.2.3 Access to Renewable Energy; 2.1.2.3 Solutions to Energy Crisis in Rural Areas; 2.1.2.3.1 Move for Renewable Resources; 2.1.2.3.2 Buy Energy-Efficient Products 2.1.2.3.3 Lighting Controls2.1.2.3.4 Grid Access; 2.1.2.3.5 Energy Simulation; 2.1.2.3.6 Energy Audit; 2.1.2.3.7 Common Stand on Climate Change; 2.1.2.3.8 Biowaste Recycling for Methanol Production; 2.1.2.3.9 Use of "Flex-Fuel" in Automobiles; 2.1.3 Food Security; 2.1.3.1 Factors for Food Availability; 2.1.3.1.1 Availability; 2.1.3.1.2 Access; 2.1.3.1.3 Use and Utilisation; 2.1.3.1.4 Stability; 2.1.3.2 International Organisation for Food Security; References;
    3: Paradigm for Zero Hunger; 3.1 International Development; 3.1.1 Modernisation Theory; 3.1.2 Dependency Theory 3.1.3 World-Systems Theory3.1.4 Neoliberalism; 3.1.5 Good Governance; 3.1.6 Capability Approach; 3.2 Global Goals for Eradication of Hunger and Poverty; 3.2.1 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs); 3.2.2 Sustainable Development Goals; 3.3 Global Food System; 3.3.1 Conventional Food System; 3.3.1.1 Conceptual Development of Food System; 3.3.1.2 Conventional Farming; 3.3.1.3 Community Food System; 3.3.2 Alternative Food System; 3.3.2.1 Local Food System; 3.3.2.2 Organic Food System; 3.3.3 Cooperatives in Food System; 3.3.4 Fair Trade; 3.4 Food System Supply Chain Management
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Steven J. Frucht, editor.
    Summary: This book logically and systematically reviews the major movement disorder emergencies. It instructs the reader on how to recognize and manage these problems. This updated new edition of Movement Disorder Emergencies consists of five comprehensive sections. It begins with chapters that relay the various practical approaches one can administer when treating a patient with a movement disorder emergency. Section two then delves into specific hyperacute movement disorder emergencies such as acute parkinsonism, serotonin syndrome, and malignant catatonia. Following this, section three examines various acute movement disorder emergencies, including tic emergencies and Sydenham’s chorea. Sections four and five explore issues that can occur during treatment, such as pitfalls in diagnosis and risks in the clinic. Written by prominent neurologists from around the world, Movement Disorder Emergencies, 3rd edition is a practical reference that achieves excellence in diagnosis and management of movement disorder emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Susanne A. Schneider, José M. Tomás Brás, editors.
    Summary: This book covers recent developments and possible pitfalls in the diagnosis of genetic movement disorders and related conditions. It is divided into three sections: technical and scientific aspects; clinical aspects with guidance towards work-up; and ethical and legal aspects of genetic testing in a clinical and research setting. The first section includes chapters on genetic analysis and counselling with critical discussion of potential problems when interpreting the results. Clinical chapters summarize genetic forms of movement disorders including parkinsonism, tics and dystonia with algorithms for hands-on daily practice. Related conditions such as RLS, ataxias and dementias are also covered. Finally, chapters on ethical and legal aspects of genetic testing are included. Movement Disorder Genetics is aimed at clinicians and scientists working in the field of movement disorders and related conditions. .

    Contents:
    Genetics of Mendelian Forms of Parkinson?s Disease
    Genetics of Parkinson?s Disease
    Genetics of Atypical Parkinsonism
    Genetics of Dementia with Lewy Bodies
    Genetics of Frontotemporal Dementia
    Genetics of Primary Tremor Disorders
    Genetics of Dystonia
    Genetic Choreas
    Genetics of Tourette Syndrome
    Genetics of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Genetics of Dominant Ataxias
    Genetics of Recessive Ataxias
    Genetics of NBIA Disorders
    Genetics of Metal Disorders (Excluding NBIA)
    Genetics of Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS)
    Genetics of Hereditary Spastic Paraplegias (HSP)
    Genetics of ALS
    Genetics of Mitochondrial Disease with Focus on Movement Disorders
    Introduction to Genetics and Genetic Counseling for Clinicians
    Genetic Testing
    An Industrial Perspective
    Direct-to-Consumer DNA Genetic and Genomic Testing
    Current Ethical Issues Related to the Implementation of Whole Exome and Whole Genome Sequencing
    Implications for Health and Life Insurances and Other Legal Aspects of Genetic Testing.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mark S. LeDoux.
    Contents:
    Section I: Scientific foundations. Taxonomy and clinical features of movement disorders
    Modeling disorders of movement
    New transgenic technologies
    Assessment of movement disorders in rodents
    Drosophila
    Use of Caenorhabditis elegans to model human movement disorders
    Zebrafish
    Techniques for motor assessment in rodents
    Induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) to study and treat movement disorders
    Neurophysiologic assessment of movement disorders in humans
    Neurophysiological and optogenetic assessment of brain networks involved in motor control
    Functional imaging to study movement disorders
    Human and nonhuman primate neurophysiology to understand the pathophysiology of movement disorders
    Section II: Parkinson disease. The phenotypic spectrum of Parkinson disease
    genetics and molecular biology of Parkinson disease
    Genotype-phenotype correlations in Parkinson Disease
    From man to mouse: the MPTP model of Parkinson disease
    Rodent models of autosomal dominant Parkinson disease
    Rodent models of autosomal recessive Parkinson disease
    Drosophila models of Parkinson Disease
    Primate models of complications related to Parkinson disease treatment
    Rodent models of treatment-related complications in Parkinson disease
    Methods and models of the nonmotor symptoms of Parkinson disease
    Section III: Dystonia. Dystonia: phenotypes and genetics
    Murine models of caytaxin deficiency
    Animal models of focal dystonia
    Mouse models of dystonia
    Rodent models of autosomal dominant primary dystonia
    Modeling dystonia-parkinsonism
    Section IV: Huntington disease. Genetics of Huntington disease (HD), HD-like disorders, and other choreiform disorders
    Murine models of HD
    Use of genetically engineered mice to study the biology of huntingtin
    Modeling Huntington disease in yeast and invertebrates
    HDL2 mouse
    Analysis of nonmotor features in murine models of Huntington Disease
    Section V: Tremor. Essential tremor
    Use of the harmaline and [alpha]1 knockout models to identify molecular targets for essential tremor
    Physiological and behavioral assessment of tremor in rodents
    Mouse models of the fragile X tremor/ataxia syndrome (FXTAS) and the fragile X premutation
    Section VI: Myoclonus. Myoclonus: Classification, Clinical Features, and Genetics
    Mouse model of Unverricht-Lundborg disease
    Post-hypoxic myoclonus in rodents
    Generating mouse models of mitochondrial disease
    Secion VII: Tics. Tics and Tourette Syndrome: Phenomenology
    Genetics of Tourette syndrome
    Neural circuit abnormalities in Tourette syndrome
    Animal models of Tourette Syndrome and obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Section VIII: Paroxysmal movement disorders. Paroxysmal Movement Disorders: Clinical and Genetic Features
    Mouse models of PNKD
    Glut1 deficiency (G1D)
    Animal models of episodic ataxia type 1 (EA1)
    Mouse models of episodic ataxia type 2. Section IX: Tauopathies. Tauopathies: Classification, Clinical Features, and Genetics
    Drosophila models of tauopathy
    Tauopathy mouse models
    Tau protein: biology and pathobiology
    Section X: Other Parkinsonian syndromes: NBIA, MSA, PD + spasticity, PD + dystonia. Clinical Phenomenology and genetics of other parkinsonian syndromes associated with either dystonia or spasticity
    Animal models of multiple-system atrophy
    Modeling PKAN in mice and flies
    Mouse models of FA2H deficiency
    Mouse models of neuroaxonal dystrophy caused by PLA2G6 gene mutations
    Section XI: Ataxias. Genetics and Clinical Features of Inherited Ataxias
    Animal models of spinocerebellar ataxia type 1
    Mouse models of SCA3 and other polyglutamine repeat ataxias
    animal models of Friedreich ataxia
    Ataxia-telangiectasia and the biology of ataxia-telangiectasia mutated (ATM)
    Autosomal recessive ataxias due to defects in DNA repair
    Caenorhabditis elegans models to study the molecular biology of ataxias
    Section XII: Hereditary spastic paraplegia. Hereditary Spastic Paraplegias: Genetics and Clinical Features
    Mouse models of autosomal dominant spastic paraplegia
    Murine models of autosomal recessive hereditary spastic paraplegia
    Modeling hereditary spastic paraplegia (HSP) in zebrafish
    Drosophila models of hereditary spastic paraplegia
    Caenorhabditis elegans models of hereditary spastic paraplegia
    Use of arabidopsis to model hereditary spastic paraplegia and other movement disorders
    Section XIII: Restless legs syndrome. Clinical Phenotype and Genetics of Restless Legs Syndrome
    Combined D3 receptor/iron-deficient mouse model
    Use of Drosophila to study restless legs syndrome
    The A11 lesion/iron deprivation animal model of restless legs syndrome
    Btbd9 knockout mice as a model of restless legs syndrome.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Darius Ebrahimi-Fakhari, Phillip L. Pearl.
    Summary: Inherited metabolic movement disorders are a significant and rapidly evolving field of study, linking two subspecialty areas of childhood-onset movement disorders and inborn errors of metabolism. Increasing the chance of early recognition of inherited metabolic movement disorders can have significant therapeutic implications for patients. Containing information on new disorders of post-translational modification and autophagy and their identification and treatment, there is thorough coverage of disorders of amino acids, energy metabolism, and lysosomal storage, amongst others. This key resource explores future directions in the field including next-generation genetic sequencing and novel therapeutic approaches such as deep brain stimulation. Supplementary videos are available on Cambridge Core, accessible via the code printed inside the cover. This essential text bridges the gap in communication between experts in genetic-metabolic medicine and movement disorder neurology. With an emphasis on treatable conditions that should not be missed, this volume guides you through various disorders from a clinical, biochemical and genetic perspective.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Cristian Falup-Pecurariu, Joaquim Ferreira, Pablo Martinez-Martin, Kallol Ray Chaudhuri, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Harvey S. Singer, Jonathan W. Mink, Donald L. Gilbert, Joseph Jankovic.
    Contents:
    Basal ganglia anatomy, biochemistry, and physiology
    Cerebellar anatomy, biochemistry, physiology, and plasticity
    Classification of movement disorders
    Diagnostic evaluation of children with movement disorders
    Motor assessments
    Transient and developmental movement disorders in children
    Tics and tourette syndrome
    Motor stereotypies
    Paroxysmal dyskinesias
    Chorea, athetosis, and ballism
    Dystonia
    Myoclonus
    Tremor
    Ataxia
    Parkinsonism
    Hereditary spastic paraplegia
    Inherited metabolic disorders with associated movement abnormalities
    Movement disorders in autoimmune diseases
    Movements that occur in sleep
    Cerebral palsy
    Movement disorders and neuropsychiatric conditions
    Drug-induced movement disorders in children
    Functional (psychogenic) movement disorders
    Appendixes. Drug appendix
    Search strategy for genetic movement disorders
    Video atlas.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Harvey S. Singer, Jonathan Mink, Donal Gilbert, Joseph Jankovic.
    Summary: "Movement Disorders in Childhood, Third Edition provides the most up-to-date information on the diseases and disorders that affect motor control, an important area of specialization within child neurology. In this new edition, each chapter has been fully revised to include all of the latest scientific and therapeutic advances. Updates include new insights in motor development, control, goal-directed and habitual behaviors, classifications of movements and their complex and integrated circuitry. The authors also discuss developments in pathophysiologic mechanisms, immunology and metabolic disorders. New chapters include coverage of genetics of movement disorders and movement disorders in psychiatric conditions. Appendices include an updated and revised drug index and genetic search strategy. An updated Companion website hosts selected educational videos to help diagnose movement disorders" -- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Marcelo Merello, Sergio E. Starkstein, editors.
    Summary: "This book focuses on extrapyramidal signs and symptoms of all types of dementia, and addresses the issue of the artificial boundary between dementias and Parkinsonism, which represent the two most common symptoms found in degenerative central nervous system diseases. In Movement Disorders in Dementias, movement disorder specialists from around the world write on topics generally restricted to dementia experts. Important motor issues related to either medication in demented patients (drug-induced movement disorders) or manifestations common to all forms of dementia, regardless of underlying cause (gait disorders, falls, fear of falling), is followed by analysis of the relationship between motor and cognitive symptoms, from their common pathogenesis to specific medical treatments. Movement Disorders in Dementias is aimed at general neurologists, dementia specialists, movement disorders specialists, neuropsychologists and geriatricians."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jörg Bahm, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the diagnosis and therapy for movement disorders of the upper extremities in children caused by brachial plexus injuries, peripheral nerve lesions or spasticity. The diagnostic procedures are presented from the perspective of pediatricians and surgeons. In addition to detailed descriptions of primary reconstructive and secondary surgical procedures, it also presents essentials of non operative treatment, such as physiotherapy, occupational therapy and orthopedic technologies. The book is rounded out with information on the management of these patients and their parents. Written by experienced clinicians, it offers valuable reading for plastic surgeons, pediatricians and surgeons who are interested in this topic.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Introduction
    2. History of Reconstructive Operations
    3. Obstetric risk factors
    Part 2. Diagnostics
    4. Diagnostics and therapy planning from the perspective of the neuropaediatrician
    5. Surgical diagnostic and measurement procedures
    6. Objective acquisition of pathological movement patterns of the upper extremity: muscular coordination and movement analysis
    7. "Invasive" diagnostic procedures: Electromyography, Neurography and Evoked Potentials
    8. Central neural plasticity
    Part 3. Conservative Treatment Methods
    9. Physiotherapy
    10. Occupational therapy for children and adolescents
    11. Orthopaedic Technology
    12. Botulinum Toxin
    13. Self-concept
    14. Inclusion
    Part 4. Primarily reconstructive interventions
    15. Reconstruction of traumatized nerves
    16. Neuroorthopaedic management of congenital joint stiffness and muscle spasticity
    17. Neurosurgical Options
    18. Rare clinical features
    19. Anaesthesia in infants and young children with birth traumatic plexus lesion
    Part 5. Secondary interventions
    20. Principles of orthopaedic correction
    21. secondary reconstructive surgery
    22. Non neural microsurgery in children
    23. Secondary Microsurgery
    Part 6. Follow-up Treatment
    24. Specific post-operative treatment
    25. Research on peripheral nerves and muscles
    Part 7. The non-medical concern
    26. Three testimonials on obstetric brachial plexus palsy
    27. At home and at school
    28. Professional life and sports
    29. Legal Benefits for the severely disabled - the process for filing an eligibility claim with the pension and benefits office
    Part 8. Forensic and legal issues
    30. Legal Issues and Forensic Problems in Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Paresis
    31. The role of the reconstructive surgeon in medico-legal practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Steven J. Frucht, Pichet Termsarasab.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive, practical approach to the evaluation of movement disorders using phenomenological basic principles, new discoveries in phenomenological research, and core values of outpatient neurology. Movement Disorders Phenomenology begins with an overview of phenomenology and common approaches to movement disorder patients. Subsequent chapters then accurately and concisely relay information on major hypokinetic disorders such as atypical Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson's disease, cortical myoclonus, and complex motor tics. Expertly written text is further supplemented by patient vignettes at the beginning of select chapter that focus the reader's attention and highlight the urgency of the problem. These high quality videos aid in the astute clinical diagnosis of many movement disorders that are still largely dependent on visual pattern recognition in the clinic. The book closes with a timely discussion on the role of genetics in movement disorders. Written for the practicing physician, Movement Disorders Phenomenology is an indispensable reference for neurology residents, general neurologists, movement disorders fellows and clinicians, and to any clinician who encounters and evaluates patients in the outpatient arena.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What Is Phenomenology and Why Should We Care?
    Chapter 2. The Approach to the Movement Disorders Patient
    Chapter 3. Typical Parkinson's Disease Phenomenology
    Chapter 4. Phenomenology of Atypical Parkinsonism
    Chapter 5. Phenomenology of Myoclonus
    Chapter 6. Phenomenology of Tics
    Chapter 7. Phenomenology of Chorea
    Chapter 8. Phenomenology of Tremor
    Chapter 9. Phenomenology of Dystonia
    Chapter 10. Phenomenology of Ataxia
    Chapter 11. The Voice in Movement Disorders
    Chapter 12. "The Eyes Have It"
    Saccades and Fixation Defects in Movement Disorders
    Chapter 13. Phenomenology of Gait and Balance
    Chapter 14. Unusual Phenomenologies
    Chapter 15. Movement Disorders Emergencies
    Chapter 16. Very Unusual Phenomenologies
    Chapter 17. Imaging in Movement Disorder Phenomenology
    Chapter 18. Genetics in Movement Disorders Phenomenology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hsin Fen Chien, Orlando Graziani Povoas Barsottini, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive overview of the most important movement disorders and describe the rehabilitation tools available for each disease. The management of movement disorders is challenging since most of these diseases are not curable and hardly treatable. Many of the disorders are chronic or degenerative diseases, therefore patients develop motor complications that could improve with rehabilitation interventions. Movement Disorders Rehabilitation intends to serve as a practical guide on the field, attracting the interest of professionals and researchers on the fields of neurology, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy and other correlated therapies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Parkinson Disease
    Chapter 3. Atypical Parkinsonism
    Chapter 4. Dystonia
    Chapter 5. Ataxia
    Chapter 6. Tremor
    Chapter 7. Chorea
    Chapter 8. Huntington Disease
    Chapter 9.Pediatrics Movement Disorders
    Chapter 10. Future Perspectives in Movement Disorders Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rafael Reyna-Hurtado, Colin A. Chapman, editors.
    Summary: This book brings a unique perspective to animal movement studies because all cases came from tropical environments where the great diversity, either biological and structurally (trees, shrubs, vines, epiphytes), presents the animal with several options to fulfill its live requirements. These conditions have forced the evolution of unique movement patterns and ecological strategies. Movement is an essential process in the life of all organisms. Animals move because they are hungry, thirsty, to avoid being eaten, or because they want to find mates. Understanding the causes and consequences of animal movement is not an easy task for behavioural ecologists. Many animals are shy, move in secretive ways and are very sensible to human presence, therefore, studying the movements of mammals in tropical environments present logistical and methodological challenges that have recently started to be solved by ecologist around the world. In this book we are compiling a set of extraordinary cases where researchers have used some of the modern technology and the strongest methodological approaches to understand movement patterns in wild tropical mammals. We hope this book will inspire and encourage young researchers to investigate wild mammal's movements in some of the amazing tropical environments of the world.

    Contents:
    1. Why movement ecology matters / Colin A. Chapman and Rafael Reyna-Hurtado
    2. The impact of Hurricane Otto on Baird's tapir movement in Nicaragua's Indio Maíz Biological Reserve / Christopher A. Jordan [and others]
    3. White-lipped peccary home-range size in the Maya Forest of Guatemala and México / José Fernando Moreira-Ramírez [and others]
    4. White-lipped peccary movement and range in agricultural lands of Central Brazil / Maria Luisa S.P. Jorge [and others]
    5. Movements of white-lipped peccary in French Guiana / Cécile Richard-Hansen [and others]
    6. Spatial ecology of a large and endangered tropical mammal : the white-lipped peccary in Darién, Panama / Ninon F.V. Meyer [and others]
    7. Movements of neotropical forest deer : what do we know? / Francisco Grotta-Neto and José Maurício Barbanti Duarte
    8. Daily traveled distances by the white-tailed deer in relation to seasonality and reproductive phenology in a tropical lowland of southeastern Mexico / Fernando M. Contreras-Moreno, Mircea G. Hidalgo-Mihart, and Wilfrido M. Contreras-Sánchez
    9. Terrestrial locomotion and other adaptive behaviors in howler monkeys (Alouatta pigra) living in forest fragments / Juan Carlos Serio-Silva [and others]
    10. Variation in space use and social cohesion within and between four groups of woolly monkeys (Lagothrix lagotricha poeppigii) in relation to fruit availability and mating opportunities at the Tiputini Biodiversity Station, Ecuador / Kelsey Ellis and Anthony Di Fiore
    11. Home range and daily traveled distances of highland Colombian woolly monkeys (Lagothrix lagothricha lugens) : comparing spatial data from GPS collars and direct follows / Leidy Carolina García-Toro [and others]
    12. Ranging responses to fruit and arthropod availability by a tufted capuchin group (Sapajus apella) in the Colombian Amazon / Carolina Gómez-Posada, Jennifer Rey-Goyeneche, and Elkin A. Tenorio
    13. Insights of the movements of the jaguar in the tropical forests of southern Mexico / J. Antonio de la Torre and Marina Rivero
    14. Movements and home range of jaguars (Panthera onca) and mountain lions (Puma concolor) in a tropical dry forest of western Mexico / Rodrigo Nuñez-Perez and Brian Miller
    15. Next moves : the future of neotropical mammal movement ecology / Rafael Reyna-Hurtado and Colin A. Chapman.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Satoshi Kuroda, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together the latest knowledge on moyamoya disease, covering diagnostic criteria, status as a disease entity, genetic aspects, pathophysiology, novel neuroradiological findings, and surgical therapy. Information is also provided on recent basic and clinical research with the aim of identifying future perspectives on the disease. Since moyamoya disease was first reported in an English language article more than 50 years ago, our understanding of it has advanced considerably. Genetic and radiological analysis has delivered novel insights, and the latest multicenter studies are changing routine diagnosis and surgical therapy. The gene encoding the ring finger protein 213 (RNF213) has been identified as a susceptibility gene for moyamoya disease. Indications and procedures for surgical revascularization have been revised, with resultant improvements in outcomes, and studies performed over the past decade have provided new knowledge on the neuroradiological findings before and after surgery. In describing these advances, this book will be an invaluable asset for all general physicians, pediatricians, neurologists, radiologists, and neurosurgeons who care for patients with moyamoya disease across the world.

    Contents:
    Part I Concept of Moyamoya Disease
    1 History of Disease Entity & Diagnosis Criteria
    2 Moyamoya Syndrome
    3 Unilateral Moyamoya Disease: A Distinct Entity?
    Part II Genetic Aspect of Moyamoya Disease
    4 RNF213 as Susceptibility Gene
    5 RNF213 and clinical feature
    6 RNF213 Variant as a Biomarker of Cerebrovascular Disease
    Part III Pathophysiology of Moyamoya Disease
    7 TIA & Headache in Pediatric Moyamoya Disease
    8 Ischemic stroke
    9 Hemorrhagic Stroke and the Japan Adult Moyamoya Trial
    10 Cognitive Function in Pediatric Moyamoya Disease
    11 Cognitive Dysfunction in Adults
    12 Asymptomatic Moyamoya Disease
    Part IV Update on Neuroradiology in Moyamoya Disease
    13 Periventricular Anastomosis
    14 Arterial Shrinkage
    15 Disease progression
    16 Postoperative hyperperfusion
    17 Postoperative FLAIR Imaging Changes
    Part V Real World of Surgical Revascularization for Moyamoya Disease
    18 Overview of Surgical Revascularization and Long-term Outcome in Japan
    19 Perioperative complications
    20 Long-term Outcome in Europe
    21 Long Term Outcomes in USA
    22 Long-term Outcome in China
    23 Long-term outcome of revascularization surgery for moyamoya disease in Korea
    24 Indirect bypass surgery for moyamoya disease
    25 Direct/combined bypass surgery
    26 Special Considerations--Infants
    27 Special Considerations
    Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] John E. Wanebo, Nadia Khan, Joseph M. Zabramski, Robert F. Spetzler.
    Summary: "This multi-authored, well-organized monograph is a must read for any physician involved in the care of patients with Mmoyamoya disease. It is moderately short and very easy to read but still provides a state-of-the-art review of the disease with updated aspects, especially in its etiology and pathogenesis, epidemiology, and long-term results"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Moyamoya Disease and Moyamoya Syndrome
    2. Classification and Imaging of Moyamoya Phenomena
    3. The Natural History of Moyamoya Disease
    4. Genetics of Moyamoya Angiopathy
    5. Clinical Assessment of Cerebral Perfusion in Moyamoya Disease
    6. Worldwide Epidemiology of Moyamoya Disease
    7. Implications of Cortical Microvasculature in Adult Moyamoya Disease
    8. Neuropsychological Considerations in the Assessment of Children and Adults with Moyamoya Disease
    9. Medical Management of Childhood Moyamoya
    10. Pediatric Moyamoya
    11. Endovascular Therapy for Moyamoya Disease
    12. Indirect Revascularization Procedures for Moyamoya Disease
    13. Direct Revascularization Procedures for Moyamoya Disease
    14. Multiple Extracranial-Intracranial Bypass Surgery in Moyamoya Angiopathy
    15. Direct and Indirect Bypass Procedures for Posterior Circulation Moyamoya Disease
    16. Anesthetic and Perioperative Management of Moyamoya Disease
    17. Long-term Results after Cerebral Revascularization in Adult Moyamoya
    18. Japanese Experience: Long-term Results after Cerebral Revascularization
    19. Moyamoya Angiopathy in Korea.
  • Digital
    Akio Koizumi, Kazuhiro Nagata, Kiyohiro Houkin, Teiji Tominaga, Susumu Miyamoto, Shigeo Kure, Elizabeth Tournier-Lasserve, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest findings on biological, epidemiological, and clinical investigations of RNF213, which is thought to be involved in many biological processes and plays a key role in cerebro- and cardiovascular disease . By discussing the epidemiology and genetic epidemiology of the disease with a particular focus on the molecular function of RNF213, research using animal models, diagnosis, therapy and clinical management around the world, this work makes a valuable contribution to the study of the disease. Moyamoya Disease Explored Through RNF213 is an indispensable resource for both beginning and experienced researchers, pediatricians, neurologists, and neurosurgeons who are seeking comprehensive information on adult and childhood stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Silvio Mazziotti, Alfredo Blandino ; in collaboration with Giorgio Ascenti, Tommaso D'Angelo.
    Summary: In recent years, there has been huge interest in developing new methods that offer improved accuracy for the detection of small bowel pathology, and in particular for the assessment of inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD). Cross-sectional imaging, such as CT and MR, has advantages over traditional barium fluoroscopic techniques in terms of direct visualization of the bowel wall and improved visualization of extraluminal findings and complications. This means a complete change in the diagnostic approach to the patient with IBD: from analysis of the bowel surface to direct evaluation of parietal alterations and assessment of peri- and extraintestinal involvement. The ideal imaging test is reproducible, well tolerated by patients and, above all, free of ionizing radiation. MR enterography, currently performed only in a few reference centers, meets these criteria and offers accurate diagnosis, particularly in respect of the wide spectrum of intra- and extraintestinal complications of IBD. This book provides a thorough overview of the indications, techniques, diagnostic advantages, and limitations of MR enterography. Particular attention is paid to patient preparation in relation to the particular study type and to the potential advantages of the most up-to-date MR studies in specific cases, e.g., allergy or renal failure. A separate chapter is devoted to MR of perianal region for the detection and staging of perianal fistula, a common complication in patients with Crohn's disease. Numerous high-quality illustrations are included and help to ensure that the book will be a valuable source of information for every radiologist involved in abdominal MR imaging.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Technique
    Normal MR Anatomy
    MR Findings in Crohn's Disease
    Extraintestinal Complications
    Perianal Complications
    Other Indications for MRE.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Silvio Mazziotti, Alfredo Blandino, Giuseppe Cicero, editors.
    Summary: This second edition is primarily dedicated to MR-Enterography, an imaging modality whose reliability for intestinal assessment in patients suffering from inflammatory bowel diseases has gained increasing consensus. The performance of this technique has been significantly enlarged over the last years, due to its undoubted advantages in terms of exhaustive evaluation of the abdominal cavity and safeness due to the lack of radiation exposure. The first part is focused on MR-Enterography standard protocol. Nevertheless, additional sequences, technical novelties and common pitfalls are reported and discussed. In the second section, the typical intestinal and extra-intestinal findings related to Crohns disease are described in detail. In this edition, more emphasis has been put on practical topics, useful in the daily clinical practice: anatomical changes after surgical procedures, structured reporting and emerging clinical applications over inflammatory bowel diseases. Another part is dedicated to Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the anal canal, including technical aspects and clinical implications. The text is largely complemented by diagnostic images. Nonetheless, at the end of the book 30 illustrated cases show different clinical scenarios evaluated with MR-Enterography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the anal canal.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Introduction
    Chapter 2) Small Bowel Imaging
    Chapter 3) MR Enterography: Technique
    Chapter 4) MR Enterography: Anatomy
    Chapter 5) MR Enterography: Intestinal Findings In Chrons Disease
    Chapter 6) Exraintestinal Complications in Crohn's Disease: MR-Enterography Findings
    Chapter 7) MR Enterography beyond Crohn's Disease
    Chapter 8) MR Enterography Pitfalls
    Chapter 9) MRI of the Anal Region in Crohn's Disease
    Chapter 10) Structured Reporting
    Chapter 11) Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    R. Rajeswaran.
    Summary: This book presents the anatomy and MRI features of the normal fetus and describes the anomalies of each system in a systematic way. The normal fetal brain at different gestational ages is also extensively illustrated. It features a treasure of MR images illustrating several clinical conditions. Sonographic images, line diagrams and post-natal images are supplemented for easy learning. It also addresses the differential diagnoses and prognostic indicators of the various fetal anomalies. This book will help the consultants and postgraduates of radiology, obstetrics, fetal medicine and pediatrics in understanding various fetal anomalies and in patient counseling.

    Contents:
    Introduction general considerations, MRI indications, safety, embryology
    MRI technique
    Embryology, normal fetal central nervous system
    Midline brain anomalies I Anomalies of septum pellucidum and corpus callosum
    Midline brain anomalies II - Holoprosencephaly
    Neural tube defects
    Ventriculomegaly
    Posterior fossa anomalies
    Abnormalities of proliferation, neuronal migration and cortical organization
    Miscellaneous brain abnormalities- Haemorrhage, cyst, vascular malformation, ischemia, infections
    Face and neck anomalies Orbits, nose, lips, mouth, jaw, profile
    Fetal thoracic abnormalities
    Fetal gastrointestinal system and abdominal wall
    Fetal genito urinary system
    Fetal miscellaneous conditions - Cardiac, musculoskeletal anomalies, intra-uterine growth retardation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Forsting, Olav Jansen.
    Contents:
    Anatomy / A. Mueller and R. von Kummer
    Vascular diseases / M. Forsting
    Brain tumors / O. Jansen and A.C. Rohr
    Head trauma / W. Wiesmann
    Infections / S. Hoehnel
    Multiple sclerosis and related diseases / U. Ememann, B. Bender, and U. Ziemann
    Metabolic disorders / A. Pomschar and B. Ertl-Wagner
    Degenerative diseases / K. Alfke
    Malformations and developmental abnormalities / B. Ertl-Wagner and I. Koerte
    Hydrocephalus and intracranial hypotension / M. Knauth
    Spinal cord / M. Wiesmann
    Degenerative spinal and foraminal stenoses / A. Doerfler
    Spinal trauma / S. Mutze
    Tumors and tumorlike masses / M. Schlamann
    Vascular diseases / J. Linn
    Inflammations, infections, and related diseases / M. Schlamann
    Malformations and developmental abnormalities / A. Seitz and I. Harting
    Peripheral nervous system / M. Pham, P. Baeumer, and M. Bendszus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Sherif A. Shazly, Nashwa Eltaweel, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a high-yield, simple and efficient source of preparation for Membership of Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (MRCOG) part 2 examination. It is made to be very simple, extremely organized, easy to use, and focused. It will help candidates to perfectly prepare for the exam. This book is a perfect source for doctors who prepare for the exam while they are busy in their practice. In addition, it is an illustrated simple reference to obstetricians and gynaecologists to they can refer to UK-based guidelines in their practice.

    Contents:
    Part I Obstetrics: Antenatal care
    Early pregnancy
    Late pregnancy
    Infections in pregnancy
    Medical disorders in pregnancy
    Surgery and pregnancy
    Fetology
    Intrapartum management
    Postpartum care
    Part II Gynecology: General gynecology
    Gynecologic oncology
    Reproductive endocrinology
    Urogynecology
    Gynecologic surgery
    Miscellaneous topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ray H. Hashemi, Christopher J. Lisanti, William G. Bradley, Jr.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic concepts
    Part II. Fast scanning
    Part III. Advanced scan techniques
    Part IV. MR safety
    Part V. Boards-style questions.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Werner, Brian C.
    Summary: Integrating MRI findings associated with the spectrum of problems seen in the most commonly treated joints in sports medicine with the diagnostic findings seen during arthroscopy of the same joint in the same patient, this unique text correlates this pathology and applies these findings to the clinic, the radiology reading room and the operating suite. Representing a microcosm of daily patient care, this atlas of interactive correlation is an exceedingly effective tool for education and continued learning, an impetus for interdisciplinary research collaboration, and a critical part of an approach to optimum patient care. Furthermore, this case-based correlation between MRI imaging and arthroscopic findings and treatment has been a well-received and effective method for teaching and discussion at meetings and instructional courses. The second edition of this popular case atlas is organized into five sections highlighting the major joints in which MRI and arthroscopy are most commonly used in sports medicine: knee, shoulder, elbow, hip, and a brand new section on the ankle. Chapters have been reformatted to a consistent presentation, beginning with an overview of the specific disease entity and followed by selected cases chosen by the chapter authors that best illustrate common or noteworthy disease entities or pathology, with an emphasis on the parallel MRI imaging and arthroscopic findings. Throughout the text, updated arthroscopy images reflect current surgical techniques, many of which have changed significantly since the original edition was published. Authors and section editors, many new to this edition, are nationally recognized experts, teachers and pioneers in their respective areas of sports medicine and have covered the gamut of topics in each of their sections. Taken together, this will be an invaluable resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic surgeons and musculoskeletal radiologists alike, promoting increasingly accurate diagnoses of pathology and advanced treatment options to aid in the optimization of patient care and recovery.

    Contents:
    MR Imaging for the Orthopedic Surgeon
    Part I. The Knee
    Diagnostic Knee Arthroscopy and Arthroscopic Anatomy
    Meniscus Tear MRI Correlation
    Chondral Lesions
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury and Reconstruction
    Posterior Cruciate Ligament
    Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries of the Knee
    The Posterolateral Corner of the Knee
    Patellofemoral Disorders
    Synovial Disorders of the Knee
    Part II. The Shoulder
    Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy and Arthroscopic Anatomy
    Anterior Shoulder Instability
    Posterior Instability and Labral Pathology
    Rotator Cuff Disease
    SLAP Lesions and Biceps Tendon Pathology
    MRI-Arthroscopy Correlations in the Overhead Athlete
    Frozen Shoulder
    Disorders of the AC Joint and Suprascapular Nerve Compression Syndrome
    Imaging and Arthroscopic Evaluation of the Painful or Failed Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Part III. The Elbow
    Diagnostic Elbow Arthroscopy and Arthroscopic Anatomy
    Lateral and Medial Epicondylitis
    Elbow Injuries in the Overhead Athlete: MUCL Avulsion and Tears
    OCD/Chondral Injuries of the Elbow
    Degenerative and Inflammatory Arthritis
    Elbow Trauma and Arthrofibrosis
    Other Entities: PLRI, HO, Triceps, and Plica
    Part IV. The Hip
    Diagnostic Hip Arthroscopy
    Femoroacetabular Impingement: Labrum, Articular Cartilage
    Femoroacetabular Impingement: Femoral Morphology and Correction
    Acetabular Fossa, Femoral Fovea, and the Ligamentum Teres
    Traumatic and Atraumatic Hip Instability
    Peritrochanteric Space Disorders: Anatomy and Management
    Proximal Hamstring Pathology and Endoscopic Management
    Athletic Pubalgia and Sports Hernia: Evaluation and Management
    Revision Hip Arthroscopy
    Part V. The Ankle
    Diagnostic Ankle Arthroscopy
    Ankle Arthroscopy for Ankle Instability
    Chondral Lesions of the Ankle
    Posterior Ankle Arthroscopy and Hindfoot Endoscopy
    Ankle Degenerative Conditions and Arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Julie A. Matsumoto, Cree M. Gaskin, Derek Kreitel, S. Lowell Kahn ; with programming by Bing Li.
    Contents:
    MRI of normal brain maturation in the first three years of life
    Introduction
    Subject selection
    MRI techniques
    Myelin and myelination
    Assessing myelination on MRI
    MRI of brain maturation in first three years of life
    Preterm infant
    Term infant to age 4 months
    Four months of age to 3 years.
    Digital Access Oxford [2015]
  • Print
    editors, Frank G. Shellock, Ph. D., John V. Crues, III, M.D. ; associate editor, Alexandra M. Karacozoff.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.N83 S545 2022
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] A. Jay Khanna.
    Contents:
    Essentials of MRI physics and pulse sequences / Shivani Ahlawat, Rick W. Obray, Douglas P. Beall, John D. Reeder, John A. Carrino, and Laura M. Fayad
    Normal spine MRI anatomy / Swati Deshmukh, John A. Carrino, J. Dana Dunleavy, and A. Jay Khanna
    Common clinical and correlative pain generators of the cervical and lumbosacral spine / Josemaria Paterno, Chad M. Silverberg, A. Jay Khanna, and Aneesh K. Singla
    A systematic approach to the review of spine MRI studies / A. Jay Khanna
    The occipitocervical junction / Colin M. Haines, A. Jay Khanna, John A. Carrino, Shih-Chun David Lin, and Joseph R. O'Brien
    The cervical spine / Lukas P. Zebala, Jacob M. Buchowski, Aditya Daftary, Joseph R. O'Brien, John A. Carrino, and A. Jay Khanna
    The lumbar and thoracic spine / Gbolahan O. Okubadejo, Aditya Daftary, Jacob M. Buchowski, John A. Carrino, and A. Jay Khanna
    Tumors of the spine / Daniel M. Sciubba, Patricia L. Zadnik, Bruce A. Wasserman, and Ziya L. Gokaslan
    MRI of the pediatric spine / A. Jay Khanna, Bruce A. Wasserman, and Paul D. Sponseller
    Advanced techniques in spine MRI / Joseph P. Gjolaj and John A. Carrino
    Correlation of MRI with other imaging studies / Shivani Ahlawat, Uma Srikumaran, A. Jay Khanna, and Laura M. Fayad
    MRI safety considerations for the referring clinician / Monica D. Watkins and Bruce A. Wasserman.
  • Digital
    published by Josef Kramer and Apostolos Karantanas ; with contributions by Afonso Diana P. [and 38 others].
  • Digital
    edited by Gary Liney, Uulke van der Heide.
    Summary: This book provides, for the first time, a unified approach to the application of MRI in radiotherapy that incorporates both a physics and a clinical perspective. Readers will find detailed information and guidance on the role of MRI in all aspects of treatment, from dose planning, with or without CT, through to response assessment. Extensive coverage is devoted to the latest technological developments and emerging options. These include hybrid MRI treatment systems, such as MRI-Linac and proton-guided systems, which are ushering in an era of real-time MRI guidance. The past decade has witnessed an unprecedented rise in the use of MRI in the radiation treatment of cancer. The development of highly conformal dose delivery techniques has led to a growing need to harness advanced imaging for patient treatment. With its flexible soft tissue contrast and ability to acquire functional information, MRI offers advantages at all stages of treatment. In documenting the state of the art in the field, this book will be of value to a wide range of professionals. The authors are international experts drawn from the scientific committee of the 2017 MR in RT symposium and the faculty of the ESTRO teaching course on imaging for physicists.

    Contents:
    Part I MRI for Planning: Basics of MRI and Radiotherapy
    Patient set-up & positioning
    Guidelines for MRI acquisition
    Quality Assurance
    Clinical Sites
    Part II MRI during treatment: Functional imaging& response assessment
    Adaptive radiotherapy
    Part III MR-only Radiotherapy: Challenges & requirements
    Atlas based methods
    Direct conversion
    Part IV Real-time guidance: First clinical results
    MRI-Linac systems
    Proton therapy
    Part V MR in RT 2017: Selection of papers from 5th International MR in RT Symposium.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Donald McRobbie, Elizabeth A. Moore, Martin J. Graves.
    Summary: MR is a powerful modality. At its most advanced, it can be used not just to image anatomy and pathology, but to investigate organ function, to probe in vivo chemistry, and even to visualise the brain thinking. However, clinicians, technologists and scientists struggle with the study of the subject. The result is sometimes an obscurity of understanding, or a dilution of scientific truth, resulting in misconceptions. This is why MRI from Picture to Proton has achieved its reputation for practical clarity. MR is introduced as a tool, with coverage starting from the images, equipment and scanning protocols and traced back towards the underlying physics theory. With new content on quantitative MRI, MR safety, multi-band excitation, Dixon imaging, MR elastography and advanced pulse sequences, and with additional supportive materials available on the book's website, this new edition is completely revised and updated to reflect the best use of modern MR technology.

    Contents:
    MR : what's the attraction?
    Early daze : your first week in MR
    Seeing is believing : introduction to image contrast
    Lost in the pulse sequence jungle?
    The devil's in the detail : pixels, matrices, and slices
    What you set is what you get : basic image optimisation
    Improving your image : how to avoid artefacts
    Spaced out : spatial encoding
    Getting in tune : resonance and relaxation
    Let's talk technical : MR equipment
    Ghosts in the machine : quality control
    Acronyms anonymous I : spin echo
    Acronyms anonymous II : gradient echo
    The parallel universe : parallel imaging and novel acquisition techniques
    Go with the flow : MR angiography
    A heart to heart discussion : cardiac MRI
    It's not just squiggles : in vivo spectroscopy
    To BOLDly go : fMRI, perfusion and diffusion
    Making it count : quantitative MRI
    But is it safe? : bio-effects
    Where are we going now?
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    Catherine Westbrook, John Talbot.
    Summary: MRI in Practice continues to be the number one reference book and study guide for the registry review examination for MRI offered by the American Registry for Radiologic Technologists (ARRT). This latest edition offers in-depth chapters covering all core areas, including: basic principles, image weighting and contrast, spin and gradient echo pulse sequences, spatial encoding, k-space, protocol optimization, artefacts, instrumentation, and MRI safety. The leading MRI reference book and study guide. Now with a greater focus on the physics behind MRI. Offers, for the first time, equations and their explanations and scan tips. Brand new chapters on MRI equipment, vascular imaging and safety. Presented in full color, with additional illustrations and high-quality MRI images to aid understanding. Includes refined, updated and expanded content throughout, along with more learning tips and practical applications. Features a new glossary. MRI in Practice is an important text for radiographers, technologists, radiology residents, radiologists, and other students and professionals working within imaging, including medical physicists and nurses.

    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Image weighting and contrast
    Spin echo pulse sequences
    Gradient echo pulse sequences
    Spatial encoding
    k-space
    Protocol optimization
    Artefacts
    Instrumentation
    MRI safety.
  • Digital
    Christoph Mulert, Martha E. Shenton, editors.
    Summary: This is the first comprehensive textbook on the use of MRI in psychiatry covering imaging techniques, brain systems and a review of findings in different psychiatric disorders. The book is divided into three sections, the first of which covers in detail all the major MRI-based methodological approaches available today, including fMRI, EEG-fMRI, DTI, and MR spectroscopy. In addition, the role of MRI in imaging genetics and combined brain stimulation and imaging is carefully explained. The second section provides an overview of the different brain systems that are relevant for psychiatric disorders, including the systems for perception, emotion, cognition, and reward. The final part of the book presents the MRI findings that are obtained in all the major psychiatric disorders using the previously discussed techniques. Numerous carefully chosen images support the informative text, making this an ideal reference work for all practitioners and trainees with an interest in this flourishing field.

    Contents:
    Statistical Analysis and Modeling of Functional MRI Data
    Neurofeedback with Real-Time Functional MRI
    Modelling Effective Connectivity with Dynamic Causal Models
    EEG-fMRI
    Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
    Imaging Genetics: Unraveling the Neurogenetic Risk Architecture of Mental Illness
    Brain Stimulation and Imaging
    Imaging Perception
    Emotions
    Imaging Cognition
    fMRI Investigations of the Mesolimbic Dopaminergic Reward System in Schizophrenia
    Neuroimaging in Schizophrenia
    MR Neuroimaging of Depression
    Functional Neuroimaging of Anxiety Disorders
    The Structural and Functional Neuroanatomy of Bipolar Disorder
    Structural and Functional Brain Imaging in Borderline, Antisocial, and Narcissistic Personality Disorder
    The Use of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) in Eating Disorders
    Drug Addiction
    Functional and Structural MRI in Alzheimer's Disease: A Multimodal Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Paola D'Aprile ; in collaboration with Alfredo Tarantino.
    Summary: This richly illustrated case-based atlas thoroughly depicts the role of MR imaging in the assessment of patients presenting with pain due to degenerative disease of the spine and will serve as an excellent guide to differential diagnosis. Importantly, generic radicular compression is the main reason for the painful symptomatology in only a limited number of cases, and this book illustrates and emphasizes how various anatomic elements of the spine can be responsible. The imaging features of a range of disorders involving both the anterior and posterior elements of the spine are described, including active inflammatory osteochondrosis, atypical herniated discs, facet joint disorders, spondylolysis, and degenerative-inflammatory changes of the spinal ligaments and posterior perispinal muscles. Each example is supported by clinical data, and a series of unusual cases are also presented. MR study protocols include T2-weighted sequences with fat saturation and contrast-enhanced T1-weighted sequences with fat saturation to allow better visualization or highlighting of various inflammatory changes in the spine. Radiologists, neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, orthopedists, and rehabilitation physicians will all find this atlas a valuable asset in their practice.

    Contents:
    PART I Technical aspects
    Biomechanics of the Spine
    Spine Stability
    Spine Instability
    MRI in Degenerative Disease of the Spine
    Disc Degeneration
    Disc Herniation
    Canal Stenosis
    Facet joint changes
    Spondylolysis
    Spinal perispinal ligamentous degenerative-inflammatory changes
    Muscular changes
    PART II Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Paola D'Aprile, Alfredo Tarantino.
    Summary: This is the second edition of an acclaimed, richly illustrated and comprehensive case-based atlas focusing on MRI of degenerative changes in the osteoarticular structures of the spine. Spinal degenerative disease is highly prevalent in the general population and its incidence increases with age. At the same time, degenerative spinal conditions are one of the most common causes of pain. The book presents a comprehensive overview of the MR findings observed in degenerative disease of spinal joints, ligaments and paravertebral muscles, and offers guidance on selecting the appropriate imaging protocol, which is critical in detecting the potentially very subtle changes. The MR study protocols presented include T2-weighted sequences with fat saturation and contrast-enhanced T1-weighted sequences with fat saturation, since these sequences permit better visualization of inflammatory changes of both anterior and posterior elements of the spine. This richly illustrated second edition highlights the inflammatory component of the degenerative pathology of the spine, which in most cases is responsible for the painful symptomatology. It also discusses in detail the use of contrast medium in MRI of spinal degenerative disease. The case-based structure of the atlas allows easy but effective consultation by radiologists, neuroradiologists, rheumatologists, orthopedists and physiatrists, as well as students.

    Contents:
    PART I) CLINICAL AND TECHNICAL ASPECTS Chapter 1) Biomechanics of the Spine
    Chapter 2) MRI in Degenerative Disease of the Spine
    Chapter 3) MRI in Postoperative Spine
    PART II) CLINICAL CASES Chapter 4) Osteochondrosis, Osteochondritis
    Chapter 5) Osteoarthritis, Facet Joint Pathology
    Chapter 6) Spondylolysis
    Chapter 7) Degeneration-Inflammation of Ligaments and Muscles
    Chapter 8) Unusual Cases
    Chapter 9) Radiculitis / Neuritis
    Chapter 10) Postoperative Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gabriele Masselli, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to MRI of the pregnant patient presenting with fetal or maternal diseases provides a practical, hands-on approach to the use of state-of-the-art MRI techniques and the optimization of sequences. It analyzes data obtained from maternal and fetal MRI examinations, reviews fast imaging techniques, details pitfalls related to fetal MRI and assesses methods for improving image resolution. Fetal pathological conditions and methods of prenatal MRI diagnosis are discussed according to organ system and the literature is reviewed. Interpretation of findings and potential artifacts are thoroughly considered with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. The book will be a detailed resource for radiologists, obstetricians, neonatologists and geneticists, as well as any other practitioner who wishes to gain an in-depth understanding of fetal and maternal MRI. In addition, it will serve as a reference source for technicians, researchers and students, as well as for any specialist who is planning to set up a fetal and maternal MRI service.

    Contents:
    Clinical Indications to MRI in Pregnancy
    Current Techniques and Future Directions for Fetal MRI
    Fetal MR Imaging: Protocols and Anatomy
    How to Read and to Report a Fetal MRI Examination
    MR Imaging Before Fetal and Perinatal Body Surgery: Contribution to the Management
    Part I: MR oF the Fetus
    MR of Fetal Central Nervous System
    MR of Fetal Skull, Face and Neck
    MR of Fetal Spine, Spinal Cord and Extremities
    MR of Fetal Thorax
    MR of Fetal Heart
    MR of Fetal Abdomen and Pelvis
    MR Imaging of Multiple Gestations
    MR of the Placenta
    Management and Surgery of Placenta Accreta Disorders: Impact of MR Imaging
    Part II: MR of Maternal Disease in Pregnancy
    MR of Maternal Brain Diseases in Pregnancy
    MR of Maternal Chest Diseases in Pregnancy
    MR of Cardiovascular Diseases in Pregnancy
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Acute Abdominal and Pelvic Pain in Pregnancy
    MR Of Obstetric Diseases In Pregnancy
    MR Of Gynecologic Diseases In Pregnancy
    MR of the Hepatic, Biliary and Pancreatic Diseases in Pregnancy
    MR of the Renal Diseases in Pregnancy
    MR of Appendicitis and Bowel Diseases in Pregnancy
    MR Imaging of Musculoskeletal Disorders Related to Pregnancy
    Imaging of Trauma in Pregnancy: Role of MR Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Paola D'Aprile ; in collaboration with Alfredo Tarantino.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    published by Reto Sutter ; with contributions from: Afonso P. Diana [and 26 others] ; ESSR Sports Imaging Subcommittee.
  • Digital
    Riccardo Manfredi, Roberto Pozzi Mucelli, editors.
    Summary: Based on the experience of two Italian referral centers, the book depicts the characteristic findings obtained when using MR imaging to study the male and female pelvis including the obstetric applications. Each chapter provides a comprehensive account of the use of the imaging technique of examination, including the most recent advances in MR imaging, the anatomy and MR possibilities in the identification, characterization and staging of the different pelvic diseases highlighting its diagnostic possibilities. The advances in fetal MRI, representing the cutting edge of pelvic MR imaging, will also be depicted. The text is complemented by numerous illustrations, as well as clinical cases that make this a very practice-oriented work, presenting the role of diagnostic imaging in every-day clinical activity. The volume will prove an invaluable guide for both residents and professionals with core interest in gynecology, obstetrics and urology.

    Contents:
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging Of Congenital Malformation Of The Uterus
    MRI of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Cervix
    Endometriosis
    Fibroids
    Neoplasms Of The Ovary
    Benign Prostatic Pathology
    Adenocarcinoma Of The Prostate
    Testis
    Inflammation
    Neoplasms
    Magnetic Resonance Urography
    Fetal MRI.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    published by Josef Kramer and Apostolos Karantanas ; with contributions from Afonso Diana P. [and 35 others].
  • Digital
    edited by Josef Kramer, Apostolos Karantanas.
  • Digital
    Nicolae V. Bolog, Gustav Andreisek, Erika J. Ulbrich.
    Summary: This book is divided into chapters that cover MRI of all structures of the knee joint in the order that is usually used in practice ? cruciate ligaments, collateral ligaments, menisci, cartilage, subchondral bone, patella, synovia, muscles and tendons, arteries, veins and bones. With the aid of numerous images, each chapter provides comprehensive descriptions of the anatomy, the normal MR appearance, pathological MR findings, and postoperative MRI appearance. A text box at the end of each chapter clearly describes how the MRI report should be compiled and identifies what should be included when reporting on specific lesions. The book will be an ideal guide for radiologists and will also be relevant for orthopaedic surgeons, rheumatologists, and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anterior cruciate ligament
    Posterior cruciate ligament
    Medial collateral ligament and medial supporting structures
    Lateral collateral ligament and posterolateral corner of the knee
    Menisci
    Cartilage
    Subchondral bone
    Patella
    Synovia
    Capsule
    Muscles and tendons.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hans-Ulrich Kauczor, Mark Oliver Wielpütz, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides a comprehensive overview of how to use MRI for the imaging of lung disease. Special emphasis is placed on routine applications and the clinical impact of MRI in each setting. In addition, current technological developments are reviewed and information presented on dedicated applications of MRI in preclinical and translational research, clinical trials, and specialized institutions. During the past two decades, significant advances in the technology have enabled MRI to enter and mature in the clinical arena of chest imaging. Standard protocols are now readily available on MR scanners, and MRI is recommended as the first- or second-line imaging modality for a variety of lung diseases, not limited to cystic fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, and lung cancer. The benefits and added value of MRI originate from its ability to both visualize lung structure and provide information on different aspects of lung function, such as perfusion, respiratory motion, ventilation, and gas exchange. On this basis, novel quantitative surrogates for lung function and therapy control (imaging biomarkers) are generated. The second edition of MRI of the Lung has been fully updated to take account of recent advances"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    General Requirements of MRI of the Lung and Suggested Standard Protocol
    Noncontrast and Contrast-Enhanced Pulmonary Magnetic Resonance Angiography
    MR Perfusion in the Lung
    Hyperpolarised Helium-3 (3He) MRI: Physical Methods for Imaging Human Lung Function
    Hyperpolarized 129Xenon MRI of the Lung
    Fluorinated-Gas MRI
    Proton MRI Based Ventilation Imaging: Oxygen-Enhanced Lung MRI and Alternative Approaches
    Dynamic MRI of Respiratory Mechanics and Pulmonary Motion.-Pulmonary Hypertension and Thromboembolic Disease.-Vascular Anomalies and Diseases
    Asthma
    MRI of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Lung: Cystic Fibrosis
    Lung Cancer
    Mediastinal Disease
    Pulmonary Infections: Pneumonia
    Interstitial Lung Disease
    Diseases of the Pleura and the Chest Wall
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Animal Models of Respiratory Diseases
    Pulmonary MRI in Clinical Trials
    Challenges of Using 3 T MR Systems and Whole-Body MRI for Lung Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Martin Vahlensieck, Maximilian Reiser ; translator, Sarah Venkata.
  • Digital
    Andrew B. Rosenkrantz.
    Contents:
    Introduction to prostate cancer : clinical considerations
    Prostate cancer pathology
    Introduction to prostate MRI protocols : hardware, T2-weighted imaging, and proton spectroscopy
    Diffusion-weighted imaging of the prostate
    Dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI of the prostate
    Prostate imaging reporting and data system (PI-RADS)
    Prostate cancer staging and surgical planning
    Post-treatment follow-up and assessment for recurrence
    Pre-biopsy MRI and MRI-targeted biopsy
    MRI and active surveillance
    PET/CT and PET/MR imaging evaluation of prostate cancer
    Teaching atlas of instructional and interesting cases.
  • Digital
    Paola D'Aprile, Alfredo Tarantino.
    Summary: This richly illustrated, comprehensive case-based atlas describes several cases of spondylitis, discitis, osteoarthritis and sacroiliitis as well as shows both MR findings and a brief clinical history of the rheumatic diseases.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword to the Second Edition; Preface to the First Edition; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Part I: Spondyloarthritis;
    1: Clinical Assessment of Spondyloarthritis; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Etiopathogenesis; 1.1.2 Clinical Aspects; 1.1.3 Imaging; 1.1.4 Classification; 1.1.5 Therapy; 1.2 Ankylosing Spondylitis; 1.2.1 Clinical Aspects; 1.2.2 Extra-Articular Manifestations; 1.3 Psoriatic Arthritis; 1.4 Reactive Arthritis (ReA); 1.5 Spondyloarthritis Associated with Inflammatory Bowel Diseases-Enteroarthritis (EA) 1.6 Undifferentiated Spondyloarthritis (U-SpA)References; Suggested Readings;
    2: MRI in Spondyloarthritis; 2.1 Vertebral Bodies; 2.2 Intervertebral Discs; 2.3 Facet Joints, Costovertebral Joints, and Costotransverse Joints; 2.4 Sacroiliac Joints; 2.5 Enthesitis; 2.6 Differential Diagnosis of Spondyloarthritis; References; Suggested Readings;
    3: Magnetic Resonance Technique; References;
    4: MR Imaging in the Follow-Up Post Therapy; References; Suggested Readings; Part II: Rheumatoid Arthritis;
    5: Rheumatoid Arthritis of the Cervical Spine; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Anatomy of the Atlantoaxial Joint5.3 Pathological Anatomy; 5.4 Diagnosis of Rheumatoid Arthritis; 5.5 Imaging; References; Part III: Spondyloarthritis: Clinical Cases; Case
    1: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    2: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    3: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    4: Undifferentiated Spondyloarthritis; Case
    5: Psoriatic Spondylitis; Case
    6: Arthritis Associated with Inflammatory Bowel Disease; Case
    7: Juvenile Spondylitis; Case
    8: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    9: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    10: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    11: Psoriatic Spondyloarthritis; Case
    12: Psoriatic Arthritis Case
    13: Ankylosing SpondylitisCase
    14: Arthritis Associated with Inflammatory Bowel Disease; Case
    15: Undifferentiated Spondylitis; Case
    16: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    17: Undifferentiated Spondyloarthritis; Case
    18: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    19: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    20: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    21: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    22: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    23: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    24: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    25: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    26: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    27: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    28: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    29: Psoriatic Arthritis Case
    30: Psoriatic ArthritisCase
    31: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    32: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    33: SAPHO Syndrome; Case
    34: Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis; Case
    35: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    36: Arthritis Associated with Inflammatory Bowel Disease; Case
    37: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    38: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    39: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    40: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    41: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    42: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    43: Ankylosing Spondylitis; Case
    44: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    45: Psoriatic Arthritis; Case
    46: Differential Diagnosis; Case
    47: Differential Diagnosis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    published by Maryam Shahabpour, Reto Sutter and Josef Kramer ; with contributions from, Agten Christoph A. [and 32 others].
  • Digital
    William B. Morrison, John A. Carrino, Adam E. Flanders, editors.
    Summary: Utilizing plentiful radiological images to illustrate each topic, this text is a comprehensive and descriptive review of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) interpretation for the spine, emphasizing standardized nomenclature and grading schemes. The book begins with current MR imaging protocols, including indication, sequencing and advanced imaging techniques, and a review of the relevant anatomy of the spine and its anomalies. Subsequent chapters encompass topics of trauma, degenerative disease, infection, inflammatory disease, as well as neoplastic and metabolic disease. Spinal cord and dural lesions will also be presented, with additional chapters dedicated to MRI evaluation of the post-operative patient. The format is reader-friendly, utilizing an efficient presentation of the essential principles and important findings on MR images of the spine, with a wealth of high-quality figures, graphics and tables for differential diagnosis as well as tips and tricks from experts in the field. Presenting the most up-to-date protocols and suggested interpretations, MRI of the Spine will be a solid reference for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists, neurosurgeons, radiologists and all clinicians and support staff caring for the spine.

    Contents:
    MRI Protocol
    MRI in Spine Anatomy
    MRI in Spine Trauma
    MRI in Degenerative Disease of the Spine
    MRI in Spine Infection
    MRI in Non-Infectious Inflammation and Arthropathies
    MRI in Metabolic Disease
    MRI in Neoplastic Bone
    Disease and Differential Considerations
    MRI in Dural Lesions
    MRI in Cord Lesions
    Principles of Post-Operative Spine MRI
    Identification of Complications using Post-Operative Spine MRI.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tiziana Robba, Carlotta Tanteri, Giulia Tanteri, editors.
    Summary: This book is the outcome of a fruitful, long-standing cooperation between expert radiologists and clinicians, and explains the most relevant features and technical requirements that are needed to optimally conduct and assess MR examinations for temporomandibular joint (TMJ) pathologies. TMJ conditions are increasingly gaining attention, as the underlying diseases involved can vary considerably and be difficult to diagnose. Similarly, several imaging sub-specialties (e.g. dental radiology, neuroradiology, and musculoskeletal radiology) now find themselves dealing with the temporomandibular joints. The authors provide essential information on TMJ anatomy, dynamics, function and dysfunction. Correlations between clinical aspects and MRI findings are discussed and guidance for the correct interpretation of results is offered. Special findings that are helpful for differential diagnosis (arthritis, osteochondroma, synovial chondromatosis) are also examined. Given its extensive and varied coverage, the book offers a valuable asset for radiologists, dentists, gnathologists, maxillofacial surgeons, orthodontists and other professionals seeking a thorough overview of the subject.

    Contents:
    TMJ Magnetic Resonance: Technical Considerations:Principle of Physics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging TMJ
    Coils and sequences of TMJ MRI TMJ anatomy
    Normal MRI anatomy of TMJ
    TMJ dynamics
    Most common temporo-mandibular disorders:disc displacement with and without reduction hypermobility/hypomobility
    Osteoarthritis (deviations in form)
    Arthritis (psoriasic,etc)
    Idiopathic condylar reabsorption
    Special findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bethany U. Casagranda, editor.
    Summary: This book systematically discusses the anatomy and pathology of three specific regions of the upper extremity: the elbow, wrist, and hand. Divided into three sections, by body part, chapters cover anatomy and pathology. The anatomy chapters give a comprehensive view of each body part and normal variants found there. Although the primary modality emphasized will be MRI, illustrations and other modalities, including plain radiograph and CT, will be used to comprehensively discuss the anatomy of each region. Liberally illustrated, the pathology chapters then cover both traumatic and non-traumatic causes for imaging and detail how to perform and interpret each MRI. Specific examples include: osseous trauma, soft tissue trauma, and tumor imaging. Chapters are written with the deliberate intention to be of value to all levels of radiology training while remaining a reliable resource for attending radiologists.

    Contents:
    Section I: Elbow
    Elbow Anatomy
    Elbow Pathology
    Section II: Wrist
    Wrist Anatomy
    Wrist Pathology
    Section III: Hand
    Hand Anatomy
    Hand Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Bin Tian.
    Contents:
    Application and design considerations for 3'-end sequencing using click-chemistry / Madeline K. Jensen, Nathan D. Elrod, Hari Krishna Yalamanchili, Ping Ji, Ai Lin, Zhandong Liu, and Eric J. Wagner
    PAS-seq 2 : A fast and sensitive method for global profiling of polyadenylated RNAs / Yoseop Yoon, Lindsey V. Soles, and Yongsheng Shi
    TRENDseq : A highly multiplexed high throughput RNA 3' end sequencing for mapping alternative polyadenylation / Anton Ogorodnikov and Sven Danckwardt
    QPAT-seq, a rapid and deduplicatable method for quantification of poly(A) site usages / Juncheng Lin, Congting Ye, and Qingshun Q. Li
    Using TIF-Seq2 to investigate association between 5' and 3' mRNA ends / Bingnan Li, Sueli Marques, Jingwen Wang, and Vicent Pelechano
    Single-molecule polyadenylated tail sequencing (SM-PAT-Seq) to measure polyA tail lengths transcriptome-wide / Steven L. Coon, Tianwei Li, James R. Iben, Sandy Mattijssen, and Richard J. Maraia
    3' end sequencing of pA⁺ and pA⁻ RNAs / Guifen Wu, Manfred Schmid, and Torben Heick Jensen
    Comprehensive profiling of mRNA polyadenylation in specific cell types in vivo by cTag-PAPERCLIP / R. Samuel Herron and Hun-Way Hwang
    A computational pipeline to infer alternative poly-adenylation from 3' sequencing data / Hari Krishna Yalamanchili, Nathan D. Elrod, Madeline K. Jensen, Ping Ji, Ai Lin, Eric J. Wagner, and Zhandong Liu
    Systematic refinement of gene annotations by parsing mRNA 3' end sequencing datasets / Pooja Bhat, Thomas R. Burkard, Veronika A. Herzog, Andrea Pauli, and Stefan L. Ameres
    Computational analysis of alternative polyadenylation from standard RNA-seq and single-cell RNA-seq data / Yipeng Gao and Wei Li
    Quantifying alternative polyadenylation in RNAseq data with LABRAT / Austin E. Gillen, Raeann Goering, and J. Matthew Taliaferro
    Poly(A) tail dynamics : Measuring polyadenylation, deadenylation and poly(A) tail length / Michael Robert Murphy, Ahmet Doymaz, and Frida Esther Kleiman
    Reconstitution and biochemical assays of an active human histone pre-mRNA 3'-end processing machinery / Yadong Sun, Wei Shen Aik, Xiao-Cui Yang, William F. Marzluff, Zbigniew Dominski, and Liang Tong
    Comprehensive RNP profiling in cells identifies U1 snRNP complexes with cleavage and polyadenylation factors active in telescripting / Zhiqiang Cai, Byung Ran So, and Gideon Dreyfuss
    Simultaneous studies of gene expression and alternative polyadenylation in primary human immune cells / Joana Wilton, Michael Tellier, Takayuki Nojima, Angela M. Costa, Maria Jose Oliveira, and Alexandra Moreira
    RIPiT-Seq : A tandem immunoprecipitation approach to reveal global binding landscape of multisubunit ribonucleoproteins / Zhongxia Yi and Guramrit Singh
    Generation of 3'TR knockout cell lines by CRISPR/Cas9-mediated genome editing / Sibylle Mitschka, Mervin M. Fansler, and Christine Mayr
    Modulation of alternative cleavage and polyadenylation events by dCas9-mediated CRISPRpas / Jihae Shin, Ruijia Wang, and Bin Tian.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Monica Mita, Alain Mita, Eric K. Rowinsky.
    Summary: This book describes the challenges involved in developing mTOR inhibitors for cancer treatment, starting with an in-depth examination of their molecular mechanism of action, with emphasis on the class side-effects, efficacy and mechanisms of resistance, as well as on promising novel directions for their development, including novel compounds and rational combinations with other anti-neoplastic drugs. Over the last 10 years, inhibitors of mTOR have emerged as a major class of anticancer drugs. Two rapamycin analogs are currently approved for the treatment of renal cell carcinoma, and it is estimated that a variety of other tumor types could benefit from mTOR inhibition, with numerous clinical trials (including pivotal registration trials) already underway. Second-generation small-molecule inhibitors of the pathway have also shown promise in terms of their superior tolerability and efficacy and are undergoing extensive clinical evaluation, with an estimated 30+ compounds currently under evaluation.

    Contents:
    Forward
    Past
    mTOR inhibitors: a little bit of history
    Present
    The mTOR pathway
    The evolving role of mTOR inhibitors in renal cell carcinoma
    The role of mTOR inhibitors in breast cancer
    The role of mTOR inhibitors in neuroendocrine tumors
    New indications of mTOR inhibitors in rare tumors
    The role of mTOR inhibitors in the treatment of hematological malignancies
    The clinical pharmacology and toxicity profile of rapalogs
    Resistance to mTOR inhibitors
    Rational combinations of mTOR inhibitors as anticancer strategies
    Future
    Predictive biomarkers of response to mTOR inhibitors
    The potential future indication of rapamycin analogs for the treatment of other solid tumors
    mTOR inhibition beyond rapalogs
    mTOR, aging and cancer: the missing link?
    New study design for mTOR inhibitors and other biological agents
    Future directions for the development of mTOR inhibitors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Joyce Taylor-Papadimitriou, Joy M. Burchell.
    Contents:
    Mucins and cancer / Joyce Taylor-Papadimitriou & Joy M. Burchell
    Introduction to mucins in cancer / Michael A. McGuckin
    Changes in mucin-type O-linked glycosylation in cancer / Joy M. Burchell & Joyce Taylor-Papadimitriou
    Mucins as biomarkers in cancer / Kowa Chen, Ola Blixt & Hans H. Wandall
    Signaling from membrane mucins / Tze Wei Poh & Sandra J. Gendler
    MUC4 and membrane receptors in cancer / Kermit L. Carraway & Coralie A. Carothers Carraway
    MUC16, alias CA125 and ovarian cancer / Evangelia-Ourania Fourkala, Aleksandra Gentry-Maharaj & Usha Menon
    Mucins in metastasis / Sylvain Julien
    How mucins shape antigen-presenting cells to modify immune responses / Sandra J. van Vliet & Yvette van Kooyk
    MUC1 as a therapeutic target in cancer / Jean-Marc Limacher & Bruce Acres
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2013
  • Digital
    Yu-Ye Li, Kun-Hua Wang, Li He, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces a number of HIV/AIDS cases with mucocutaneous lesions. HIV/AIDS can manifest a variety of skin lesions due to immunological disorder, opportunistic infections and tumors always occur primarily with skin lesions. The cases included in this book reflect the diseases spectrum and evolution of mucocutaneous lesions at different stages before and after AIDS antiretroviral therapy (ART) as well. This book consists of nine chapters, including fungal, viral, bacterial, parasitic, neoplastic, inflammatory diseases, syphilis and ART-induced diseases, etc. More than 300 cases and 600 photos of representative and important clinical significances are selected, showing the different clinical characteristics of the same disease under different immune status. Clinical photos are combined with clear and concise medical history along with the discussion on it, by which the readers can understand why skin lesions can be used as the early diagnostic clues to HIV/AIDS infection. Moreover, every chapter summarizes the similarity and characteristics of each type of skin diseases, which outlines and explains why they are AIDS-related mucocutaneous lesions.

    Contents:
    Mycoses in HIV/AIDS
    Viral Dermatoses in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Bacterial Dermatosis in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Syphilis in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Parasitic Dermatosis in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Neoplastic Diseases in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Inflammatory Dermatosis in HIV/AIDS Patients
    ART-Releated Diseases in HIV/AIDS Patients
    Other Dermatoses in HIV/AIDS Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Pavan Muttil, Nitesh K. Kunda, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the application of nanotechnology to deliver drugs and biological agents by the mucosal routes of administration i.e. nasal, pulmonary, buccal, and oral routes.It provides an overview of nanotechnology in drug delivery with a description of different types of nanoparticles, methods of preparation and characterization, and functionalization for site-specific drug delivery. Mucosal Delivery of Drugs and Biologics in Nanoparticles emphasize the use of nanoparticles in treating various cancers and infectious diseases. It broadens the use of nanoparticles by including biologics, including vaccines and immunotherapies, apart from drugs. It acknowledges the concerns around the potential toxicity of nanoparticles to the host; few chapters will discuss the biodistribution of these nanoparticles when mucosal routes of administration are employed. Further, the interaction of nanoparticles with the host's immune cells is discussed. Moreover,it reviews the regulatory aspects of nanotechnology in product development, especially when delivered by the mucosal route of administration. Lastly, discusses the challenges and opportunities to manufacture nanoparticles on an industrial scale. This book will be the first of its kind to focus on the design, development and delivery of nanoparticles when administered by different mucosal routes.

    Contents:
    Section I Background
    Introduction to Nanomedicine
    Characterization of Nanoparticles
    Section II Drugs and Biologics Encapsulated in Nanoparticles
    Routes of Delivery
    Small molecule Delivery
    Peptide and Protein Delivery
    Gene Delivery (siRNA/CRISPR)
    Phage Therapy
    Section III Diseases
    Non-infectious Diseases
    Infectious Diseases
    Cancer
    Section IV Host Interactions with Nanoparticles
    Interaction of Nanoparticles with Epithelial and Immune Cells
    Toxicity of Nanoparticles to the Host
    Nanoparticle Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    Section V MIscellanous
    Nanoparticles as Theranostics
    Regulatory Perspectives
    Manufacturing Scale-up of Nanoparticles.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Justin B. Dimick, Gilbert R. Upchurch Jr, Hasan B. Alam, Timothy M. Pawlik, Mary T. Hawn, Julie Ann Sosa.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Christopher M. Walker, Jonathan H. Chung ; associate editors, Stephen B. Hobbs, Brent P. Little, Carol C. Wu.
    Summary: "Reflecting recent major advances in the field, Müller's Imaging of the Chest, 2nd Edition, by Drs. Christopher M. Walker and Jonathan H. Chung, remains your go-to reference for all aspects of chest radiology, including the latest diagnostic modalities and interventional techniques. This exhaustive resource begins with a review of normal anatomy, progressing to expert coverage based first on how patients present in clinical practice, then on diagnosis or diagnostic category. This practical, easy-to-use format helps you effectively select and interpret the best imaging studies for the everyday challenges you face in thoracic imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: Normal chest. Normal chest radiography and CT
    Section II: Radiologic manifestations of lung disease. Consolidation
    Atelectasis
    Nodules and masses
    Interstitial patterns
    Decreased lung density
    Section III: Developmental lung disease. Airway and parenchymal anomalies
    Congenital malformations of the pulmonary vessels in the adults
    Section IV: Pulmonary infection. Bacterial pneumonia
    Pulmonary tuberculosis
    Nontuberculous (atypical) mycobacterial infection
    Fungal infections
    Viruses
    Parasites
    HIV infection
    Section V: Pulmonary neoplasms. Screening for lung cancer
    Lung cancer: radiologic manifestations and diagnosis
    Pulmonary carcinoma staging
    Neuroendocrine hyperplasia, pulmonary tumorlets, and carcinoid tumors
    Pulmonary hamartoma
    Inflammatory pseudotumor
    Pulmonary metastases
    Section VI: Lymphoproliferative disorders and leukemia. Pulmonary lymphoid hyperplasia and lymphoid interstitial pneumonia (lymphocytic interstitial pneumonia)
    Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Hodgkin's disease
    Leukemia
    Section VII: Diffuse lung diseases. Usual interstitial pneumonia/ idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
    Nonspecific interstitial pneumonia
    Cryptogenic organizing pneumonia (bronchiolitis obliterans organizing pneumonia)
    Acute interstitial pneumonia
    Sarcoidosis
    Hypersensitivity pneumonitis
    Pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis
    Smoking-related interstitial lung disease
    Lymphangioleiomyomatosis and tuberous sclerosis
    Idiopathic pleuroparenchymal fibroelastosis
    Eosinophilic lung diseases
    Metabolic and storage lung diseases
    Section VIII: Connective tissue diseases. Rheumatoid arthritis
    Systemic sclerosis (scleroderma)
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Polymyositis/dermatomyositis
    Sjögren's syndrome
    Mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD)
    Interstitial pneumonia with autoimmune features
    Section IX: Vasculitis and granulomatosis. Anca-associated vasculitis
    Goodpasture syndrome (anti-basement membrane antibody disease)
    Behçet's disease
    Takayasu arteritis
    Section X: Pulmonary embolism, hypertension, and edema. Acute pulmonary embolism
    Chronic pulmonary thromboembolism
    Nonthrombotic pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension
    Hydrostatic pulmonary edema
    Permeability pulmonary edema
    Section XI: Diseases of the airways. Tracheal diseases
    Bronchiectisis and other bronchial abnormalities
    Asthma
    Bronchiolitis
    Emphysema
    Section XII: Inhalational diseases and aspiration. Asbestos-related disease
    Silicosis and coalworker's pneumoconiosis
    Uncommon pneumoconioses
    Aspiration
    Section XIII: Iatrogenic lung disease and trauma. Drug induced lung disease
    Radiation induced lung disease
    Blunt thoracic trauma
    Post-operative complications
    Chest radiography in the intensive care unit
    Non-infectious complications of lung and stem cell transplant
    Section XIV: Pleural disease. Pneumothorax
    Pleural effusion
    Benign pleural thickening
    Pleural neoplasms
    Section XV: Mediastinum. Pneumomediastinum
    Mediastinitis
    Mediastinal masses
    Section XVI: Diaphragm and chest wall. Diaphragm
    Chest wall.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Kevin Marsh, Mireille Goetghebeur, Praveen Thokala, Rob Baltussen, editors.
    Summary: Representing the first collection on the topic, this book builds from foundations to case studies, to future prospects, providing the reader with a rich and comprehensive understanding of the use of multi-criteria decision analysis (MCDA) in healthcare. The first section of the collection presents the foundations of MCDA as it is applied to healthcare decisions, providing guidance on the ethical and theoretical underpinnings of MCDA and how to select MCDA methods appropriate to different decision settings. Section two comprises a collection of case studies spanning the decision continuum, including portfolio development, benefit-risk assessment, health technology assessment, priority setting, resource optimisation, clinical practice and shared decision making. Section three explores future directions in the application of MCDA to healthcare and identifies opportunities for further research to support these.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Xuefeng Wang, Feng Li, Suyue Pan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides practical information on applications of multi-modal EEG monitoring in patients with severely neurologically diseases. The First part systematically introduces the modern EEG techniques, and multi-modal EEG monitoring system for severe neurological illness. In the second part, identification of EEG artifacts and interpretation of common abnormal EEG patterns is presented. Accompanying more than 50 typical cases and 200 EEG records, the following chapters discusses EEG's changes and clinical significance in coma, ischemic-hypoxic encephalopathy, status epilepsy, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, traumatic brain injury, and other diseases in details. In addition, application of multi-modal EEG in monitoring intracranial pressure and predicting suicide risk is also included. It will be a valuable reference for professionals in neurology, neurosurgery, emergency care, psychiatry, technology specialists of EEG and senior nurses with basic EEG monitoring knowledge.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Electroencephalogram (EEG) Basis and quantitative Electroencephalogram (qEEG) Technology
    1 Basic theory of EEG
    2 qEEG monitoring system in severely ill patients
    Part 2 Interpretation and clinical significance of abnormal EEG in severely ill patients
    3 Common abnormal EEG in neurocrital ill patients
    4 Abnormal EEG background activity
    5 Patterns and clinical significance of abnormal sleep EEG
    Part 3 Application of multimodal EEG in severely ill patients
    6 Application of multimodal EEG in coma patients
    7 Application of multimodal EEG in HIE
    8 Application of multimodal EEG in SE
    9 Clinical application of multimodal EEG in acute ischemic stroke
    10 Application of multimodal EEG in TBI.-11 Application of multimodal EEG in AE
    12 Application of multimodal EEG in ICP monitoring
    13 Application of multimodal EEG in sedation and analgesia
    14 Application of multimodal EEG in predicting the risk of suicide
    15 Application of multimodal EEG in the determination of brain death
    16 Application of the BIS in the ICU
    17 Application of aEEG in severely ill patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Luca Saba, João Miguel Sanches, Luís Mendes Pedro, Jasjit S. Suri, editors.
    Summary: Stroke is one of the leading causes of death in the world, resulting mostly from the sudden ruptures of atherosclerosis carotid plaques. Understanding why and how plaque develops and ruptures requires a multi-disciplinary approach such as radiology, biomedical engineering, medical physics, software engineering, hardware engineering, pathological and histological imaging. Multi-Modality Atherosclerosis Imaging, Diagnosis and Treatment presents a new dimension of understanding Atherosclerosis in 2D and 3D. This book presents work on plaque stress analysis in order to provide a general framework of computational modeling with atherosclerosis plaques. New algorithms based on 3D and 4D Ultrasound are presented to assess the atherosclerotic disease as well as very recent advances in plaque multimodality image fusion analysis. The goal of Multi-Modality Atherosclerosis Imaging, Diagnosis and Treatment is to fuse information obtained from different 3D medical image modalities, such as 3D US, CT and MRI, providing the medical doctor with some sort of augmented reality information about the atherosclerotic plaque in order to improve the accuracy of the diagnosis. Analysis of the plaque dynamics along the cardiac cycle is also a valuable indicator for plaque instability assessment and therefore for risk stratification. 4D Ultrasound, a sequence of 3D reconstructions of the region of interest along the time, can be used for this dynamic analysis. Multimodality Image Fusion is a very appealing approach because it puts together the best characteristics of each modality, such as, the high temporal resolution of US and the high spatial resolutions of MRI and CT.

    Contents:
    Histology and Pathology of 3D Atherosclerosis
    Clinical MRA of the Carotid Arteries
    Quantitative MR Imaging of the Carotids
    Contrast Agents in Carotid Angiography with Magnetic Resonance
    Quantitative Magnetic Resonance Analysis in the Assessment of Cardiac Diseases
    Atherosclerosis Plaque Stress Analysis: A Review
    Carotid Plaque Stress Analysis: Issues on Patient Specific Modelling
    Noninvasive Targeting of Vulnerable Carotid Plaques for Therapeutic Interventions
    Clinical CT Imaging of Carotid Arteries
    Quantitative CT Imaging of Carotid Arteries
    Quantitative Computed Tomography Analysis in the Assessment of Coronary Artery Disease
    A Gamma Mixture Model for IVUS Imaging
    Ultrasound Profile of Carotid Plague. A New Approach Towards Stroke Prediction
    Ultrasonographic Quantification of Carotid Stenosis: A Reappraisal Using a New Gold Standard
    Histologic and Biochemical Composition of Carotid Plaque and Its Impact on Ultrasonographic Appearance
    Automated Carotid IMT Measurement and Its Validation in Low Contrast Ultrasound Database of 885 Patient Indian Population Epidemiological Study: Results of AtheroEdgeTM Software
    Carotid Artery Recognition System (CARS): A Comparison of Three Automated Paradigms for Ultrasound Images
    Atherosclerotic Carotid Plaque Segmentation in Ultrasound Imaging of the Carotid Artery
    Relationship Between Plaque Echogenicity and Atherosclerosis Biomarkers
    Hypothesis Validation of Far Wall Brightness in Carotid Artery Ultrasound for Feature-Based IMT Measurement Using a Combination of Level Set Segmentation & Registration
    Segmentation of Carotid Ultrasound Images
    Imaging Occlusive Atherosclerosis
    Imaging of Aortic Aneurysms: What Do We Need to Know and Which Techniques Should Be Chosen?
    Molecular Imaging of Inflammation and Intraplaque Veovascularization
    Carotid Angioplasty and Stenting
    New Approaches for Plaque Component Analysis in Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS) Images
    Visualization of Atherosclerotic Coronary Plaque by Using Optical Coherence Tomography
    Image Fusion Technology
    Generalized Symptomatic vs. Asymptomatic Plaque Characterization and Classification in Carotid Ultrasound Images.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mauren Abreu de Souza, Humberto Remigio Gamba, Helio Pedrini, editors.
    Summary: This book presents different approaches on multi-modality imaging with a focus on biomedical applications. Medical imaging can be divided into two categories: functional (related to physiological body measurements) and anatomical (structural) imaging modalities. In particular, this book covers imaging combinations coming from the usual popular modalities (such as the anatomical modalities, e.g. X-ray, CT and MRI), and it also includes some promising and new imaging modalities that are still being developed and improved (such as infrared thermography (IRT) and photoplethysmography imaging (PPGI)), implying potential approaches for innovative biomedical applications. Moreover, this book includes a variety of tools on computer vision, imaging processing, and computer graphics, which led to the generation and visualization of 3D models, making the most recent advances in this area possible. This is an ideal book for students and biomedical engineering researchers covering the biomedical imaging field.

    Contents:
    References2 Photoplethysmography Imaging and Common Optical Hybrid Imaging Modalities; 2.1 Principle of Remote PPGI Measurement and Signal Composition; 2.1.1 Genesis of the PPG/PPGI Signal Waveform; 2.1.2 First-and Second-Generation PPGI; 2.1.3 Low-Cost Cameras (Webcams and Smartphone Cameras) ; 2.2 PPGI Signal Analysis; 2.2.1 Basic Analysis; 2.2.2 Advanced Signal Analysis, Space-Resolved Mapping, and Visualization of Skin Perfusion; 2.2.2.1 Additional Analysis of Morphologic Features; 2.3 Detection and Compensation of Movement Artifacts in the PPGI Plethysmogram Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Infrared Thermography; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Physical Principles of Infrared Thermography; 1.2.1 Thermal Radiation; 1.2.2 Blackbody Radiation; 1.2.3 Greybody Radiation; 1.2.4 Temperature Measurement; 1.2.5 Thermal Cameras; 1.3 Medical Applications; 1.3.1 Diagnosis; 1.3.1.1 Detection of Breast Abnormalities; 1.3.1.2 Rheumatic Diseases; 1.3.1.3 Dry Eye Syndrome and Ocular Disease; 1.3.1.4 Wound Assessment; 1.3.2 Monitoring; 1.3.2.1 Respiratory Rate; 1.3.2.2 Cardiac Pulse; 1.3.2.3 Perfusion; 1.4 Recent Advances in 3D Infrared Thermography; 1.5 Summary 2.3.1 Initial Assessment of Movement Events2.3.2 Motion Tracking and Compensation Algorithms; 2.3.2.1 Block Matching Method; 2.3.2.2 Optical Flow Method; 2.3.2.3 Kanade-Lucas-Tomasi Feature Tracker; 2.3.2.4 Additional Tracking Algorithms; 2.4 Selected PPGI Results and Applications; 2.4.1 Proof of Concept Studies; 2.4.1.1 Skin Perfusion Changes After Mechanical Irritation; 2.4.1.2 Highly Distributed Skin Perfusion in Melanoma; 2.4.1.3 Comparison of Bilateral Heartbeat-Related Skin Perfusion Amplitude; 2.4.1.4 Multiwavelength Illumination PPGI Study: Towards Remote SpO2 2.4.2 First Clinical Trial: Allergic Skin Reactions Quantified by PPGI2.4.2.1 Data Acquisition and Signal Analysis; 2.4.2.2 Results; 2.4.2.3 Vascular Response Assessed by the PPGI Method; 2.4.2.4 Automatic Determination of Area Affected by Allergic Reaction; 2.5 Optical Hybrid Imaging: Combining Different Strategies; 2.6 Conclusions; References; 3 Multimodal Image Fusion for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Planning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Multimodal Image Processing; 3.2.1 Segmentation of LV and Veins in CT Images 3.2.2 Characterization of the Mechanical Activation Using Speckle Tracking Echography3.2.3 Characterization of Fibrosis in LGE-MRI; 3.3 Multimodal Image Registration; 3.3.1 STE to CT Registration; 3.3.2 LGE-MRI to CT Registration; 3.4 Patient-Specific 3D Model Generation; 3.5 Results; 3.6 Conclusion; References; 4 CFD-Based Postprocessing of CT-MRI Data to Determine the Mechanics of Rupture in Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms; 4.1 Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms (AAA): Causes and Its Rupture; 4.1.1 Types of Aneurysms; 4.1.2 Causes of AAA; 4.1.3 Rupture in AAA; 4.1.4 AAA Incidence in the Asian Population
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ruslan I. Dmitriev, editor.
    Contents:
    Current state-of-the-art 3D tissue models and their compatibility with live cell imaging
    Simultaneous Phosphorescence and Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging by Multi-Dimensional TCSPC and Multi-Pulse Excitation
    Quantitative live cell FLIM imaging in three dimensions
    Three-dimensional tissue models and available probes for multi-parametric live cell microscopy: a brief overview
    Fabrication and handling of 3D scaffolds based on polymers and decellularized tissues
    Multi-parametric imaging of hypoxia and cell cycle in intestinal organoid culture
    Imaging of intracellular pH in tumor spheroids using genetically encoded sensor SypHer2
    Application of fluorescence lifetime imaging (FLIM) to measure intracellular environments in a single cell
    Quantitative imaging of Ca2+ by 3D-FLIM in live tissues
    Live cell imaging of viscosity in 3D tumour cell models
    Live imaging of cell invasion using a multicellular spheroid model and lightsheet microscopy
    Raman imaging microscopy for quantitative analysis of biological samples.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Habib Ammari, Josselin Garnier, Hyeonbae Kang, Loc Hoang Nguyen, Laurent Seppecher.
    Summary: "Super-Resolution imaging refers to modern techniques of achieving resolution below conventional limits. This book gives a comprehensive overview of mathematical and computational techniques used to achieve this, providing a solid foundation on which to develop the knowledge and skills needed for practical application of techniques. Split into five parts, the first looks at the mathematical and probabilistic tools needed, before moving on to description of different types of imaging; single-wave, anomaly, multi-wave and spectroscopic and nanoparticle. As an important contribution to the understanding of super-resolution techniques in biomedical imaging, this book is a useful resource for scientists and engineers in the fields of biomedical imaging and super-resolution, and is self-contained reference for any newcomers to these fields."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Gianluca Tadini, Eric Legius, Hilde Brems, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Lenzi, Silvia Migliaccio, Lorenzo Maria Donini, editors.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the multidisciplinary management of obesity, providing readers with a thorough understanding of the rationale for a multidisciplinary approach and with the tools required to implement it effectively. The emphasis is on a translational approach, starting from basic concepts and fundamental mechanisms of the pathology and clinical morbidity. Experts in the field discuss the full range of relevant topics, including the significance of physical exercise, psychological issues, nutritional strategies, pharmacological options, and bariatric surgery. Put another way, the book covers all aspects from the bench to the bedside. Physicians, scientists, and postgraduate students will all find it to be invaluable in understanding the causes and optimal management of obesity, which has rapidly become a major public health problem.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTORY CHAPTERS: Anatomy and physiology of adipose tissue
    Regulation of energy intake
    Obesity: definition and epidemiology
    METABOLISM & ENDOCRINOLOGY: Obesity and thyroid function
    Hypothalamic Growth Hormone/IGF-1 Axis
    Adrenal function and obesity
    Ovarian function and obesity: PCOS, menopause
    Obesity and osteoporosis
    Sarcopenic obesity
    Obesity and testicular function
    Obesity and Glucose metabolism
    Dyslipidemia and cardiovascular risk in obesity
    Pulmonary complications of obesity
    Sexual distress in obesity
    EVALUATION OF OBESE SUBJECTS: Clinical evaluation
    Nutritional status evaluation: energy balance and body composition
    Psychiatric and psychological evaluation
    Functional evaluation
    Impairment of quality of life in obesity
    THERAPEUTIC APPROACH: Therapeutic education and psychotherapy
    Dietary intervention and nutritional counseling
    Physical activity and training prescription
    Prescription Medications for the Treatment of Obesity
    Bariatric surgery
    Reconstructive plastic surgery
    Nutritional, metabolic and psychological rehabilitation
    Increasing adherence to diet and exercise through cognitive behavioral strategies
    Interdisciplinary approach to obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Laura Briggs Drew, Bonnie Ruder, David A. Schwartz, editors.
    Summary: This book applies a multi-disciplinary lens to examine obstetric fistula, a childbirth injury that results from prolonged, obstructed labor. While obstetric fistula can be prevented with emergency obstetric care, it continues to occur primarily in resource-limited settings. In this volume, specialists in the anthropological, psychological, public health, and biomedical disciplines, as well as health policy experts and representatives of governmental and non-governmental organizations discuss a scoping overview on obstetric fistula, including prevention, treatment, and reducing stigma for survivors. This comprehensive resource is useful in understanding the risk factors, epidemiology, and social, psychological, and medical effects of obstetric fistula. Topics explored include: A Human Rights Approach Toward Eradicating Obstetric Fistula Obstetric Fistula: A Case of Miscommunication Social Experiences of Women with Obstetric Fistula Classification of Female Genital Tract Fistulas Training and Capacity-Building in the Provision of Fistula Treatment Services Designing Preventive Strategies for Obstetric Fistula Sexual Function in Women with Obstetric Fistula Social and Reproductive Health of Women After Obstetric Fistula Repair Making the Case for Holistic Fistula Care Addressing Mental Health in Obstetric Fistula Patients Physical Therapy for Women with Obstetric Fistula A Multidisciplinary Approach to Obstetric Fistula in Africa is designed for professional use by NGOs, international aid organizations, governmental and multilateral agencies, healthcare providers, public health specialists, anthropologists, and others who aim to improve maternal health across the globe. Although the books geographic focus is Africa, it may serve as a useful resource for individuals who aim to address obstetric fistula in other settings. The book may also be used as an educational tool in courses/programs that focus on Global Health, Maternal and Child Health, Epidemiology, Medical Anthropology, Gender/Women's Studies, Obstetrics, Global Medicine, Nursing, and Midwifery.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Obstetric Fistula: A Multidisciplinary Approach to a Preventable Childbirth Tragedy
    A Human Rights Approach toward Eradicating Obstetric Fistula: Expanding Data Collection, Prevention, Treatment, and Continuing Support for Women and Girls Who Have Been Neglected
    Archaeological Basis for Obstetrical Fistula: A Condition That is as Ancient as Human Themselves
    Obstetric Fistula in Context
    Co-occurrence of Obstetric Fistula and Stillbirth in Sub-Saharan Africa
    A Multidisciplinary Approach to Obstetric Fistula in Africa: Public Health, Sociological and Medical Perspectives
    Women Who Lose Their Lives While Giving Life: Exploring Obstetric Fistula As a Public Health Problem in Kenya
    Obstetric Fistula: A Case of Miscommunication. Social Experiences of Women with Obstetric Fistula
    The Experience of Childbirth and Obstetric Fistula: Perspectives of Women in Northern Ghana
    The Experiences of Women Living with Obstetric Fistula in Burkina Faso: From Delivery to Social Reinsertion
    Girls and Womens Social Experiences with Obstetric Fistula in Tanzania: A Public Health Problem
    Physical, Psychological and Social Assessments of Fistula Recovery Among Women in Nigeria and Uganda
    Socio-Economic and Healthcare Causes of Obstetric Fistula in Tanzania: Perspectives from the Affected Women
    Health Seeking Behavior Among Women with Obstetric Fistula in Ethiopia
    Classification of Female Genital Tract Fistulas
    Surgical Treatment for Obstetric Fistula: Not an Easy Option
    Obstetric Vesicovaginal Fistula: Development of a Predictive Score of FailedSurgical Repair
    Training and Capacity Building in the Provision of Fistula Treatment Services-The FIGO Fistula Surgery Training Initiative
    Medical and Surgical Challenges and Opportunities for Treatment at the Aberdeen Womens Centre in Sierra Leone
    Comparing Three Models of Fistula CareAmong FiveFacilities in Nigeria and Uganda
    Obstetric Fistula in the Democratic Republic of the Congo: Neglected Care of Young Women in Rural Areas
    Therapeutic Management of Obstetric Fistula: Learning from Implementation of Insertable Devices to Improve the Health and Well-Being of Women and Girls in Low- and Middle-Income Countries
    The Aberdeen Women's Centre - Providing Care for Girls and Women with Fistula and Other Conditions in Sierra Leone
    Height and external measurement of pelvic diameters to predict obstetric fistula in Congolese women: a case-control study
    Designing Preventive Strategies for Obstetric Fistula: Evidence from a Survey Conducted Among Rural and Urban Women in BurkinaFaso
    Sexual Function in Women with Obstetric Fistulas
    Social and Reproductive Health of Women After Obstetric Fistula Repair: Insights from Guinea
    Urinary Incontinence Following Obstetric Fistula Surgery
    A Multidisciplinary Approachto Obstetric Fistula in Northern Ghana: "Not Counted Among Women"--Making the case for holistic fistula care: Implementation ofa model reintegration program in Uganda
    Addressing Mental Health in Obstetric Fistula Patients : Filling the Void
    Physical Therapy for Women with Obstetric Fistula
    Comprehensive Pelvic Floor Health : Beyond the "Hole" in the Wall.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrea Lenzi, Silvia Migliaccio, editors.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the multidisciplinary management of osteoporosis, providing readers with a thorough understanding of the rationale for a multidisciplinary approach and with the tools required to implement it effectively. The emphasis is on a translational approach, starting from basic concepts and fundamental mechanisms of the pathology and clinical morbidity. Experts in the field discuss the full range of relevant topics, including the significance of physical activity, nutritional strategies, and pharmacological treatment. Put another way, the book covers all aspects from the bench to the bedside. Physicians, scientists, and postgraduate students will all find it to be invaluable in understanding the causes and optimal management of osteoporosis, the incidence of which is increasing rapidly as populations age.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    M.D. Ray, editor.
    Summary: The book covers the basic concept of surgical and oncosurgical disciplines as a whole, as well as the management of surgical patients from pre-op preparation to discharge, i.e., all the basics needed for a successful outcome for oncosurgical patients. It covers surgical safety, the consumer protection act, medico-legal aspects, the importance of documentation, research and publications, and managing complications. The respective chapters cover pre-operative, intra-operative, and ICU management of cancer patients, based on a multi-disciplinary approach. Additionally, they highlight recent advances in surgical oncology and so-called incurable cancers. Edited and written by an interdisciplinary team of experts in oncology and palliative care, the book is intended as a clinically useful guide to the overlapping topics of pain management in cancer patients and the treatment of cancer in patients with multiple co-morbidities like cardiovascular, respiratory disease, hypertension and diabetes mellitus. Given its scope, it will benefit multi-disciplinary oncologists, pain, palliative and intensive care experts, as well as students of surgical disciplines, from MBBS, MS and DNB, to MRCS, MCh and FRCS.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Robert Lim.
    Summary: Emergent general surgical diseases are the most frequent causes of in-hospital deaths and are the most costly diseases to treat. The purpose of this book is to provide clinicians with an understanding of their roles and that of other disciplines for the treatment of acute and emergent surgical diseases. It is also designed to give a clear pathway for using multiple disciplines to manage these diseases. The text details over 20 problems routinely seen in clinical practice and approaches the disease from the perspective of experts within the different specialties. It provides a comprehensive, evidenced-based overview and the most up-to-date technology available in clinical practice. An emphasis on new, less invasive techniques that may have a broader range of indications in the future is also included. Ultimately the reader will have a better understanding of these acute problems, the other specialties they work with, and when to integrate these other specialties when they encounter these urgent clinical scenarios.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Ellie Maghami, Allen S. Ho, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Head and neck cancer- the patient perspective
    2. Physician assistants and nurse practitioners in head and neck surgery
    3. Role of the speeh-language pathologist (SLP) in the head and neck cancer team
    4. Oral and dental health in head and neck cancer patients
    5. Imaging evaluation of the head and neck oncology patient
    6. Challenges in head and neck pathology
    7. Surgical perspectives in head and neck cancer
    8. Head and neck reconstructive surgery
    9. Radiation therapy for the head and neck patient: advances, challenges, and perspectives
    10. Perspectives in head and neck medical oncology
    11. Nutrition management for the head and neck cancer patient
    12. Physical therapy challenges in head and neck cancer
    13.Occupational therapy for the head and neck
    14. Psychosocial needs of head and neck cancer patients and the role of the clinical social worker
    15. Supportive care for the head and neck cancer patient
    16. Survivorship care planning and quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.H4 M858 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Makoto Hashizume, editor.
    Summary: This volume thoroughly describes the fundamentals of a new multidisciplinary field of study that aims to deepen our understanding of the human body by combining medical image processing, mathematical analysis, and artificial intelligence. Multidisciplinary Computational Anatomy (MCA) offers an advanced diagnosis and therapeutic navigation system to help detect or predict human health problems from the micro-level to macro-level using a four-dimensional, dynamic approach to human anatomy: space, time, function, and pathology. Applying this dynamic and living approach in the clinical setting will promote better planning for and more accurate, effective, and safe implementation of medical management. Multidisciplinary Computational Anatomy will appeal not only to clinicians but also to a wide readership in various scientific fields such as basic science, engineering, image processing, and biomedical engineering. All chapters were written by respected specialists and feature abundant color illustrations. Moreover, the findings presented here share new insights into unresolved issues in the diagnosis and treatment of disease, and into the healthy human body.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jeffrey W. Hazey, Darwin L. Conwell, Gregory E. Guy, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Historical perspectives and treatments for common bile duct stones
    2. Common bile duct stones: health care problem and incidence
    3. Bile duct stones: making the radiologic diagnosis
    4. Making the diagnosis: gastroenterology
    5. Making the diagnosis: surgery, a rational approach to the patient with suspected CBD stones
    6. Percutaneous biliary access: considerations, techniques, and complications
    7. Special considerations for the gastroenterologist
    8. Special considerations for teh surgeon
    9. Percutaneous methods of common bile duct stone retrieval
    10. Gastroenterologic treatment and outcomes
    11. Surgical treatment and outcomes
    12. Surgical procedures to prevent recurrence
    13. Mangement of medical complications of gallstone disease
    14. Managment of surgical complications
    15. Special considerations: management of common bile duct strones in the bariatric patient
    16. Management of choledocholithiasis in the cirrhotic patient
    17. Nonprocedural management of common bile duct stones
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sebastian F. Schoppmann, Martin Riegler, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a new, multi- and interdisciplinary approach to gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and Barretts esophagus that reflects the latest advances in understanding of the disease. The role of each of the available diagnostic techniques, including endoscopy, histopathology, esophageal manometry, reflux monitoring, and EndoFLIP assessment, is carefully explained. The use of endoscopy for the purposes of mucosal ablation (radiofrequency ablation, cryoablation) and mucosal resection is described, and all aspects of anti-reflux surgery are covered, with detailed explanation of indications and techniques for standard fundoplication, endoscopic fundoplication, and surgical procedures using the LINX system and the EndoStim device. To assist the reader further, a novel interdisciplinary algorithm is presented for GERD diagnosis and treatment. In addition, the latest diagnostic and therapeutic approaches (including endoscopic and surgical resection and chemoradiation) are also presented for esophageal cancer and cancer palliation. A key feature of the book is its recognition of the contribution of different specialties in the management of GERD, and it will accordingly appeal to a wide range of practitioners.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of Lower Esophageal Sphincter Damage: A new method of diagnosis of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Esophageal function testing for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Endoscopy and endoscopic ablative therapies in GERD and Barrett's esophagus
    GERD and Barretts Esophagus: Ablative and non-ablative therapies
    Radiology of benign gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
    Extraesophageal GERD and management
    Anti-Reflux Surgery I: Fundoplications
    Anti Reflux Surgery II: magnetic sphincter augmentation
    LINX
    Anti-Reflux Surgery III: Endoscopic fundoplications
    Redo fundoplication
    Diagnosis of Barrett carcinoma
    Role of diagnostic imaging
    Surgical Treatment of esophageal adenocarcinoma
    Palliation of esophageal adenocarcinoma
    Multi-disciplinary management: alternative perspectives for the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and Barrett's esophagus (BE)
    GERD Outlook: A gastroenterologists perspective
    Outlook for the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD): no esophagus stands alone.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ravi A. Chandra, Ryan J. Li, editors.
    Summary: This book is a multidisciplinary guide to head and neck cancer. Head and neck cancer remains one of the most technically complex cancer subsites to manage. This field involves highly specialized collaboration amongst surgeons, radiation oncologists, medical oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, and other health disciplines. The clinical and research landscape for head and neck oncology continues to evolve at a rapid pace. This book provides the latest updates in the contemporary understanding and management of these tumors. The text incorporates updates in surgical techniques (minimally invasive and robotic techniques, reconstructive approaches), radiation medicine (new data on dose and fields, oligometastatic/oligoprogressive disease, retreatment), medical oncology (targeted, immunotherapy and molecular agents), in addition to other overarching topics such as side effects, biomarkers/nanotechnology, and epidemiology. Written by experts in their respective fields, chapters include the most up to date scientific and clinical information with perspectives from each relevant discipline. These sections are concise and accessible, yet comprehensive. Palliative medicine, pathologic and imaging principles, and health systems/economics considerations are also described. This book is an ideal resource for clinicians, trainees, and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging area of cancer care.

    Contents:
    Deintensification strategies
    Novel Multidisiplinary Paradigms: Surgery/Radiation, Immunotherapy, Organ Preservation
    Advances in Surgery and Reconstruction: TORS, TLM
    Advances in Radiation: Ion therapy, advanced techniques
    Advances in Systemic Therapy
    Advances in Molecular and Advanced Imaging
    Immunotherapy
    Molecular Profiling/Epidemiology
    Nanotechnology, Biomarkers
    Radiomics/Novel Imaging Response
    Recurrent or Second Primary Head and Neck Cancer
    Dentistry
    Supportive Care, Comorbid Conditions and Survivorship
    Rare Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Xinyu Qin, Jianmin Xu, Yunshi Zhong, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on early diagnosis and multidisciplinary treatment, which is the key to preventing the occurrence of the liver metastases in colorectal cancer, and to increasing the resection rate of the liver metastasis foci and the 5-year survival after surgery. This book is divided into five parts: the introduction, basics, diagnosis, treatment and prevention. It has 20 chapters in total, covering the latest advances in colorectal cancer liver metastases epidemiology, pathogenesis, molecular diagnostics, marker screening, imaging technology, surgery, chemotherapy and prevention, etc. It provides professionals with up-to-date and comprehensive information on colorectal liver metastases. This book is relevant for senior surgeons and physicians working in oncology, general surgery, chemotherapy, digestive medicine, liver medicine and hepatic surgery. Editors Xinyu Qin and Jianmin Xu are Professors at the Department of General Surgery, Zhongshan Hospital, Fudan University, Shanghai, China. Editor Yunshi Zhong is an Associate Professor at the same department.

    Contents:
    Present Situation and Prospect of Diagnosis and Treatment of Colorectal Cancer
    Diagnosis and treatment of liver metastases
    Molecular Mechanism of Hepatic Metastasis of Colorectal cancer.- Metastatic Liver Cancer and Microenvironment
    Screening and Identification of Molecular Marker for Metastatic Liver Cancer
    Genetic Diagnosis on Hepatic Metastasis from Colorectal Cancer
    Diagnostic Value of Ultrasound in Metastatic Liver Cancer
    The Differential Diagnosis of Hepatic Metastasis by CT and MRI
    Diagnostic Value of PET/CT in Metastatic Liver Cancer
    Surgical Treatment of Rectal Cancer
    Laparoscopic Resection for Colorectal Cancer
    New neoadjuvant Chemotherapy of Resectable Liver Metastases of Colorectal
    Surgical Techniques for Metastatic Hepatic Carcinoma
    Laparoscopic Management of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Surgery For Non-resectable Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
    Chemotherapy in Patients with Initially Unresectable Liver Metastasis of Colorectal
    Targeted Therapy of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastasis
    Interventional Treatment of Liver Metastasis of Colorectal Cancer
    Prevention of Postoperative Liver Metastasis by Preoperative Interventional Chemotherapy in Colorectal Cancer
    Establishment of Postoperative Follow up and Database of Colorectal Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    J. Scott McMurray, Matthew R. Hoffman, Maia N. Braden, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of pediatric voice and swallowing disorders from the perspectives of both the pediatric laryngologist as well as the speech-language pathologist whose collaboration is critical to effective clinical care. All chapters are written by experts in dual fields and formatted to present a straightforward approach to diagnosing and managing each disorder, including descriptions of relevant operative interventions. Multiple intraoperative photographs and illustrations depicting how to perform each surgical procedure are also included. Multidisciplinary Management of Pediatric Voice and Swallowing Disorders will serve as a useful step-by-step guide and resource for not only otolaryngologists and speech-language pathologists, but all members of the pediatric aerodigestive team and all other providers caring for children affected by voice and swallowing disorders.

    Contents:
    Pediatric Aerodigestive Programs: Role of the Core Team Members, Speech Language Pathology, Pulmonology, Gastroenterology, Otolaryngology, and Parent/Caregiver
    Operative Evaluation of the Upper Aerodigestive Tract
    Anesthetic Considerations
    Perioperative Considerations After Pediatric Laryngeal Surgery
    Imaging Evaluation of the Upper Aerodigestive Tract
    Physiology of Voice Production
    Embryonic and Histologic Development of the Vocal Tract
    Aerodynamic Voice Assessment
    Clinical Approach to Aerodynamic Assessment
    Nonlinear Acoustic Analysis of Voice Production
    Clinical Approach to Acoustic Assessment
    Perceptual Evaluation of Voice
    Health Related Quality of Life in Pediatric Dysphonia
    Endoscopic Evaluation of the Pediatric Larynx
    Physiology of Normal Swallow
    Clinical Evaluation of Swallow
    Videofluoroscopic Evaluation of the Swallow in Infants and Children
    Pediatric Flexible Endoscopic Evaluation of Swallowing
    Manometric Evaluation of Pediatric Swallow
    Quality of Life Assessment in Children with Feeding and Swallowing Disorders
    Approach to Pediatric Voice Therapy
    Benign Mass Lesions
    Laryngopharyngeal Reflux
    Muscle Tension Dysphonia and Puberphonia
    Vocal Fold Mobility Impairment
    Laryngomalacia
    Laryngeal Cleft
    Paradoxical Fold Motion
    Vascular Anomalies
    Vocal Fold Star
    Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
    Glottic Web
    Syndromes and Congential Anomalies
    Esophageal Dysmotility
    Cricopharyngeal Achalasia
    Congenital Tracheal Anomalies: Complete Tracheal Rings, Tracheomalacia, and Vascular Compression
    Eosinophilic Esophagitis
    Tracheoesophageal Fitula
    Post-itubation Glottic Abnormalities
    Dysphonia After Laryngotrachael Reconstruction
    Non-cleft Velopharyngeal Dysfunction
    The Young Aspiring Singer
    Gender Affirming Voice
    The Weird and the Wonderful.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Gentile, Valeria Panebianco, Alessandro Sciarra, editors.
    Summary: Prostate cancer is the most common neoplasm in men and its management is very complex, in terms of both diagnosis and treatment. In recent years the value of multidisciplinary management within a prostate cancer unit has been increasingly recognized. Such a multidisciplinary approach within a specialized unit involves a variety of specialists, including urologists, oncologists, radiotherapists, radiologists and pathologists. This book describes in detail the advantages of multidisciplinary management of prostate cancer. It opens by explaining the nature of the required multidisciplinary team and the potential benefits of the prostate cancer unit as a structure for the delivery of specialist multidisciplinary care. Epidemiological aspects favoring multidisciplinary management are described and each element of care within the context of the prostate cancer unit is then discussed; also has been described the role of advanced imaging (Multiparametric MRI) in the management of PCa. Early diagnosis, risk classification, treatment decision making, surgery, radiotherapy, medical therapies and health care support are all fully considered. This book will be informative and enlightening for all who are involved in the management of patients with prostate cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Valentini, Hans-Joachim Schmoll, Cornelis J.H. van de Velde, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carl E. Noe, editor.
    Summary: This book presents multiple aspects of spine care from the perspective of different disciplines. It's organized by sections focused on non-operative care, spine injections and procedures, perioperative care, operative care, pediatric care, and special topics. Each chapter has been written by a clinician whose active practice involves the topic of their chapter. Practical and clinically relevant, this book educates any practitioner who cares for patients with back and neck pain and other spine conditions about implementing a multidisciplinary team to treat the spine.

    Contents:
    Non-Operative Care
    Prevention, Nutrition, etc
    Electrodiagnostic Studies
    Radiology
    Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Soft Tissue Back Pain
    Non-Pharmacological Treatments
    Pharmacological Treatments
    Interdisciplinary Pain Management
    Spine Injections and Procedures
    Spine Injections
    Vertebroplasty
    Advanced Spine Pain Procedures
    Perioperative Care
    Psychological Evaluation
    Perioperative Rehabilitation
    Perioperative Anesthesia
    ICU Care
    Postoperative Care
    Operative Care
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Cervical Spine Problems
    Thoracic Spine Conditions
    Lumbar Stenosis
    Vascular Spine Disorders
    Deformity
    Spine Tumors
    Trauma
    Pediatric Spine
    Special Topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Javier Casillas, Joe U. Levi, Alexander O. Quiroz, Roberto Ruiz-Cordero, Monica T. Garcia-Buitrago, Danny Sleeman.
    Contents:
    General: Embryology of the pancreas
    Anatomy of the pancreas
    Histology of the pancreas
    Physiology of the pancreas.- Imagenology of the pancreas
    Cystic Masses of the Pancreas: Serous Cystadenomas
    Mucinous Cystoadenomas
    Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasm. Solid Masses of the Pancreas: Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma
    Acinar tumor of the pancreas
    Pancreatic Lymphoma
    Unusual tumor of the pancreas
    Pancreatic metastases
    Inflammatory Conditions of the Pancreas: Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic pseudocyst
    Autoimmune pancreatitis
    Trauma of the Pancreas: Pancreatic Trauma
    Pancreatic Surgery: Pancreas transplant
    Surgical Procedures of the Pancreas
    Gallery of Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Michelangelo Bartolo, Fabio Ferrari, editors.
    Contents:
    Health in sub-Saharan Africa : HIV, TB and malaria epidemiology
    Chronic-degenerative diseases in sub-Saharan Africa
    From DREAM to DREAM 2.0 : an African model
    The DREAM management software
    DREAM centre remote telemonitoring
    DREAM data activity
    DREAM 2.0 a replicable model
    The challenge of sustainability : the impact of DREAM programme on the social, economic and working conditions of patients with HIV/AIDS
    Multispecialist teleconsultation
    From on the field training to e-learning
    GHT activity data
    BS Innova platform : introduction, framework and technology
    The digital divide
    Plant for Africa and renewable energy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gunnar Baatrup, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive reference work on the multidisciplinary team (MDT) management of colorectal cancer (CRC) patients that will meet the needs of all members of CRC MDTs and those training in the field. Important, up-to-date knowledge is provided on organization of MDTs, early intervention, surgery, oncology, imaging, pathology, and palliation, with special focus on controversies. This second edition has been thoroughly revised. It includes an entirely new section on the principles of treatment of significant polyps and early cancers and a total of 14 new chapters, including one on the early integration of palliative care. Every effort has been made to ensure that each specialty-specific chapter will be approachable for all team members, thereby facilitating an effective interdisciplinary approach to teamwork. The authors are leading European doctors and scientists who have influenced the development of the MDT concept as well as other aspects of individualized treatment of CRC patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Gunnar Baatrup.
    Summary: This book is intended as the equivalent of the Swiss Army knife for all members of colorectal cancer (CRC) multidisciplinary teams and those training in the fields of CRC management. It describes how to organize the team and explains the basic principles within the different disciplines involved in the treatment and care of CRC patients. Important, up-to-date knowledge is provided on visualization techniques, surgery, oncological treatment, palliation, and pathology, with special focus on controversies and aspects of interest to all team members. Care has been taken to ensure that each specialty-specific chapter will be approachable for team members from other specialties or professions, thereby facilitating an effective interdisciplinary approach to teamwork. The authors include leading European doctors and scientists who have influenced the development of the multidisciplinary team concept as well as other aspects of high-quality, individualized treatment of CRC patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dong-Wook Han, Suck Won Hong, editors.
    Summary: This book explains the fundamental characteristics and biofunctionality of graphene-based nanomaterials and provides up-to-date information on the full range of their biomedical applications. An introductory section gives an overview of the chemical composition and physical properties of graphene and its derivatives as well as their potential toxicity and biosafety. Detailed attention is then devoted to the potential of multifunctional graphene-based nanomaterials (MFGNs) to direct the differentiation of stem cells into specific lineages and induce tissue regeneration. Here, individual chapters address the application of MFGNs for the purposes of neurogenesis, osteo- and chrondrogenesis, myogenesis, and wound healing. Subsequent sections focus on the capability of MFGNs as agents for drug delivery, bioimaging, theranostics, and therapeutics as well as their effectiveness as biomimetic platforms for nanobiosensors, biochips, medical devices, and dental applications. The book will be essential reading for graduate students, scientists, and engineers in any of the biomedical research fields in which efforts are being made to utilize novel MFGN-incorporated composite materials and develop functional devices based on them.

    Contents:
    I. Basic Features and Potential Toxicity of Graphene Family Nanomaterials
    Principles and Biomedical Application of Graphene Family Nanomaterials
    Differential Toxicity of Graphene Family Nanomaterials Concerning Morphology
    II. Graphene-based Nanomaterials as Scaffolds for Stem Cell Fate Modulation and Tissue Regeneration
    Graphene-based Materials for Efficient Neurogenesis
    Functional Graphene Nanomaterials-based Hybrid Scaffolds for Osteogenesis and Chondrogenesis
    Role of Graphene Family Nanomaterials in Skin Wound Healing and Regeneration
    III. Graphene as Agents for Drug Delivery, Bioimaging, Theranostics, and Therapeutics
    Graphene-based Nanomaterials as Drug Delivery Carriers
    Graphene-based Nanomaterials for Biomedical Imaging
    Graphene - A Promising Theranostic Agent
    Graphene as Photo-thermal Therapeutic Agents
    IV. Graphene for Nanobiosensors, Biochips, and Antibacterial Agents
    Graphene for Nanobiosensors and Nanobiochips
    Antibacterial Activity of Graphene-based Nanomaterials
    Conclusions
    Reflections and Outlook on Multifaceted Biomedical Applications of Graphene.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Azura Amid [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: This edited work presents useful methods in experimenting in the area of Bioprocessing and Biotechnology. The four sections cover the area of Bioprocess, Whole Cells & Isolated Biocatalyst, Characterization of Biochemical Products and Cell Isolation & Culture. Its enable researchers to choose a suitable method and plan their experiments in details. The main focus of this book is to provide step by step method to young researchers, especially in the new research areas. Among the latest areas are the isolation of novel strain or enzyme by metagenomic approaches and taming procedure in the laboratories, development of novel, the cheap and non-toxic catalyst for biodiesel production, and production of micro-fibrillated cellulose. An updated method for well-known areas such as immobilization technology, biosensor, and polymerization was also presented. The book also covers in-silico methods such as MATLAB platform to ease researchers. Not to forget, the method in animal and plant culture is also discussed in detail. The book is written by chapter authors with much expertise in their fields. They have published multiple articles in the index listed journals. The topic of this book is particularly relevant to young researchers who are struggling to fine-tune their research and do not want to waste their time in optimizing the experiment set up.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Site-Directed Mutagenesis on Plasmid Using Polymerase Chain Reaction
    Isolation of Halophilic Bacteria
    Construction of Metagenomic DNA Libraries and Enrichment Strategies
    Thermotolerant Bacteria Producing Fibrinolytic Enzyme
    Chemical Mutation Method for High CO2-Requiring?Mutants of the Cyanobacterium Synechococcus sp. PCC 7002
    Identification of Fatty Acid Methyl Ester in Palm Oil Using Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometer
    Procedure to Develop Binodal Curve and Phase Diagram for Aqueous Two-Phase System
    Technique to Produce Catalyst From Egg Shell and Coconut Waste for Biodiesel Production
    Carrier-free Enzyme Immobilization by Cross-Linked Enzyme Aggregates (CLEA) Technology
    Isolation of Microfibrillated Cellulose (MFC) Via Fungal Cellulases Hydrolysis Combined with Ultrasonication
    Characterization of Electrochemical Transducers for Biosensor Applications
    Polymerization Methods and Characterizations for Poly(Lactic Acid) Based Polymers
    Characterization of Conformational and Oligomeric States of Proteins
    Skim Latex Serum as an Alternative Nutrition for Microbial Growth
    Method for Isolation of Bacteria Strain from Contaminated Soil for Biodegradation of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PHAs)
    Monitoring the Growth of Plant Cells in Suspension Culture
    Culturing and Maintaining Mammalian Cell Culture
    Integrated Data Analysis Model for Screening Cell Line Producer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Joseph Pikkel, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the practising ophthalmologist and surgeon with up-to-date information on the use of multifocal intraocular lenses to eliminate pseudophakic presbyopia. Guidance is provided on types and models of intraocular lens, indications, selection of patients, implantation, neuroadaptation, and complications and their avoidance. A key goal is to enable the practitioner to select the best lens for the individual patient, taking into account special circumstances. In addition, the results achieved to date with different lenses are analyzed and advice is given on the management of expectations. The authors are acknowledged international experts who draw upon their own experience and the peer-reviewed literature to provide the practitioner with cutting-edge information and evidence-based guidance.

    Contents:
    The challenges
    Historical perspective
    Types and models
    Neuro adaptation
    Preoperative considerations
    Cataract surgery and lens exchange
    Surgical complications
    Multifocal intraocular lenses after refractive surgery
    Refractive surgery after multifocal intraocular lens implantation
    Special circumstances
    Results (Meta-analysis)
    Managing the expectations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jorge L. Alió, Joseph Pikkel.
    Summary: This comprehensive 2nd edition will build on the highly successful first edition, providing an updated global perspective of the fundamentals of multifocal intraocular lenses. The varying outcomes, limitations, and the neuroadaptation process necessary for an adequate clinical success are thoroughly discussed, along with an overview of the different types of multifocal lenses, including the recently developed extended depth of focus lenses. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Art and the Practice, 2nd edition opens with an introduction that will delve into current technological offerings for the correction of pseudophakic presbyopia, as well as the opportunity for refractive lens exchange in advanced presbyopic ages and the opportunity to use these lenses. The first section will include the historical background and clinical indications, while section two addresses the varying types and models of lenses currently available, including important clinical and technological highlights. Section three and four will follow, and provide an extended look at the Zeiss and Alcon Family Multifocal IOL's. Section five will delve into extended depth of field lenses, and will contain an introduction about the concept, different models and the evidence available about their outcomes. Section six concludes the book, closely examining accommodative intraocular lenses, and a full update will be provided on these lenses, the failures of the past and the hopes for the future. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Art and the Practice, 2nd edition is a thorough, resource for the practical ophthalmologist and ophthalmic surgeon interested in learning more about intraocular lenses, identifying the best technologies and lenses for the benefit of their patients.

    Contents:
    1. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: What Do They Offer Today?
    Part 1: Historical Background and Clinical Indications
    2. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Historical Perspective
    3. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Basic Principles
    4. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Preoperative Considerations
    5. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Neuroadaptation
    6. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses-Considerations in Special Cases
    7. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses and Corneal Refractive Surgery
    8. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Complications
    9. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Post Implantation Residual Refractive Error
    10. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Solutions for the Unhappy Patient.-11. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Neuroadaptation Failure Corrected by Exchanging with a Different Multifocal Intraocular Lens
    Part 2: Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Types and Models
    12. Different Models of Multifocal Lenses on the Market
    Part 3: The Zeiss Family Multifocal IOLs
    13. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: AT LISA tri 839 MP
    14. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: AT LISA tri Toric 939 M/MP
    15. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: AT LISA 809 Diffractive Bifocal Intraocular Lens
    16. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Hanita Family of Lenses
    17. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Acriva Family of Lenses
    Part 4: The Alcon Family Multifocal IOLs
    18. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Acrysof ReSTOR(R) SN6AD2 +2.5 D Lens
    19. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Acrysof Restor SN6AD1 Lens
    20. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Acrysof IQ Panoptix Trifocal Lens
    21. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Johnson and Johnson Family of Lenses
    22. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Finevision (PhysIOL) Lens
    23. Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: Fyodorov Gradiol
    24. Multifocal Intraocular lenses: Sector Rotational Asymmetrical Refractive Lenses
    25.Multifocal Intraocular Lenses: The Rayner Family of lenses
    Part 5: Extended Depth of Field IOLs
    26. Extended Depth of Field Intraocular Lenses
    27. Extended Depth of Field Intraocular Lenses: Mini Well Ready Lens
    Part 6: Accommodative IOLs
    28. Accommodative Intraocular Lenses
    29.Crystalens Accommodating Intraocular Lens. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dipak Ghosh, Shukla Samanta, Sayantan Chakraborty.
    Summary: This book primarily focuses on the study of various neurological disorders, including Parkinson's (PD), Huntington (HD), Epilepsy, Alzheimer's and Motor Neuron Diseases (MND) from a new perspective by analyzing the physiological signals associated with them using non-linear dynamics. The development of nonlinear methods has significantly helped to study complex nonlinear systems in detail by providing accurate and reliable information. The book provides a brief introduction to the central nervous system and its various disorders, their effects on health and quality of life, and their respective courses of treatment, followed by different bioelectrical signals like those detected by Electroencephalography (EEG), Electrocardiography (ECG), and Electromyography (EMG). In turn, the book discusses a range of nonlinear techniques, fractals, multifractals, and Higuchi's Fractal Dimension (HFD), with mathematical examples and procedures. A review of studies conducted to date on neurological disorders like epilepsy, dementia, Parkinson's, Huntington, Alzheimer's, and Motor Neuron Diseases, which incorporate linear and nonlinear techniques, is also provided. The book subsequently presents new findings on neurological disorders of the central nervous system, namely Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease, by analyzing their gait characteristics using a nonlinear fractal based technique: Multifractal Detrended Fluctuation Analysis (MFDFA). In closing, the book elaborates on several parameters that can be obtained from cross-correlation studies of ECG and blood pressure, and can be used as markers for neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Central Nervous System and Its Diseases; 1.2 Bioelectrical Signals; 1.2.1 Electroencephalography; 1.2.2 Electrocardiography; 1.2.3 Electromyography; 1.3 Linear Signal Processing Techniques; 1.3.1 Root Mean Square (RMS) Method; 1.3.2 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Method; 1.3.3 Short-Time Fourier Transform (STFT) Method; 1.3.4 Wavelet Transform (WT) Method; 1.3.5 Discrete Wavelet Transform (DWT) Method; 1.4 Limitations of Linear Analysis Techniques; 1.5 Non-linear Techniques 1.5.1 Fractals and Multifractals1.5.1.1 Detrended Fractal Analysis; 1.5.2 Non-linear Analysis of Biomedical Signals; 1.5.2.1 Non-linear Analysis of EEG Signals; 1.5.2.2 Non-linear Analysis of ECG Signals; 1.5.2.3 Non-linear Analysis of EMG Signals; 1.6 Review of Studies on Neurological Disorders; 1.6.1 Epilepsy; 1.6.2 Dementia (Alzheimerś Disease); 1.6.3 Parkinsonś Disease; 1.6.4 Huntingtonś Disease; 1.6.5 Motor Neuron Disease (MND); References; Chapter 2: Multifractal Study of EEG Signal of Subjects with Epilepsy and Alzheimerś; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Neurological Disorder: Epilepsy, Alzheimerś, and EEG Data2.2.1 Epilepsy; 2.2.2 Alzheimerś Disease; 2.2.3 EEG Data; 2.3 Multifractal Detrended Fluctuation Analysis of EEG Signals; 2.4 Multifractal Detrended Cross-Correlation Analysis of EEG Signals; 2.5 Possible Application as Biomarker of Epilepsy; References; Chapter 3: Multifractal Approach for Quantification of Autonomic Deregulation Due to Epileptic Seizure with ECG Data; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Systematic Studies on Abnormalities in Cardiac Autonomic Status; 3.3 Multifractal Detrended Fluctuation Analysis of ECG Signals 3.3.1 ECG Data3.4 Results and Possible Biomarker; References; Chapter 4: Multifractal Analysis of Electromyography Data; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Motor Neuron and Musculoskeletal Disease: Neuropathy and Myopathy; 4.3 Electromyography
    A Tool to Detect Motor Neuron Disease; 4.4 Study of SEMG Signals; 4.5 Electromyography Data; 4.6 Multifractal Detrended Fluctuation Analysis of EMG Signals; 4.7 Results and Possible Advanced Level Biomarker; References; Chapter 5: Multifractal Study of Parkinsonś and Huntingtonś Diseases with Human Gait Data; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Parkinsonś Disease and Gait Data5.2.1 Gait Data; 5.3 Multifractal and Multifractal Cross-Correlation Analysis of Parkinsonś Disease; 5.4 Huntingtonś Disease and Gait Data; 5.5 Multifractal Analysis of Huntingtonś Data; 5.6 Discussions on Possible Use of the Result for Biomarkers of Parkinsonś and Huntingtonś; References; Chapter 6: Multifractal Correlation Study Between Posture and Autonomic Deregulation Using ECG and Blood Pressure Data; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Blood Pressure; 6.1.2 Non-linear Heart Rate Variability Analysis
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Zhanhu Guo, Yuan Chen, and Na Luna Lu.
    Summary: Focusing on real applications of nanocomposites and nanotechnologies for sustainable development, this book shows how nanocomposites can help to solve energy and environmental problems, including a broad overview of energy-related applications and a unique selection of environmental topics. Clearly structured, the first part covers such energy-related applications as lithium ion batteries, solar cells, catalysis, thermoelectric waste heat harvesting and water splitting, while the second part provides unique perspectives on environmental fields, including nuclear waste management and carbon dioxide capture and storage. The result is a successful combination of fundamentals for newcomers to the field and the latest results for experienced scientists, engineers, and industry researchers.

    Contents:

    Chapter 1: Introduction;
    Chapter 2: Advanced Nanocomposites Electrodes for Lithium Ion Batteries;
    Chapter 3: Carbon Nanocomposites in Electrochemical Capacitor Applicant;
    Chapter 4: Application in Nanostructure Electrodes in Halide Perovskite Solar Cells and Electrochromic Devices;
    Chapter 5: Perovskite Solar Cell;
    Chapter 6: Nanocomposite Structures Related to Electrospun Nanofibers for Highly Efficient and Cost Effective Dye Sensitize; Chapter7: Laser Ablation Based Techniques for Solution-phase Synthesis;
    Chapter 8: Thermoelectric Nano Composite for Energy Harvesting;
    Chapter 9: Graphene Composite Catalysts for Electrochemical Energy Conversion;
    Chapter 10: Electrochromic Materials and Devices Fundamentals and Nanostructuring Approaches;
    Chapter 11: Nanocomposite Photocatalysts for Solar Fuel Production from CO2 and Water;
    Chapter 12: The Application of Nanocomposite Catalysts in Biofuels Production;
    Chapter 13: Photocatalytic Nanomaterials for Energy and Environment;
    Chapter 14: Role of Interfaces at the Nano-architectured Photocatalysts for Hydrogen Production from Water Splitting;
    Chapter 15: Nanostructures Catalysts for Small Molecule Conversion;
    Chapter 16: Rational Heterostructure Design for Photo Electrochemical Water Splitting;
    Chapter 17: Layered Doubled Hydroxides Derived NOx Storage Reduction Catalyst for Vehicle NOx Emission Control;
    Chapter 18: Applications of Nanomaterial in Nuclear Waste Management;
    Chapter 19: Electromagnetic Interference Shielding;
    Chapter 20: Mussel-inspired Nanocomposites Synthesis and Promising Applications in Environmental Fields; ;
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Mark V. Schaverien, Joseph H. Dayan, editors.
    Summary: In this concise, accessible, and comprehensive reference, world experts in the field of lymphedema detail all of the non-surgical and surgical approaches to the multidisciplinary management of patients with upper and lower extremity lymphedema. There is particular focus on the surgical treatments for lymphedema, where the reader is taken step-by-step through illustrated guides for each procedure by the leading experts in the field of lymphedema microsurgery; from patient selection, preoperative evaluation, surgical technique, and postoperative management. The book is strictly organized so that readers can quickly find content and provides readers with the necessary tools and framework to readily apply these innovative and state-of-the art techniques to their patients to optimize outcomes of surgical and non-surgical treatments for their lymphedema patients. Each chapter features a standardized content layout with full-color illustrations and clinical photographs to visually represent the content and includes key tips from experts in lymphedema, accompanied by key video contributions from the authors to demonstrate the surgical techniques. There is key emphasis on advances in our understand of the etiology of lymphedema, the most important surgical topics in lymphedema microsurgery, the current evidence available for the surgical treatment of lymphedema, and recent advances in lymphedema including new pharmacological treatments that target inflammation and fibrosis Edited by leaders in lymphedema microsurgery and contributed to by a multidisciplinary group of international experts to provide a full and comprehensive guide, Multimodal Management of Upper and Lower Extremity Lymphedema is aimed at a wide target audience that includes surgeons that perform lymphedema surgeries, other medical specialties that treat patients with cancer, lymphedema therapists, physical therapists, and occupational therapists, as well as nursing specialties and trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Giovanni Maria Romano editor, in collaboration with Francesco Bianco ; forewords by Francesco Corcione, P. Ronan O'Connell.
    Contents:
    1 Follow-up Strategy of the Primary and Early Diagnosis
    2 Clinical Presentation and Classifications
    3 Imaging Modalities
    4 Role of PET-CT
    5 Role of Radiotheraphy
    6. Indications to Systemic Chemotheraphy
    7. Indications to Surgery and Surgical Techniques
    8 Mortality and Morbidity
    9. Techniques of Urological Reconstruction
    10 Techniques of Reconstruction after Major Exenterative Surgery
    11 Oncologic Outcomes
    12 Quality of Life
    13. Pain Control and Palliative Treatments.-14 Local Failure after Conservative Treatment of Rectal Cancer.-15 Italian Survey on the Surgical Treatment of Locally Recurrent Colorectal Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Francesco Maisano, Philipp Kaufmann, Hatem Alkadhi, Michel Zuber, Alberto Pozzoli, Edwin Ho.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the use of multimodality imaging for managing aortic valve disorders. Details of how to successfully diagnose a range of aortic valve diseases is presented, with detailed information covered on the techniques and relevant criteria for pre-operative screening, surgical and transcatheter planning, intraprocedural imaging and related postoperative follow-up. Multimodality Imaging for Cardiac Valvular Interventions, Volume 1 Aortic Valve: From Diagnosis to Decision-Making enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding and confidence of how to make appropriate clinical decisions when confronted by a range of aortic valve diseases. It is therefore a key resource for practicing cardiac imagers, cardiologists and interventional cardiologists who encounter these patients in their day-to-day clinical practice and trainees in cardiology seeking insight on the appropriate management of these patients.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis, Indication and Timing
    Patient screening
    Planning the procedure
    Intraprocedural guidance and monitoring
    Assessment and Follow-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James K. Min, Daniel S. Berman, Jonathon Leipsic, editors.
    Summary: Over the last decade, remarkable innovations in transcatheter technologies have led to the rapid development of minimally invasive therapies that have challenged conventional treatment. Amongst these, none is as remarkable as transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR). An archetype of bench-to-bedside medicine, the origins of TAVR spanned the expertise and vision of clinicians, engineers, researchers and imagers. With increasing numbers of TAVR procedures and large-scale trials demonstrating an unparalleled reduction in mortality for inoperable patients with severe aortic valvular disease, the theme underpinning the foundation of TAVR that of a multidisciplinary approach to its development persists in its practice. This approach brings together a diverse group of experts to optimize patient outcomes and this extends to the convergence of different types of imaging specialists and modalities to support preparation for and performance and follow-up of TAVR. Multimodality Imaging for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement assembles the very best authorities in the field to create the ultimate resource to address the imaging needs associated with TAVR. It provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of the pathophysiology of aortic stenosis, the evidence supporting the use of TAVR, and an integrated approach to the indications, procedural aspects and pitfalls of imaging in TAVR. The reader will also gain an insight into which tests are optimal in specific situations and a step-wise method to harvest all the essential information provided with each modality. Thus, this book represents a key resource for all working in the field whether they be in training or practicing physicians, cardiac researchers, cardiac imagers, interventionalists, clinical cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, or any medical professional involved in the management of these patients.

    Contents:
    Why we need this book
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation: Review of Current Evidence
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: Current Evidence From Large Multicenter Registries
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: An Interventionalist's View
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: A Surgeons View
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR): A Clinician's Perspective Aortic Stenosis: Natural and Unnatural (Treated) History
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: What the near-term future holds and what evidence is needed?
    Structural Design of Transcatheter Aortic Valves: General Concepts Related to Imaging
    Native and Prosthetic Valve Stenosis
    Low-Flow and Low Gradient Aortic Stenosis: Consideration in the Context of TAVR
    Pathologic Findings in Aortic Stenosis
    Echocardiographic Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis
    CT Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis
    MRI Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis
    Positron Emission Tomography Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis
    Coronary Artery Disease and Aortic Stenosis
    Common Cardiac Pathologies Associated with Aortic Stenosis
    Extravascular and Extracardiac Findings on MDCT for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Planning
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement in patients with Chronic Kidney Disease: Pre-procedural assessment and procedural techniques to minimize risk for acute kidney injury
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement and Adverse Cerebrovascular Events
    Aortoiliofemoral assessment: MDCT
    Aortoiliofemoral assessment: MRA
    Aortoiliofemoral Angiography and IVUS
    Aortic Annular Geometry and Sizing: Echocardiography
    Aortic Annular Geometry and Sizing: CT
    Co-Axial Angle prediction for TAVR: CT
    Use of Multidetector Computed Tomography for Planning Transcatheter Aortic Valve Sizing
    Imaging for transfemoral versus transapical approaches to TAVR: What differences are important?
    Common Uses of Echocardiography for TAVR
    Angiography and rotational angiography for TAVR
    Fusion Imaging for TAVR
    Valve-in-valve for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: do imaging requirements change
    Intraprocedural Use of Echocardiography for TAVR
    Complications of TAVR
    Case-Based Examples of Complications Associated with Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Structural and Hemodynamic Integrity of the Implanted TAVR Valve
    How can imaging pre-clinical models help us with TAVR?
    What future studies are needed for TAVR imaging?
    Digital Access Springer 2013
  • Digital
    edited by Samer Narouze.
    Summary: Multimodality Imaging Guidance for Interventional Pain Management is a comprehensive resource that covers fluoroscopy-guided procedures, ultrasound interventions, and computed tomography (CT)-guided procedures used in interventional pain management.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Pastora Gallego, Israel Valverde, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on congenital heart disease (CHD) and emerging imaging technologies. It covers all clinically relevant aspects of the fascinating new cardiac imaging technologies, including a comprehensive explanation of their basic principles, practical aspects of novel clinical applications, and detailed descriptions of specific uses in the broad spectrum of clinically important adult CHD. Innovations and emerging technologies for diagnosis and therapeutics, evaluation and treatment are continually evolving, and due to these advances in non-invasive diagnosis, there has been a significant improvement in the survival rates for CHD patient. Novel approaches to trans-catheter interventions and advances in echocardiography, MRI and CT imaging are being developed and incorporated into routine clinical practice, while emerging three-dimensional printing technologies are fundamentally affecting patient care, research, trainee education, and interactions between multidisciplinary teams, patients, and caregivers. In addition, translational technologies on the horizon promise to take this nascent field even further. Exploring the applicability of these emerging technologies in improving our understanding of complex congenital cardiac defect anatomy and physiology will provide new treatment options for this unique population. Written by experts in the field who are also involved in patient care, this book discusses the practical application of innovations in advanced multimodality imaging in the daily clinical routine and offers tips and tricks for beginners.

    Contents:
    1 3D Echocardiography
    2 Ultrafast Ultrasound Imaging In Pediatric and Congenital Heart Disease
    3 MRI T1 mapping: Myocardial fibrosis
    4 MRI Lymphatic imaging of Thoracic Lymphatic Disorders
    5 MRI based catheterization laboratory
    6 Cardiac mechanics I: 3D-Speckle tracking Echocardiography
    7 Cardiac mechanics II: 2D & 3D-Tissue tracking MRI
    8 4D-flow MRI: Flow Dynamics
    9 Computational Fluid Dynamics
    10 3D printing and Holography
    11 Multimodality assessment of cardiac shunts
    12 Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot
    13 Aortic disease: Bicuspid aortic valve, Aortic coarctation, Marfan’s syndrome
    14 Multimodality Imaging Innovations In Arterial switch operation - Emerging Technologies and Novel Applications
    15 Novel applications of multimodality imaging of the systemic right ventricle
    16 Univentricular heart staged correction
    17 Imaging for electrophysiology interventional planning in ACHD patients
    18 Imaging for structural interventional planning in ACHD patients
    19 Ebstein anomaly
    20 Imaging in pulmonary hypertension.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew H.G. Katz, Syed A. Ahmad, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomic Definitions of Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    Imaging Evaluation of Borderline Pancreatic Cancer
    Endoscopic Ultrasonography: Staging and Therapeutic Intervention
    Endoscopic and Percutaneous Biliary Drainage Procedures: Role in Preoperative Management, Diagnosis, and Palliation
    Overview of Multimodality Therapy
    Role of Systemic Therapy
    Role of Radiation Therapy
    Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy as an Emerging Option for Localized Pancreatic Cancer
    Assessment of Response to Preoperative Therapy
    Emerging Systemic and Targeted Therapies
    Operative Principles in Managing Patients with Borderline Resectable Pancreas Cancer
    Is There a Role for Laparoscopic and/or Robotic Techniques for Borderline Resectable Tumors?. Role and Techniques Of Vascular Resection
    Artery-First Approaches to Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Venous Shunting Procedures for Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    The Role of the Appleby Operation and Arterial Resection in the Multimodality Management of Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    Surgery for Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer: The Japanese Experience
    The Role of Irreversible Electroporation and Other Ablative Techniques in Patients with Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    Surgical Approach to Borderline Resectable tumors of the Left Pancreas
    Palliative Operations for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Paolo Aseni, Antonino M. Grande, Luciano De Carlis, editors.
    Contents:
    PART 1 Expanding the donor pool and evaluation of the possible organ donor
    Ethics of organ donation
    Policies for boosting donor enlistment in the North Italy transplant program macro-area
    Preoperative evaluation and arrangements for multi-organ donation: general principles and contra-indications
    PART 2 Principles of brain death diagnosis and optimal management for organ retrieval
    Brain death diagnosis
    Spinal reflexes and movements in brain death donors
    Management of metabolic and hemodynamic derangements in heart beating donors
    Non-heart-beating donors
    Multiple organ retrieval: general principles, organ preservation, and new strategies
    PART 3 Surgical technique for thoracic organ procurement
    Thoracic and mediastinal inspection and heart procurement
    Lung and heart-lung procurement
    PART 4 Surgical technique for abdominal organ procurement
    Detailed abdominal organ inspection and early surgical steps for abdominal organ procurement
    Whole liver procurement
    Split liver: surgical technique for adult-paediatric and for two adult recipients
    Small bowel and multivisceral procurement
    Pancreas Procurement
    Kidney procurement
    Vascular Homograft Procurement
    Transplantation bench surgery of the abdominal organs
    PART 5 Surgical technique for liver and kidney living donor
    Right liver lobe hemi-hepatecomy for living donor liver transplantation
    Pure laparoscopic left lateral and full-left hepatectomy including the middle hepatic vein in living donors
    Total laparoscopic right hepatecomy for living donors
    Laparoscopic and robot-assisted nephrectomy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Anna Porwit, Marie Christine Béné.
    Summary: Master implementation of the techniques of flow cytometry in diagnosing complex haematological diseases and malignancies in patients, worldwide. Featuring World Health Organization recommendations on pre-analytical steps, instrument settings and panel construction, this invaluable manual offers invaluable support for those researching, practising and analyzing the cause of hematological malignancies. Authored by leading experts, this book puts flow-cytometry into everyday context. With a focus on multicolour panels, the manual provides readers an experienced understanding of effective, implementation techniques. Practitioners of all levels are offered a background in a variety of diseases presented alongside the most current methodology. Wide-ranging and comprehensive; detailed images of healthy blood, bone marrow and lymph-nodes are illustrated throughout, allowing for effective diagnosis. Through engaging with differential diagnoses, the manual offers an understanding of similar symptoms and mimicking malignancies, avoiding inaccurate results. Featuring in-depth descriptions of chronic diseases; users can reach accurate diagnosis, first time.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Gennady T. Sukhikh, Alexander N. Sencha, editors.
    Summary: "This richly illustrated book provides a comprehensive overview of the use of current ultrasound techniques, including contrast-enhanced ultrasound and ultrasonic elastography, in the diagnosis of breast disease. The advantages and pitfalls of the various imaging modalities are identified, and it is explained how combined use of the modalities - multiparametric ultrasound - aids diagnosis and in particular assists in the differentiation of benign and malignant disease. Readers will find detailed description and illustration of the imaging appearances of age-related features (including in children and adolescents), the most important benign diseases, different forms of breast cancer, mammary gland pathology in the contexts of pregnancy and female reproductive system disease, chest gland pathology in males, and recurrent and metastatic disease. In addition, ultrasound-guided breast interventions and imaging of breast implants are discussed. Specialists in ultrasound diagnostics, radiologists, oncologists, and surgeons will all find this topical book to be both interesting and helpful in daily clinical practice."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard G. Barr, Giovanna Ferraioli.
    Summary: "For those who treat and diagnose liver disease, whether radiologists, emergency medical physicians, hepatologists, or sonographers, a clear understanding of the strict protocol needed to obtain accurate measurements is essential. Multiparametric Ultrasound for the Assessment of Diffuse Liver Disease offers a practical approach to liver shear wave elastography acquisition from globally recognized leaders in the field. It answers critical questions such as how to use each of the current techniques to best characterize your patients' liver disease, how to deal with the limitations of each of these techniques, and what to ask--and not to ask--of your devices and software"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ken Nguyen, Xuan Guo, Yi Pan.
    Contents:
    Protein/DNA/RNA Pairwise Sequence Alignment
    Quantifying Sequence Alignments
    Sequence Clustering
    Multiple Sequences Alignment Algorithms
    Phylogeny in Multiple Sequence Alignments
    Multiple Sequence Alignment on High-Performance Computing Models
    Sequence Analysis Services
    Multiple Sequence for Next-Generation Sequences
    Multiple Sequence Alignment for Variations Detection
    Multiple Sequence Alignment for Structure Detection
    References
    Index
    Wiley Series on Bioinformatics: Computational Techniques and Engineering
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Gregory C. Fanelli, editor.
    Summary: The Multiple Ligament Injured Knee includes the most developed knowledge needed to successfully diagnose and treat knee ligament injuries. This new edition expands upon the first to present anterior, posterior cruciate and collateral ligament anatomy, and biomechanics.

    Contents:
    Part I: Editor's experience: 1. PCL based multiple ligament knee injuries : what I have learned in 28 years / Gregory C. Fanelli. Part II: Anatomy and biomechanics: 2. Anatomy and biomechanics of the cruciate ligaments and their surgical implications / Jeffrey D. Hassebrock, David E. Hartigan, Justin L. Makovicka, and Anikar Chhabra
    3. Anatomy and biomechanics of the lateral and medial sides of the knee and the surgical implications / Mitchell I. Kennedy, Andrew G. Geeslin, and Robert F. LaPrade. Part III: Diagnosis and evaluation of the multiple ligament injured knee: 4. Initial assessment in the acute and chronic multiple-ligament-injured knee / Graeme Hoit, Ujash Sheth, and Daniel B. Whelan
    5. Classification of knee dislocations and the surgical implications / Christopher L. Shultz, Dustin L. Richter, Bryon D. Hobby, Daniel C. Wascher, and Robert C. Schenck Jr
    6. Instrumented measurement of the multiple-ligament injured knee : arthrometers, stress radiography, and laxiometer / Lucas Teske, Donald D. Johnson, and Brian R. Waterman
    7. MRI imaging in the multiple-ligament-injured knee / W. James Malone and Sean C. Hostmeyer. Part IV: Non-surgical treatment: 8. Selective surgical treatment of knee dislocations / Marc S. Haro and K. Donald Shelbourne. Part V: Surgical treatment of the multiple ligament injured knee: 9. Graft selection in multiple ligament injured knee surgery / Natalie L. Leong, Thomas J. Kremen, and David R. McAllister. Part VI: Surgical treatment of the ACL based multiple ligament injured knee: 10. Surgical treatment of combined ACL and medial-sided knee injuries : acute and chronic / Erin M. Cravez, Izuchukwu Ibe, and Michael J. Medvecky
    11. Surgical treatment of combined anterior cruciate ligament and lateral-side injuries : acute and chronic / Laura A. Vogel, Cory M. Edgar, and Robert A. Arciero
    12. Surgical treatment of combined ACL medial- and lateral-sided injuries : acute and chronic / Eric D. Wicks and Steven B. Cohen
    13. Revision ACL-based multiple ligament knee surgery / Theodore S. Wolfson, Mathew John Hamula, and Michael J. Alaia. Part VII: Surgical treatment of the PCL based multiple ligament injured knee: 14. Arthroscopic primary repair in the multiple-ligament injured knee / Anne Jonkergouw, Jelle P. Van der List, and Gregory S. DiFelice
    15. Surgical treatment of combined PCL/lateral side injuries : acute and chronic / Michaela Kopka and S. Mark Heard
    16. Surgical treatment of combined PCL medial side injuries : acute and chronic / Jeffrey M. Tuman and Mark D. Miller
    17. Surgical treatment of combined PCL medial and lateral side injuries : acute and chronic / James P. Stannard and Daniel Deasis
    18. Surgical treatment of combined ACL PCL medial side injuries : acute and chronic / Benjamin Freychet, Nicholas I. Kennedy, Bruce A. Levy, and Michael J. Stuart
    19. Surgical management of ACL, PCL, and lateral-sided injuries : acute and chronic / Peter B. MacDonald and Scott W. Mollison
    20. Surgical treatment of combined PCL-ACL medial and lateral side injuries (global laxity) : acute and chronic / Gregory C. Fanelli
    21. Revision surgery in the posterior cruciate ligament and multiple-ligament injured knee / Anthony D. Bratton, Christopher D. Harner, and Timothy L. Miller. Part VIII: Other considerations: 22. Mechanical graft tensioning in multiple ligament knee surgery / Gregory C. Fanelli
    23. Management of arterial and venous injuries in the dislocated knee / Robert P. Garvin and Matthew C. Cindric
    24. Tendon transfers for peroneal nerve injuries in the multiple-ligament-injured knee / Shannon F. Alejandro, Patrick J. Maloney, and Gerard J. Cush
    25. Direct nerve transfer for peroneal nerve injury in knee dislocations / Benjamin Freychet, Bruce A. Levy, Michael J. Stuart, Allen T. Bishop, and Alexander Y. Shin
    26. The role of osteotomy in the multiple-ligament-injured knee / Hervé Ouanezar, Sava Turcan, and Anil S. Ranawat
    27. Management of chronic fixed posterior tibial subluxation in the multiple ligament injured knee / Jonathan-James T. Eno and Thomas L. Wickiewicz
    28. Fracture dislocations of the knee / Sanjeev Anand
    29. Articular cartilage restoration in the multiple ligament injured knee / Justin O. Aflatooni, Justin W. Griffin, and Kevin F. Bonner
    30. Meniscal injuries and treatment in the multiple ligament injured knee / Michael A. Donohue, Matthew A. Posner, Adam M. Pickett, and Chad A. Haley
    31. Management of extensor mechanism disruption and patellofemoral instability in the multiple ligament injured knee / Jonathan M. Cooper and Christopher A. DeFalco 32. Multiple ligament knee injuries in the professional athlete / Joel L. Boyd and Scott Linger
    33. Internal bracing in multiple-ligament knee reconstruction / Nicholas A. Trasolini, Adam Lindsay, Joseph Cooper, and George F. “Rick” Hatch III
    34. Multiple-ligament knee injuries in the United States military active-duty population / Mark P. Pallis, Joseph T. Lanzi Jr., Estephan J. Garcia, William M. Weiss, and Andrew G. Chan
    35. Knee dislocations in the morbidly obese patient / Ian Power and Frederick M. Azar
    36. Multiple ligament knee injuries in patients 18 years of age and younger / Gregory C. Fanelli and David Fanelli
    37. Anterolateral complex reconstruction in the multiple-ligament injured knee / Ryan Wood, Robert Litchfield, and Alan Getgood. Part IX: Postoperative care: 38. Brace considerations in posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) instability and the multiple-ligament injured knee / Eileen A. Crawford and Edward M. Wojtys
    39. Postoperative rehabilitation of the multiple-ligament injured knee / Craig J. Edson and Gregory C. Fanelli. Part X: Outcomes; 40. Complications associated with the treatment of the multiple ligament injured knee / David C. Johannesmeyer, Dustin L. Richter, Robert C. Schenck Jr., and Daniel C. Wascher
    41. Results of treatment of the multiple-ligament-injured knee / Niv Marom and Robert G. Marx. Part XI: Clinical case studies: 42. Selected case studies in the treatment of multiple ligament injured knee / Gregory C. Fanelli.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Morie A. Gertz, S. Vincent Rajkumar, editors.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art guide to the diagnosis, treatment, and biology of multiple myeloma and related plasma disorders. The book addresses often overlooked topics, including the role of radiation therapy, vertebral augmentation, and supportive care.

    Contents:
    1. Criteria for Diagnosis and Response
    2. Detection of M proteins
    3. Pathology Of Multiple Myeloma
    4. Pathogenesis of Multiple Myeloma
    5. Staging of Multiple Myeloma
    6. Molecular Classification and Risk Stratification
    7. Monoclonal Gammopathies of Undetermined Significance and Smoldering Multiple Myeloma
    8. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma
    9. Approach to Relapsed Refractory Myeloma
    10. Autologous Stem Cell Transplantation in the?Management of Multiple Myeloma
    11. Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation
    12. New Agents For Multiple Myeloma
    13. Biological Therapy for Multiple Myeloma
    14. Management of Treatment Complications and Supportive Care
    15. POEMS Syndrome (Takatsuki Syndrome)
    16. Solitary Plasmacytoma
    17. Myeloma Bone Disease
    18. Vertebral Augmentation
    19. The Role of Radiation Therapy in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma, Plasmacytoma and Other Plasma Cell Disorders
    20. Neurologic Complications of Myeloma
    21. Myeloma Cast Nephropathy
    22. Amyloidosis
    23. IgM Multiple Myeloma
    24. Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Meletios A. Dimopoulos, Thierry Facon, Evangelos Terpos, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mowafa Househ, Elizabeth Borycki, Andre Kushniruk, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive yet concise overview of the challenges and opportunities presented by the use of artificial intelligence in healthcare. It does so by approaching the topic from multiple perspectives, e.g. the nursing, consumer, medical practitioner, healthcare manager, and data analyst perspective. It covers human factors research, discusses patient safety issues, and addresses ethical challenges, as well as important policy issues. By reporting on cutting-edge research and hands-on experience, the book offers an insightful reference guide for health information technology professionals, healthcare managers, healthcare practitioners, and patients alike, aiding them in their decision-making processes. It will also benefit students and researchers whose work involves artificial intelligence-related research issues in healthcare.

    Contents:
    Reinforcement Learning Applications in Health Informatics
    Artificial intelligence in the fight against the COVID-19 pandemic: opportunities and challenges
    The Human Factors of AI in Healthcare: Recurrent Issues, Future Challenges and Ways Forward
    Artificial intelligence and medication management
    The Safety of AI in Healthcare: Emerging Issues and Considerations for Healthcare
    Reflections on the Clinical Acceptance of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence for Chatbots in Mental Health: Opportunities and Challenges
    AI and Machine Learning in Diabetes Management: Opportunity, Status, and Challenges
    Utilizing Health Analytics in Improving the Performance of Hospitals and Healthcare Services: Promises and Challenges
    Perspectives on Human-AI Interaction applied to Health and Wellness Management: Between Milestones and Hurdles.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Flavia Nelson, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Andrew Smith, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Carlos A. Perez, University of Texas, Houston.
    Summary: "Multiple sclerosis (MS) is the most prevalent non-traumatic, disabling neurologic condition among young adults worldwide. The diagnosis and management of MS is complicated, especially in the setting of a recent significant increase in the number of FDA-approved therapies, and access to neurological care, specifically to MS centers, is limited. The goal of this handbook is to present an updated and practical approach to the accurate diagnosis and effective management of MS, for both healthcare professionals and trainees, in hopes to improve patient outcomes. The material herein presented is meant to be an easily accessible resource for reference in both hospital and outpatient practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Alexander A.A. Asea, Fabiana Geraci, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Contents:
    Extracellular vesicles in multiple sclerosis as possible biomarkers: dream or reality? / Maria Magdalena Barreca, Emanuele Aliotta, Fabiana Geraci
    Manipulation of oxygen and endoplasmic reticulum stress factors as possible interventions for treatment of multiple sclerosis: evidence for and against / Paul Eggleton, Gary R. Smerdon, Janet E. Holley, Nicholas J. Gutowski
    Heat shock proteins in multiple sclerosis / Ortan Pinar, Yildirim Akan Ozden, Erkizan Omur, Gedizlioglu Muhtesem
    Meaning of self in multiple sclerosis: implications for treatment and rehabilitation / Maciej Wilski, Tomasz Tasiemski
    Multiple sclerosis and EIF2B5: a paradox or a missing link / Insha Zahoor, Ehtishamul Haq, Ravouf Asimi
    Molecular genetic and epigenetic basis of multiple sclerosis / Zohreh Hojati
    Role of oligodendrocyte dysfunction in demyelination, remyelination and neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis / Adriana Octaviana Dulamea
    Clinical neurophysiology of multiple sclerosis / Mario Habek, Ivan Adamec, Barbara Barun, Luka Crnošija, Tereza Gabelić, Magdalena Krbot Skorić
    Multiple sclerosis epidemiology in europe / Daiana Bezzini, Mario A. Battaglia
    Timing of future remyelination therapies and their potential to stop multiple sclerosis progression / Burcu Zeydan, Moses Rodriguez, Orhun H. Kantarci
    Neuroplasticity-based technologies and interventions for restoring motor functions in multiple sclerosis / Sofia Straudi, Nino Basaglia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Weissert.
    Contents:
    Positional gene cloning in experimental populations / Maja Jagodic and Pernilla Stridh - - Generation of transgenic rats using lentiviral vectors / Holger M. Reichard and Henrike J. Fischer
    DNA vaccination techniques / Nicolas Fissolo, Xavier Montalban, and Manuel Comabella
    Peripheral blood mononuclear cells : isolation, freezing, thawing, and culture / Christine Riedhammer, Dagmar Halbritter, and Robert Weissert
    ELISPOT techniques / Niannian Ji and Thomas G. Forsthuber
    Isolation of central nervous system (CNS) infiltrating cells / Ilgiz A. Mufazalov and Ari Waisman
    Methods for ex vivo analysis of immune cell function from the central nervous system / Darryl G. Turner ... [et al.]
    Neurofilament light chain determination from peripheral blood samples / Marguerite Limberg ... [et al.]
    Detection of autoantibodies against myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein in multiple sclerosis and related diseases / Melania Spadaro and Edgar Meinl
    Myelinating cultures : an in vitro tool to identify demyelinating and axopathic autoantibodies / Maren Lindner and Christopher Linington
    In vivo visualization of (auto-) immune processes in the central nervous system of rodents / Christian Schlager ... [et al.]
    Optical coherence tomography to assess neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis / Axel Petzold
    Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice / Rachael L. Terry, Igal Ifergan, and Stephen D. Miller
    Actively induced experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in rats / Robert Weissert
    Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in marmosets / S. Anwar Jagessar ... [et al.]-- Neuropathological techniques to investigate CNS pathology in experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) / Karin Steinbach and Doron Merkler
    Neuropathological techniques to investigate central nervous system sections in multiple sclerosis / Jan Bauer and Hans Lassmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Lawrence M. Samkoff, Andrew D. Goodman.
    Contents:
    Etiology / Sonya U. Steele and Ellen M. Mowry
    Immunopathogenesis of multiple sclerosis / Anne H. Cross and Laura Piccio
    Diagnostic process / Dalia Rotstein and Paul O'Connor
    MRI in diagnosis and disease monitoring / Maria I. Gaitan and Daniel S. Reich
    Relapsing MS : disease staging and therapeutic algorithms / Mohsen Khoshnam and Mark Freedman
    Progressive MS treatment algorithms / Megan H. Hyland and Jeffrey A. Cohen
    Sex-determined issues in multiple sclerosis / Callene Momtazee and Barbara Giesser
    Pediatric multiple sclerosis / Robert Thompson Stone and Brenda Banwell
    Complementary and alternative medicine : risks and benefits / Allen C. Bowling
    Symptomatic management of MS / Jessica Robb, Lawrence M. Samkoff, and Andrew D. Goodman
    Invisible symptoms of MS : fatigue, depression, and cognition / Leigh Charvet, Benzi Kluzer, and Lauren B. Krupp
    Rehabilitation / Nesanet S. Mitiku, Alexius E.G. Sandoval, and George H. Kraft
    Psychosocial adaptation to multiple sclerosis / David J. Rintell
    Transverse myelitis and acute disseminated encephalomyelitis / Benjamin M. Greenberg
    Neuromyelitis optica / Marcelo Matiello and Brian Weinshenker
    Neurosarcoidosis / Thomas F. Scott
    Lyme neuroborreliosis / Erica Patrick and Eric Logigian
    Neuro-Behçet syndrome / Aksel Siva and Sabahattin Saip
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Douglas S. Goodin.
    Summary: Multiple Sclerosis (MS) is generally understood to be an inflammatory autoimmune disease of the central nervous system. While we still are not certain of the root cause of MS, research results suggest that unknown environmental factors and the presence of specific genes seem the most probable targets. MS causes an inflammatory response in the central nervous system leading to neurodegeneration, oligodendrocyte death, axonal damage, and gliosis. Over the past five years ongoing research has greatly expanded our understanding of the pathogenesis of MS, detailed insight into the epidemiology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary Ann Picone, Rock G. Positano, Dexter Sun.
    Summary: "Due to the rapid changes that have occurred in the field of MS management over the past several years, the task of staying well informed has become increasingly challenging for general neurologists and even more so for other healthcare specialists. During the course of living with the disease, patients often present to the emergency room for acute treatment, and on a more regular basis to their internists, family medicine doctors, urologists and dermatologists for symptom evaluation and treatment. These specialists often lack information of the monitoring requirements for patients with MS, potential risks and adverse events of disease modifying or symptomatic therapies, possible drug interactions and contra indications of medications. Multiple Sclerosis for the Non-Neurologist aims to provide an up to date reference for doctors, residents, and fellows who find themselves tasked with caring for patients with MS"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Epidemilogy
    Immunology if multiple sclerosis
    Evaluation and diagnosis of the multiple sclerosis patient
    Magnetic resonance imaging in multiple sclerosis
    Internal medicine
    Internal medicine I
    Internal medicine II: disease-modifying therapies and adverse effects
    Multiple sclerosis in emergency medicine
    Visual dysfunction in multiple sclerosis
    Cutaneous disorders associated with multiple sclerosis
    Endocrine disorders in multiple sclerosis
    Obesity and multiple sclerosis
    Obesity and multiple sclerosis
    Rheumatology
    Pulmonary complications in multiple sclerosis
    Public health considerations in multiple
    Multiple sclerosis in the female patient
    Urologic issues in the multiple sclerosis patient
    Bowel and sexual dysfunction in the multiple sclerosis patient
    Cognitive function in multiple sclerosis
    Mood disorders in multiple sclerosis
    Multiple sclerosis in adolescents and children
    Dental and oral health considerations in multiple sclerosis
    Otolaryngologic manifestions of multiple sclerosis
    Orthopedic issues in the multiple sclerosis patient
    Upper extremity evaluation in patients with multiple sclerosis
    Foot and ankle manifestions of multiple sclerosis
    Common foot and ankle conditions associatied with multiple sclerosis
    Perioperative care of the lower extremity orthopedic patient with multiple sclerosis
    Pain management in multiple sclerosis
    Multiple sclerosis and general anesthetic considerations
    Neurosurgery
    Rehabilitation in multiple sclerosis
    The presence, type, and burden of walking, gait, and balance dysfunction in multiple sclerosis
    Exercise prescription in multiple sclerosis
    Comprehensive care in multiple sclerosis: the nursing profession as a linchpin
    Palliative medicine in multiple sclerosis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David J. Russell.
    Contents:
    Dynamic programming / O. Ufuk Nalbantoglu
    Heuristic alignment methods / Osamu Gotoh
    Objective functions / Haluk Dogan and Hasan H. Otu
    Who watches the watchmen? An appraisal of benchmarks for multiple sequence alignment / Stefano Iantorno ... [et al.]
    BLAST and FASTA similarity searching for multiple sequence alignment / William R. Pearson
    Clustal omega, accurate alignment of very large numbers of sequences / Fabian Sievers and Desmond G. Higgins
    T-coffee : tree-based consistency objective function for alignment evaluation / Cedrik Magi ... [et al.]
    MAFFT : iterative refinement and additional methods / Kazutaka Katoh and Daron M. Standley
    Multiple sequence alignment using probcons and probalign / Usman Roshan
    Phylogeny-aware alignment with PRANK / Ari Loytynoja
    GramAlign : fast alignment driven by grammar-based phylogeny / David J. Russell
    Multiple sequence alignment with DIALIGN / Burkhard Morgenstern
    PicXAA : a probabilistic scheme for finding the maximum expected accuracy alignment of multiple biological sequences / Sayed Mohammad Ebrahim Sahraeian and Byung-Jun Yoon
    Multiple protein sequence alignment with MSAProbs / Yongchao Liu and Bertil Schmidt
    Large-scale multiple sequence alignment and tree estimation using SATe / Kevin Liu and Tandy Warnow
    PRALINE : a versatile multiple sequence alignment toolkit / Punto Bawono and Jaap Heringa
    PROMALS3D : multiple protein sequence alignment enhanced with evolutionary and three-dimensional structural information / Jimin Pei and Nick V. Grishin
    MSACompro : improving multiple protein sequence alignment by predicted structural features / Xin Deng and Jianlin Cheng.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gregor Wenning, Alessandra Fanciulli, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a comprehensive monography on multiple system atrophy (MSA), a rare and fatal neurodegenerative disorder that presents with autonomic failure and either parkinsonism (MSA-P) or cerebellar ataxia (MSA-C).The underlying neuropathology of MSA is characterized by striatonigral degeneration (SND), olivopontocerebellar atrophy (OPCA) and unique oligodendroglial cytoplasmic alpha-synuclein inclusions. MSA is therefore classified among the alpha-synucleinopathies such as Parkinson's disease, pure autonomic failure and dementia with Lewy bodies. Over the last decade there have been important advances in early diagnosis, pathogenesis research and clinical trial activity. The monography will cover the entire spectrum ranging from molecular and genetic work to symptomatic and interventional therapies. The book is written for movement disorder clinicians and basic neuroscientists interested in degenerative movement disorders.

    Contents:
    1. Historical Review
    2. Epidemiology
    3. Neuropathology
    4. Etiopathogenesis
    5. Animal Models
    6. Clinical Presentation
    7. Clinical diagnostic Criteria
    8. Natural History
    9. Investigations
    10. Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Christiane Ferran, MD, PhD, Department of Surgery, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Center for Vascular Biology Research, and The Transplant Insitutue, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.
    Summary: "This book is meant to provide the most current knowledge regarding the mechanisms of action of A20, if its versatile functions and their validation in animal models of human disease and its promise as a diagnostic biomarker and therapeutic target"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    A20: a bipartite ubiquitin editing enzyme with immunoregulatory potential / Ingrid Wertz and Vishva Dixit
    The biology of A20-binding inhibitors of NF- [kappa]B activation (ABINs) / Lynn Verstrepen, Isabelle Carpentier and Rudi Beyaert
    The Biology of A20-Like Molecules / Karine Enesa and Paul Evans
    Anti-viral tetris: modulation of the innate anti-viral immune response by A20 / Meztli Arguello, Suzanne Paz, Christiane Ferran, Herwig P. Moll and John Hiscott
    A20 expressing tumors and anticancer drug resistance / Cleide Gonçalves da Silva, Darlan Conterno Minussi, Christiane Ferran and Markus Bredel
    Translational studies of A20 in atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease / Fiona C. McGillicuddy, Herwig P. Moll, Samira Farouk, Scott M. Damrauer, Christiane Ferran and Muredach P. Reilly
    A20: a biomarker of allograft outcome: a showcase in kidney transplantation / Gabor Bodonyi-Kovacs, Terry B. Strom and Prabhakar Putheti
    A20: an omnipotent protein in the liver: Prometheus myth resolved? / Cleide Gonçalves da Silva, Jesus Revuelta Cervantes, peter Studer and Christiane Ferran
    Emerging roles for A20 in islet biology and pathology / Nathan W. Zammit and Shane T. Grey
    Single nucleotide polymorphisms at the TNFAIP3/A20 locus and susceptibility/resistance to inflammatory and autoimmune diseases / Alessandra Mele, Jesus Revuelta Cervantes, Victor Chien, David Friedman and Christiane Ferran
  • Digital
    Martin Oliver Steinhauser.
    Summary: Martin Oliver Steinhauser deals with several aspects of multiscale materials modeling and simulation in applied materials research and fundamental science. He covers various multiscale modeling approaches for high-performance ceramics, biological bilayer membranes, semi-flexible polymers, and human cancer cells. He demonstrates that the physics of shock waves, i.e., the investigation of material behavior at high strain rates and of material failure, has grown to become an important interdisciplinary field of research on its own. At the same time, progress in computer hardware and software development has boosted new ideas in multiscale modeling and simulation. Hence, bridging the length and time scales in a theoretical-numerical description of materials has become a prime challenge in science and technology. Contents Definition of Shock Waves Multiscale Modeling and Simulation in Hard Matter Shock Wave Failure in Granular Materials Coarse-Grained Modeling and Simulation of Macromolecules Laser-Induced Shock Wave Failure in Human Cancer Cells The Future of Multiscale Materials Modeling Target Groups Researchers and students in the fields of (bio- )physics, computational science, materials engineering, materials science, computer science, polymer chemistry, theoretical chemistry, nanoscience Material scientists, engineers The Author Dr. Martin O. Steinhauser works as Senior Scientist and Principal Investigator at the Fraunhofer Institute for High-Speed Dynamics/Ernst-Mach-Institut (EMI) in Freiburg, Germany.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I. Shock wave physics, multiscale modeling and simulation;
    1. Introduction;
    2. What are shock waves?; 2
    .1. Definition of shock waves; 2
    .2. The hydrodynamic equations; 2
    .3. Discontinuity surfaces; 2.3
    .1. Rankine-Hugoniot jump conditions; 2
    .4. Steepening of sound waves and Riemann characteristics; 2
    .5. Change of thermodynamic variables across shock waves; 2
    .6. General literature on shock waves;
    3. Multiscale modeling and simulation; 3
    .1. What is multiscale modeling?; 3
    .2. Hierarchical length and time scales. 3
    .3. Computer simulations as a research tool 3
    .4. Simulation methods for different length and time scales; 3
    .5. Computer programs and implementation details; 3.5
    .1. Reduced simulation units; 3.5
    .2. Shock wave generation; 3
    .6. Coupling the atomic and continuum domain; 3.6
    .1. Dissipative particle dynamics at constant energy; 3.6
    .2. SPH approximation of the continuum; 3.6
    .3. Macroscopic heat flow; 3
    .7. Proof of principle: SPH/MD coupling in a shock tube; 3.7
    .1. Shock tube: equilibrium properties; 3.7
    .2. Shock tube: dynamic properties; Part II. Hard matter.
    4. Shock wave failure in granular materials 4
    .1. Polyhedral cell complexes and power diagrams; 4
    .2. High-speed impact experiments in solids; 4
    .3. DEM modeling of shock wave failure in granular materials; 4.3
    .1. Interaction potentials; 4.3
    .2. Starting configurations of the DEM model; 4.3
    .3. Results and comparison with experiments; Part III. Soft matter;
    5. Coarse-grained modeling and simulation of macromolecules; 5
    .1. What is coarse-graining?; 5.1
    .1. Coarse-graining of soft matter: polymers and biomacromolecules; 5.1
    .2. Crossover scaling of linear, semiflexible polymers. 5
    .2. Coarse-graining of lipid bilayer membranes5.2
    .1. Lipid-lipid and lipid-water interactions; 5.2
    .2. Distribution of the mass density; 5.2
    .3. Phase diagram of our bilayer membrane model; 5.2
    .4. Order parameter; 5.2
    .5. Pair correlation function; 5.2
    .6. Elastic modulus;
    6. Laser-induced shock wave destruction of human tumor cells: experiments and simulations; 6
    .1. The impact of shock waves on tumor cells; 6.1
    .1. Preliminary tests of experimental setups for laser-induced shock wave generation; 6.1
    .2. Hydrophone specification. 6
    .2. Experiments on laser-induced shock wave destruction of U87 tumor cells 6.2
    .1. Cell culture of U87 glioblastoma cell line; 6
    .3. Photonic Doppler velocimetry (PDV); 6
    .4. Results: shock wave damage in U87 tumor cells; 6
    .5. Simulation of shock wave damage in coarse-grained models of membranes; 6.5
    .1. Propagation of the shock wave; 6.5
    .2. Membrane damage: membrane order parameter; 6.5
    .3. Membrane damage: effects of shock wave speed and system size;
    7. Final considerations; 7
    .1. Shock wave physics and multiscale modeling; 7
    .2. Multiscale modeling of granular matter.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vassilis Cutsuridis, editor.
    Summary: Significant progress has been made in recent years in studying the dynamics of the diseased brain at both microscopic and macroscopic levels. Electrical recordings of the diseased brain activity show (in)-coherent dynamic phenomena at scales ranging from local networks (thousands of neurons) to entire brain regions (millions of neurons). Our understanding of these spatial and temporal scales and resolutions continues to increase as evidence suggests close relationships between local field potentials recorded in the cortex (with electroencephalography or multi-unit recordings) and blood flow signals (measured with fMRI). Application of multi-scale computational models as integrative principles that bridge the single neuron dynamics (monitored with intracellular recordings) with the dynamics of local and distant brain regions observed using human EEG, ERPs, MEG, LFPs and fMRI can further enhance our understanding of the diseased brain dynamics. The goal of this book is to provide a focused series of papers on computational models of brain disorders combining multiple levels and types of computation with multiple types of data in an effort to improve understanding, prediction and treatment of brain and mental illness. The volume aims to bring together physiologists and anatomists studying cortical circuits, cognitive neuroscientists studying brain dynamics and behaviour via EEG and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), and computational neuroscientists using neural modelling techniques to explore local and large-scale disordered brain dynamics. The thematic focus is expected to be appealing to a diverse group of investigators and have a high impact on the medical, neuroscience and computer science fields.

    Contents:
    Part I Movement Disorders
    A neuro-computational model of Pallidal vs. Subthalamic Deep Brain Stimulation Effect on synchronization at Tremor frequency in Parkinsons disease, Alekhya Mandali, Srinivasa Chakravarthy V, Ahmed A. Moustafa
    Dynamics of Basal Ganglia and Thalamus in Parkinsonian Tremor, Jan Moren, Jun Igarashi, Osamu Shouno, Junichiro Yoshimoto, and Kenji Doya
    A neural mass model for abnormal beta-rebound in schizophrenia, Aine Byrne, Stephen Coombes, and Peter F Liddle
    Basal ganglio-thalamo-cortico-spino-muscular model of Parkinsons disease bradykinesia, Vassilis Cutsuridis
    Network Models of the Basal Ganglia in Parkinsons Disease: Advances in Deep Brain Stimulation through Model-Based Optimization, Karthik Kumaravelu1, Warren M. Grill
    Neural synchronization in Parkinsons disease on different time-scales, Sungwoo Ahn, Choongseok Park, Leonid L. Rubchinsky
    Obsessive compulsive tendencies and action sequence complexity: An Information Theory Analysis, Mustafa Zeki, Fuat Balcı, Tutku Öztel, Ahmed A. Moustafa
    Part II Cognitive Disorders
    Cortical disinhibition, attractor dynamics and belief updating in schizophrenia, Rick A Adams
    Modelling cognitive processing of healthy controls and obsessive compulsive disorder subjects in the antisaccade task, Vassilis Cutsuridis
    Simulating cognitive deficits in Parkinsons disease, Sébastien Hélie and Zahra Sajedinia
    Attentional deficits in Alzheimers disease: investigating the role of acetylcholine with computational modelling, Eirini Mavritsaki, Howard Bowman, Li Su
    A computational hypothesis on how serotonin regulates catecholamines in the pathogenesis of depressive apathy, Massimo Silvetti, Gianluca Baldassarre, Daniele Caligiore
    Autism Spectrum Disorder and deep attractors in neurodynamics, Włodzisław Duch
    Part III Memory Disorders
    Alzheimers disease: rhythms, local circuits and model-experiment interaction, Frances K Skinner, Alexandra Chatzika lymniou
    Using A Neurocomputational Autobiographical Memory Model to Study Memory Loss, Di Wang, Ahmed A. Moustafa, Ah-Hwee Tan, Chunyan Miao
    Part IV Epilepsy and Consciousness Related Disorders
    How can computer modeling help understanding the dynamics of absence epilepsy?, Piotr Suffczynski, Stiliyan Kalitzin, Fernando H. Lopes da Silva
    a-driven modeling of normal and pathological oscillations in the hippocampus, Ivan Raikov, Ivan Soltesz
    Shaping brain rhythms: dynamic and control-theoretic perspectives on periodic brain stimulation for treatment of neurological disorders, John D. Griffiths, Jérémie Lefebvre
    Brain connectivity reduction reflects disturbed self-organisation of the brain: Neural disorders and General Anesthesia
    Axel Hutt. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adrian K.C. Lee, Mark T. Wallace, Allison B. Coffin, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Summary: Auditory behavior, perception, and cognition are all shaped by information from other sensory systems. This volume examines this multi-sensory view of auditory function at levels of analysis ranging from the single neuron to neuroimaging in human clinical populations. Visual Influence on Auditory Perception Adrian K.C. Lee and Mark T. Wallace Cue Combination within a Bayesian Framework David Alais and David Burr Toward a Model of Auditory-Visual Speech Intelligibility Ken W. Grant and Joshua G.W. Bernstein An Object-based Interpretation of Audiovisual Processing Adrian K.C. Lee, Ross K. Maddox, and Jennifer K. Bizley Hearing in a "Moving" Visual World: Coordinate Transformations Along the Auditory Pathway Shawn M. Willett, Jennifer M. Groh, Ross K. Maddox Multisensory Processing in the Auditory Cortex Andrew J. King, Amy Hammond-Kenny, Fernando R. Nodal Audiovisual Integration in the Primate Prefrontal Cortex Bethany Plakke and Lizabeth M. Romanski Using Multisensory Integration to Understand Human Auditory Cortex Michael S. Beauchamp Combining Voice and Face Content in the Primate Temporal Lobe Catherine Perrodin and Christopher I. Petkov Neural Network Dynamics and Audiovisual Integration Julian Keil and Daniel Senkowski Cross-Modal Learning in the Auditory System Patrick Bruns and Brigitte Röder Multisensory Processing Differences in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder Sarah H. Baum Miller, Mark T. Wallace Adrian K.C. Lee is Associate Professor in the Department of Speech & Hearing Sciences and the Institute for Learning and Brain Sciences at the University of Washington, Seattle Mark T. Wallace is the Louise B McGavock Endowed Chair and Professor in the Departments of Hearing and Speech Sciences, Psychiatry, Psychology and Director of the Vanderbilt Brain Institute at Vanderbilt University, Nashville Allison B. Coffin is Associate Professor in the Department of Integrative Physiology and Neuroscience at Washington State University, Vancouver, WA Arthur N. Popper is Professor Emeritus and research professor in the Department of Biology at the University of Maryland, College Park Richard R. Fay is Distinguished Research Professor of Psychology at Loyola University, Chicago.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acoustical Society of America; Series Preface; Springer Handbook of Auditory Research; Preface 1992; Volume Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Visual Influence on Auditory Perception; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Basic Concepts and Historical Perspectives; 1.2 Volume Roadmap; 1.3 Outlook; References;
    Chapter 2: Cue Combination Within a Bayesian Framework; 2.1 Multisensory Integration and the Problem of Cue Combination; 2.2 Cue Combination in a Bayesian Framework; 2.3 The Maximum Likelihood Estimation Model; 2.4 Maximum Likelihood Estimation: A Flexible Cue Combination Model 2.5 Maximum Likelihood Estimation Cue Combination in the Time Domain2.6 Changes in Maximum Likelihood Estimation Cue Weightings Over Development; 2.7 Cross-Modal Calibration During Development; 2.8 Cross-Modal Calibration and Sensory Deficits; 2.9 Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Toward a Model of Auditory-Visual Speech Intelligibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 The Importance of Signal-Based Models of Speech Intelligibility; 3.1.2 The Overlooked Problem of Auditory-Visual Speech Intelligibility; 3.1.3 Speech-Feature Complementarity and the Relative Importance of Different Spectral Regions 3.1.4 Auditory-Visual Integration Efficiency3.1.5 Auditory-Visual Asynchrony; 3.1.6 Perception of Auditory-Visual Coherence and the Enhancement of the Auditory Speech Envelope; 3.2 Modeling Auditory-Visual Speech Intelligibility; 3.3 Future Challenges; 3.3.1 Complex Auditory Backgrounds; 3.3.2 Individual Differences: Hearing Acuity, Visual Acuity, and Integration Efficiency; 3.4 Summary; References;
    Chapter 4: An Object-Based Interpretation of Audiovisual Processing; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Multisensory Cocktail Party: Disambiguating Sound Mixtures Using Visual Cues 4.1.2 Object-Based Attention4.1.3 The Auditory Perspective; 4.2 Visual, Auditory, and Auditory-Visual Objects; 4.2.1 Integration Versus Binding; 4.2.1.1 Unity Assumption; 4.2.1.2 Stimulus Factors Guiding Multisensory Integration; Spatial Colocation; Temporal Coincidence; Context Influencing Multisensory Integration; 4.2.2 Strong Test of Multisensory Binding and Multisensory Objecthood; 4.2.3 Models of Audiovisual Integration and the Role of Attention; 4.3 Reinterpreting Classic Audiovisual Illusions: Binding or Multisensory Integration?; 4.3.1 Ventriloquism; 4.3.2 Sound-Induced Flash Illusion 4.3.3 McGurk Effect4.4 Competing Objects in the Audiovisual Scene; 4.4.1 Prediction from Unisensory Object-Based Attention Theory; 4.4.2 Effect of Spatial Cues; 4.4.3 Effect of Temporal Coherence; 4.5 Summary; References;
    Chapter 5: Hearing in a "Moving" Visual World: Coordinate Transformations Along the Auditory Pathway; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Why and How of Linking Visual and Auditory Signals in Space; 5.3 Auditory Reference Frames in the Superior Colliculus; 5.4 Reference Frames Throughout the Brain; 5.4.1 Reference Frames in the Parietal and Frontal Cortices
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Konstantin Nikolaou, Fabian Bamberg, Andrea Laghi, Geoffrey D. Rubin, editors.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this book offers a comprehensive update on recent developments and trends in the clinical and scientific applications of multislice computed tomography. Following an initial section on the most significant current technical aspects and issues, detailed information is provided on a comprehensive range of diagnostic applications. Imaging of the head and neck, the cardiovascular system, the abdomen, and the lungs is covered in depth, describing the application of multislice CT in a variety of tumors and other pathologies. Emerging fields such as pediatric imaging and CT-guided interventions are fully addressed, and emergency CT is also covered. Radiation exposure, dual-energy imaging, contrast enhancement, image postprocessing, CT perfusion imaging, and CT angiography all receive close attention. The new edition has been comprehensively revised and complemented by contributions from highly experienced and well-known authors who offer diverse perspectives, highlighting the possibilities offered by the most modern multidetector CT systems. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Techniques
    Multislice CT: Current Technology and Future Developments
    Dynamic Volume CT with 320-Detector Rows: Technology and Clinical Applications
    3D Imaging with Flat-Detector C-Arm Systems
    Radiation Exposure and Protection in Multislice CT
    Dual-Energy CT-Technical Background
    Radiation Dose in Multislice Cardiac CT
    Radiation Risks Associated with CT Screening Procedures
    Contrast Agent Application and Protocols
    Neuro / Ear-Nose-Throat
    Cerebral Perfusion CT: Technique and Clinical Applications
    MDCT in Neuro-Vascular Imaging
    Anatomy and Pathology of the Temporal Bone
    Pathologies of the Orbit
    Dental CT: Pathologic Findings in the Teeth and Jaws
    Anatomy and Corresponding Oncological Imaging of the Neck
    Cardiovascular Imaging
    Noninvasive Coronary Artery Imaging
    Technical Innovations in Cardiac and Coronary MSCT
    Assessment of Coronary Artery Stents by Coronary CT Angiography
    Acute Chest Pain
    The Role of Cardiac Computed Tomography in Cardiac Surgery
    New Indications for Cardiac CT
    Complementary Role of Cardiac CT and MRI
    Complementary Roles of Coronary CT and Myocardial Perfusion SPECT
    CTA of the Aorta by MDCT
    CTA of the Spinal Arteries
    Lower-Extremity CTA
    Lung
    Interstitial Lung Diseases
    Pneumonia
    CT of the Airways
    Oncology
    Liver Tumors
    MDCT of Pancreatic Tumors
    Imaging of Colorectal Tumors with Multidetector Row CT
    Urogenital Tumors
    PET-CT in Oncology
    PET and PET-CT in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Role of MDCT in Bone Tumors, Metastases, and Myeloma
    Dual Energy CT: Initial Description of Clinical Applications in the Abdomen
    Intervention
    CT-Guided Biopsy and Drainage
    Vertebroplasty
    CT-Guided Tumor Ablation
    Rotational C-Arm-Based CT in Diagnostic and Interventional Neuroradiology
    Abdominal Intervention with C-Arm CT
    Trauma Imaging / Acute Care
    CT Management of Multisystem Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ana Patricia Ferreira, José C. Menezes, Mike Tobyn.
    Summary: Multivariate Analysis in the Pharmaceutical Industry provides industry practitioners with guidance on multivariate data methods and their applications over the lifecycle of a pharmaceutical product, from process development, to routine manufacturing, focusing on the challenges specific to each step. It includes an overview of regulatory guidance specific to the use of these methods, along with perspectives on the applications of these methods that allow for testing, monitoring and controlling products and processes. The book seeks to put multivariate analysis into a pharmaceutical context for the benefit of pharmaceutical practitioners, potential practitioners, managers and regulators. Users will find a resources that addresses an unmet need on how pharmaceutical industry professionals can extract value from data that is routinely collected on products and processes, especially as these techniques become more widely used, and ultimately, expected by regulators.

    Contents:
    Section I. Background and methodology
    Section II. Applications in pharmaceutical development and manufacturing
    Section III. Guidance documents and regulatory framework
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Ramakrishnan M. Nair, Roland Schafleitner, Suk-Ha Lee, editors.
    Summary: This book reports on the current global status of mungbean and its economic importance. Mungbean (Vigna radiata)--also called green gram--is an important food and cash crop in the rice-based farming systems of South and Southeast Asia, but is also grown in other parts of the world. Its short duration, low input requirement and high global demand make mungbean an ideal rotation crop for smallholder farmers. The book describes mungbean collections maintained by various organizations and their utilization, especially with regard to adapting mungbean to new environments. It provides an overview of the progress made in breeding for tolerance to biotic and abiotic stresses; nutritional quality enhancement including genomics approaches; and outlines future challenges for mungbean cultivation. In addition, genomic approaches to evaluating the evolutionary relationship between Vigna species and addressing questions concerning domestication, adaptation and genotype-phenotype relationships are also discussed.

    Contents:
    Global status and Economic Importance of Mungbean
    Genetic Resources and Utilization
    Breeding Progress and Future challenges-Biotic stresses
    Breeding Progress and Future challenges-Abiotic stresses
    Breeding Progress and Future challenges-Nutritional quality
    Molecular marker resources and their application
    Mungbean Genome and synteny with other genomes
    Resequencing mungbean
    Genomic approaches to biotic stresses
    Genomic approaches to abiotic stresses
    Future prospects and challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sabaratnam Arulkumaran, Michael Robson
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Nathan A. Berger, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a transdisciplinary and translational review of many of the leading murine models used to study the mechanisms, mediators and biomarkers linking energy balance to cancer. It provides a review of murine models that should be of interest to basic, clinical and applied research investigators as well as nutrition scientists and students that work in cancer prevention, cancer control and treatment. The worldwide obesity pandemic has been extensively studied by epidemiologic and observational studies and even, in some cases, by randomized controlled trials. However, the development and control of obesity, its comorbidities and its impact on cancer usually occurs over such long periods that it is difficult, if not impossible to conduct randomized controlled trials in humans to investigate environmental contributions to obesity, energy balance and their impact on cancer. In contrast, model organisms, especially mice and rats, provide valuable assets for performing these studies under rigorously controlled conditions and in sufficient numbers to provide statistically significant results. In this volume, many of the leading and new murine models used to study the mechanisms and mediators linking cancer with obesity, sleep, exercise, their modification by environment and how they may continue to be used to further elucidate these relations as well as to explore preclinical aspects of prevention and/or therapeutic intervention are considered. This volume provides an important compilation and analysis of major experimental systems and principles for further preclinical research with translational impact on energy balance and cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Relevance of circadian rhythm in cancer
    2. Environmental manipulation and neuropeptide effects on energy balance and cancer
    3. The MRL mouse: a model of regeneration and cancer
    4. Living large: what mouse models reveal about growth hormone and obesity
    5. Mouse models to study obesity effects on hematologic malignancies
    6. Energy balance, IGF-1, and cancer: casual lessons from genetically engineered mice
    7. Mouse models to study leptin in breast cancer stem cells
    8. Mouse models used to study the effects of diabetes, insulin and IGFs on cancer
    9. Impact on energy balance on chemically induced mammary carcinogenesis in a rat
    10. Models and mechanisms of high-fat diet (HFD) promotion of pancreatic cancer
    11. Maternal energetics and the developmental origins of prostate cancer in offspring
    12. Mouse models to study the effect of natural products on obesity-associated NAFLD/NASH
    13. Mouse models to study metformin effects in carcinogenesis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, V. Courtney Broaddus ; editors, Robert J. Mason, Joel D. Ernst, Talmadge E. King Jr., Stephen C. Lazarus, John F. Murray, Jay A. Nadel, Arthur S. Slutsky ; thoracic imaging editor, Michael B. Gotway.
    Summary: Ideal for fellows and practicing pulmonologists who need an authoritative, comprehensive reference on all aspects of pulmonary medicine, Murray and Nadel's Textbook of Respiratory Medicine offers the most definitive content on basic science, diagnosis, evaluation and treatment of the full spectrum of respiratory diseases.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-3, 5-8, 1994-95, 1997-98.
    Suppl. 1-3 BOUND WITH: Muscle & nerve.
    1
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Pieter d'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Junjie Xiao, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Victor Dubowitz, Anders Oldfors, Caroline A. Sewry.
    Contents:
    The procedure of muscle biopsy
    Histological and histochemical stains and reactions
    Normal muscle
    Histological and histochemical changes
    Ultrastructural changes
    Immunohistochemistry and immunoblotting
    How to read a biopsy
    Classification of neuromuscular disorders
    Neurogenic disorders
    Muscular dystrophies and allied disorders I : Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy
    Muscular dystrophies and allied disorders II: limb-girdle muscular dystrophies
    Muscular dystrophies and allied disorders III: congenital muscular dystrophies and associated disorders
    Muscular dystrophies and allied disorders IV: Emery-Dreifuss muscular dystrophy and similar syndromes
    Muscular dystrophies and allied disorders V: facioscapulohumeral, myotonic and oculopharyngeal muscular dystrophies
    Congenital myopathies and related disorders
    Myofibrillar myopathies and other myopathies with rimmed vacuoles
    Metabolic myopathies I: glycogenoses
    Metabolic myopathies II: lipid-related disorders and mitochondrial myopathies
    Myopathies associated with systemic disorders and ageing
    Ion channel disorders
    Myasthenic syndromes
    Inflammatory myopathies
    Toxic and drug-induced myopathies
    Appendices. Glossary of genetic terms
    Useful websites.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Dongsheng Duan, Jerry R. Mendell, editors.
    Summary: An updated overview of muscle gene therapy is provided in this comprehensive reference. The test highlights important gene therapy applications, in addition to the potential healing capabilities in complex genetic disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Disclosures; Contents; Part I: Foundations for Muscle Gene Therapy;
    Chapter 1: An Overview of Muscle Biology and Physiology for Muscle Gene Therapy; 1.1 Skeletal Muscle; 1.1.1 Skeletal Muscle Structure Overview; 1.1.2 Sarcomere Organization; 1.1.3 Sarcomere Function; 1.1.4 Twitch Contraction; 1.1.5 Tetanic Contraction; 1.1.6 Motor Units; 1.1.7 Fiber Sub-Types; 1.1.8 Modes of Contraction; 1.1.9 Length Tension Relationship; 1.1.10 Lever Action; 1.1.11 Muscular Dystrophy and Skeletal Muscle Contraction; 1.2 Cardiac Muscle; 1.2.1 Cardiac Muscle Structure Overview 1.2.2 Cardiac Muscle Function1.2.3 Muscular Dystrophy and Cardiac Muscle Contraction; References;
    Chapter 2: Molecular Basis of Muscle Disease; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Skeletal Muscle Fiber Types and Adaptation; 2.1.2 Regeneration and Satellite Cells; 2.1.3 Primary Muscle Disorders; 2.2 Congenital Myopathies; 2.2.1 Nemaline Myopathies; 2.2.1.1 Nebulin; 2.2.1.2 Kelch Proteins; 2.2.1.3 Leiomodin-3 (LMOD3); 2.2.2 Centronuclear Myopathy; 2.2.3 Core Myopathies; 2.3 Muscular Dystrophies; 2.3.1 Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy; 2.3.2 Limb-Girdle Muscular Dystrophies 2.3.2.1 LGMD Caused by Mutations in Sarcoglycans2.3.2.2 LGMD Caused by Mutations in Sarcolemmal Repair Complex; 2.3.3 Congenital Muscular Dystrophy; 2.3.4 Facioscapulohumeral Muscular Dystrophy (FSHD); 2.3.5 Myotonic Dystrophy; 2.3.6 Emery-Dreifuss Muscular Dystrophy (EDMD); 2.4 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 3: Animal Models for Muscle Disease and Muscle Gene Therapy; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Dystrophinopathies; 3.3 Limb-Girdle Muscular Dystrophies; 3.3.1 Myotilinopathies; 3.3.2 Laminopathies; 3.3.3 Caveolinopathies; 3.3.4 Calpainopathies; 3.3.5 Dysferlinopathies 3.3.6 Sarcoglycanopathies3.3.7 TRIM32 Mutations; 3.3.8 Fukutin-Related Protein Mutations; 3.4 Summary and Future Direction; References;
    Chapter 4: Muscle Stem Cell Biology and Implications in Gene Therapy; 4.1 What Is a 'Stem Cell'?; 4.2 What Is a 'Muscle Stem Cell'?; 4.3 Practical Utility of Muscle Stem Cells; 4.4 Stem Cells as Vectors of Genetic Modification; 4.5 Stem Cell Function as a Target of Genetic Therapies; 4.6 Hopes, Aspirations and Hurdles; References;
    Chapter 5: Pluripotent Stem Cells for Gene Therapy of Hereditary Muscle Disorders; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Myogenic Adult Stem/Progenitor Cells for Muscle Regeneration5.3 ES and iPS Cells for Muscle Regeneration; 5.4 Genetic Modification of Pluripotent Stem Cells; 5.4.1 Gene Addition; 5.4.2 Gene Editing; 5.5 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 6: MicroRNAs (miRs) in Muscle Gene Therapy; 6.1 Introduction: miR Biogenesis and Delivery; 6.2 MiRs and Skeletal Myogenesis; 6.3 MiR-Based Therapy for Skeletal Muscle Diseases; 6.4 MiRs and Cardiac Myogenesis; 6.5 MiR-Based Therapy for Cardiac and Smooth Muscle Diseases; 6.6 Conclusion and Remarks; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bernard Roger, Ali Guermazi, Abdalla Skaf, editors.
    Summary: This book attempts to provide a comprehensive look at all of the pathologies of muscles that are likely to be encountered in treating sports-related injuries. Its purpose is to give the practitioner a guide for identifying injuries and choosing the best therapeutic strategy. The first part presents the consensus view of current knowledge: the physiology of lesions and their prognosis as well as their anatomy as well as their anatomy, clinical imaging, and treatment. Then each of the muscles is described in turn, with a review of anatomy, clinical examination, the results of imaging, with the emphasis on which diagnostic methods are best for specific injuries and how to use diagnostic imaging to determine the most suitable therapeutic strategies. Special care has been taken to provide high-quality illustrations that clearly show how to identify the lesion of the damaged muscle. A wealth of illustrations, many in color, are included. Finally, the book concludes with some clinical cases and technical notes relevant to treatment of sports-related muscle injuries. -- from back cover.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. General principles. Muscle physiology in athletes / Charles-Yannick Guezennec and Roland Krzentowski
    Functional anatomy of the muscle / Laurent Tatu and Bernard Parratte
    Muscular responses during and following acute physical activity under heat stress / Julien D. Periard
    Epidemiology and clinical features of muscle injuries / Sheila Jean McNeill Ingham, Leonardo Addêo Ramos, Rene Jorge Abdalla, Roberta Sessa Stilhano, and Rogério Teixeira de Carvalho
    Role of clinical evaluation for the diagnosis of acute and chronic muscle injuries / Jacques Rodineau and Sylvie Besch
    Imagining semiology : ultrasound and MRI in the assessment of muscle injury / Frank W. Roemer
    Treatment of muscle injury / Sheila Jean McNeill, Roberta Sessa Stilhano, Rene Jorge Abdalla, Leonardo Addêo Ramos, and Rogério Teixeira de Carvalho
    Therapeutic alternatives : principles and results / Marc Dauty and Pierre Menu
    Pt. II. Non-traumatic muscle injury. Non traumatic muscular injury / Raphael Guillin and Pierre Rochcongar
    General considerations on muscle denervation in sports activities : shoulder entrapment syndromes and compressive neuropathies / Alain Blum, Ariane Raymond, Matthais Louis, Sabine Aptel, Sophie Lecocq-Teixeria, and Pedro Augusto Gondim Teixeira
    Pt. III. Extrinsic muscular injury. Muscle contusions : extrinsic muscle lesions / Matthieu Sailly
    Pt. IV. Intrinsic muscular injury. The protective role of cervical spinal muscle masses in sports related trauma / David Brauge, Philippe Adam, Marc Julia, Patrick Chaynes, Pierre Bernard, and Jean Christophe Sol
    Abdominal wall injuries / Lionel Pesquer and Gilles Reboul
    Adductor muscles injuries / Mohamed Jarraya, Daichi Hayashi, Bernard Roger, and Ali Guermazi
    Iliopsoas muscles injuries / Marc Bouvard, Bernard Roger, Josselin Laffond, Alain Lippa, and François Tassery
    Pathology of the rectus femoris / Mohamed Jarraya, Daichi Hayashi, Ali Guermazi, and Bernard Roger
    Posterior compartment of the thigh muscles injuries / Bruno Hassel, Pedro Henrique Martins, Silvana Mendonça, Clarissa Canella, and José Luiz Runco
    Hip short external rotator muscles injuries / Cyrille Delin, Jean-Yves Vandensteene, and Bernard Roger
    Gluteus maximus and surrounding muscles injuries / Pedro Augusto Gondim Teixeira
    Plantaris muscle injuries / Emad Almusa, Robbart Van Linschoten, and Stefano Bianchi
    Leg posterior muscle compartment injuries / Francois Delaunay, Philippe Adam, Bernard Castinel, Julien Auriol, and Bernard Roger
    Pt. V. Clinical cases. Muscular endometriosis / Benjamin Dallaudiere and Lionel Pesquer
    Post-traumatic myositis ossificans / Aston Ngai
    Posterior impingement of the ankle : "can there also be a tendinous entity?" / Peiter d'Hooghe
    Ischiofemoral impingement / Lionel Pesquer and Gilles Reboul
    Occult muscular vein thrombosis as a consequence of prior muscle strain / Lionel Pesquere and Eleonore Brunetti
    Pectoralis major injury / Abdalla Skaf, Andre Yamada, and Daniel Oliveira
    Pt. VI. Imaging specifies. Plasma rich in growth factors for the treatment of skeletal muscle injury / Mikel Sanchez, Diego Delgado, Pello Sánchez, Eduardo Anitua, and Sabino Padilla
    Advanced magnetic resonance imaging of muscles in sports medicine / Michel Daoud Crema
    Three-compartment body composition measurement by dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry : use in the prevention of cervical spine trauma and in the follow-up of muscular injuries in elite rugby union players / Philippe Adam, David Brauge, Bernard Castinel, Peter Milburn, Christophe Prat, Albert Sadacca, and Jean François Ferrie.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Piero Volpi and Gian Nicola Bisciotti.
    Summary: This volume provides a cutting-edge analysis concerning the biology and aetiology, classification, clinical assessment and conservative treatment of lower limb muscle injuries in athletes. Muscle injuries are the most common trauma both in team and individual sports and are responsible for most of the time lost both in training and in competition: in professional football (soccer), they account for 30% and in track and field for 48% of all injuries recorded. Despite the considerable interest in this topic among clinicians and researchers, there is still no consensus regarding the etiopathogenesis, classification, clinical examination and treatment of muscle lesions. Based on the first Italian Consensus Conference on guidelines for the conservative treatment of lower limb muscle injuries in athletes, which was held in April 2017 at Humanitas Clinic Institute in Milan, Italy under the auspices of the Italian Society of Arthroscopy, this comprehensive book addresses the main issues concerning muscle injuries, from biology and pathobiology to clinical evaluation and different treatment option, including the most frequently used physio-kinesitherapy therapies. It also presents a consensus classification of muscle injuries closely linked to prognostic factors. Written by international experts with diverse medical backgrounds, this book offers comprehensive practical guidance for orthopedic surgeons, sports physicians, athletic trainers, physiotherapists, sports science students, and physiatrists.

    Contents:
    1 Biology and Etiology of Muscle-Tendon Injuries
    2 Healing Processes in Muscle Tissue
    3 Healing Processes in Tendon Tissue
    4 Muscle Injuries Classifications Annex1 Annex2 Annex3
    5 Imaging in Muscle Injuries
    6 The Muscle Injuries Clinical Evaluation
    7 The Conservative Treatment of Muscle Injuries General Principles
    8 Conservative Treatment for Quadriceps Muscle Injuries
    9 Conservative Treatment for Hamstring Muscle Injuries
    10 Conservative Treatment for Adductors Muscle Injuries
    11 Conservative Treatment for Calf Muscle Injuries
    12 Muscle Injuries and Genetic Research Will this be the Future?.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Wilfred A. Nix.
    Summary: "Many patients suffer from problems in their muscles or nerves in combination with pain. This book is about the complex interplay between the causes of these problems and the puzzle they pose. Pain is the subjective experience of a psychophysical phenomenon arising from a defined area in the body. It is a cry for help and challenges the physician to ask the right questions and to carry out the right examinations. If they succeed in doing so, the patient's signs and symptoms will be translated into the present knowledge of pain concepts to initiate appropriate therapy. With this goal in mind, this book summarizes the latest scientific information on pain states and their mechanisms. It provides a deeper understanding of the different pain conditions and allows physicians to form strategies for better pain therapy. The second edition includes more graphs, tables, and illustrations. It is updated with the current and dynamically expanding knowledge on the therapy of several disease states and explains in more detail the processing of pain in the central nervous system. When puzzling symptoms of sensory, motor, and autonomic deficits are evident, an examination has to be performed systematically in order to reach the correct diagnosis. This calls for suitable anatomical knowledge. Depending on where a lesion exists within a peripheral nerve, the root or the plexus, typical patterns of paralysis can be detected. Numerous illustrations in the book help physicians to more easily understand and solve problems of peripheral nerve and root injuries and their sequelae in their daily work." -- from website publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    1 Basics of anatomy
    1.1 Motor system
    1.2 Sensory system
    1.3 Vegetative system
    1.4 Neuron
    1.5 Peripheral nerve
    1.6 Regeneration of the peripheral nerves
    1.7 Denervation and reinnervation
    1.8 Sequelae of nerve injuries on the sensory system and pain
    2 Examination process
    2.1 Motor function
    2.1.1 Muscle tests of the upper extremity
    2.1.2 Muscle tests of the lower extremity
    2.2 Reflexes
    2.2.1 Examination of reflexes
    2.3 Sensitivity
    2.3.1 Methods of sensitivity
    2.4 Vegetative nervous system
    2.4.1 Sympathetic skin innervation
    3 Electrophysiology
    4 Radicular lesions
    4.1 Segmental innervation
    4.2 Remarks on terminology
    4.3 Overuse and disc herniation
    4.4 Diagnostics
    4.5 Therapy of a herniated disc
    4.5.1 Conservative or operative therapy
    4.5.2 The "failed back syndrome"
    4.6 Cervical root syndromes
    4.6.1 Cervical myelopathy
    4.7 Lumbar root syndromes
    4.7.1 Conus/cauda lesion
    4.7.2 Spondylolisthesis
    5 Lesions of single nerves
    5.1 Trigeminal nerve
    5.1.1 Corneal reflex
    5.1.2 Sense of smell
    5.1.3 Bulbar and pseudobulbar paralysis
    5.1.4 Masseter reflex
    5.1.5 Trigeminal neuralgia
    5.2 Facial nerve
    5.2.1 Anatomy
    5.2.2 Peripheral facial nerve paresis
    5.2.3 Central facial nerve paresis
    5.2.4 Facial nerve system
    5.2.5 Therapy
    5.3 Brachial plexus
    5.3.1 Traumatic damage
    5.3.2 Damage from inflammation
    5.3.3 Entrapment syndromes
    5.3.4 Pancoast syndrome, radiation sequelae
    5.4 Shoulder nerves
    5.4.1 Long thoracic nerve
    5.4.2 Suprascapular nerve
    5.5 Axillary nerve
    5.6 Musculocutaneous nerve
    5.7 Radial nerve
    5.8 Ulnar nerve
    5.8.1 Ulnar groove and loge de Guyon
    5.9 Median nerve
    5.9.1 Carpal tunnel syndrome
    5.10 Volkmann's contracture
    5.11 Lumbosacral plexus
    5.11.1 Diabetic plexopathy
    5.11.2 Gluteal nerves, injection paralysis
    5.12 Cutaneous femoral nerve
    5.13 Femoral nerve
    5.14 Sciatic nerve
    5.15 Tibial nerve
    5.16 Peroneal nerve
    5.17 Anterior tibial nerve syndrome
    6 Acute and chronic pain
    6.1 Pain concepts over time
    6.2 Aspects of physiology and pain pathways
    6.2.1 Prespinal level
    6.2.2 Spinal level
    6.2.3 Brain level
    6.2.4 Sensitization
    6.2.5 Pain memory
    6.3 Nociceptors in muscles and joints
    6.4 Neurogenic inflammation
    6.5 Nociceptive pain
    6.6 Neuropathic pain
    6.7 Mixed pain concept
    7 Pain mechanics
    7.1 First and second neuron pathways
    7.2 Impulse propagation in the normal nerve: the diseased nerve and cross-talk
    7.3 Ectopic impulse generation and peripheral sensitization
    7.4 Central sensitization and anatomical plasticity
    7.5 Central sensitization and descending plasticity
    7.6 Sympathetic-afferent coupling
    8 Polyneuropathies
    8.1 Demyelinating neuropathies
    8.1.1 Polyneuritis and polyradiculitis
    8.2 Axoneal degeneration
    8.2.1 Sensory neuronopathies
    8.2.2 Axonopathies
    8.3 Combined axon and myelin damage
    8.4 Diabetic neuropathy
    9 Clinical aspects of painful conditions
    9.1 Complex regional pain syndrome
    9.2 Root avulsions
    9.3 Referred pain
    9.4 Myofascial syndrome
    9.5 Pain states in the trunk and extremities
    9.5.1 Cervical pain syndromes
    9.5.2 Whiplash trauma
    9.5.3 Paravertebral pain
    9.5.4 Low back pain, sciatica
    9.5.5 Intercostal neuralgia
    9.5.6 Scapulocostal syndrome
    9.5.7 Frozen shoulder
    9.5.8 Brachialgia
    9.6 Herpes zoster
    9.7 Muscle cramps
    10 General therapeutic guidelines
    10.1 Nerve-muscle interaction
    10.1.1 Electrotherapy of the muscle
    10.1.2 Electrotherapy of the regenerating nerve
    10.1.3 Physical therapy
    10.1.4 Voluntary activation
    10.1.5 Motivating the patient
    10.2 Regeneration-promoting substances
    10.3 Pain therapy
    10.3.1 Neuropathic pain treatment
    10.3.2 Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
    10.3.3 Anticonvulsants
    10.3.4 Antidepressants
    10.3.5 Opioids
    10.3.6 Neuroleptics
    10.3.7 Miscellaneous
    10.3.8 The mixed pain concept and its impact on pain therapy
    Subject index
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Raymond A. Huml, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction to muscular dystrophy / Raymond A. Huml
    Muscular dystrophy : historical background and types / Raymond A. Huml
    FSHD : the most common type of muscular dystrophy? / Raymond A. Huml and Daniel P. Perez
    Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophies : underlying genetic and molecular mechanisms / Jean K. Mah
    An overview of the other muscular dystrophies : underlying genetic and molecular mechanisms / Jean K. Mah
    Transition from childhood to adult in patients with muscular dystrophy / Elba Yesi Gerena Maldonado and Kathryn R. Wagner
    Overview of current treatments for muscular dystrophy / Zheng (Jane) Fan
    Physical therapy and orthotic devices / Laura E. Case
    Orthopedic management of the child with muscular dystrophy / Robert K. Lark and Elizabeth W. Hubbard
    Global regulatory landscape / Raymond A. Huml
    Key challenges to the approval of products to treat patients with muscular dystrophy / Raymond A. Huml
    Pharmaceutical products and non-pharmaceutical interventions as potential treatments for patients with muscular dystrophy / Raymond A. Huml
    US patient advocacy groups / Meredith L. Huml
    Global and national patient registries / Raymond A. Huml
    Summary / Raymond A. Huml.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J. Bryan Dixon, editor.
    Summary: Taking a multidisciplinary approach to a common and often frustrating problem for athletes and those with an active lifestyle, this book is the first of its kind, addressing muscular injuries to the posterior leg using an in-depth and expansive style that is uniquely dedicated to ensuring all content is explicitly linked to the practical care of patients with calf pain. It is divided thematically into three sections. The first section covers underlying principles involved in these issues, including anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology of injury and neurophysiology of musculoskeletal pain. Clinical assessment techniques and imaging are covered in the second section. The third section on treatment is the most expansive, discussing acute, sub-acute and chronic posterior leg muscle injuries, as well as surgical management, rehabilitation techniques, complementary medicine and special populations. Overall, the book is designed to use muscular injuries of the posterior leg to as a means to understand the assessment and treatment of muscular injuries more broadly. Taken together, it is the consummate source for orthopedists, doctors in sports medicine, podiatrists, rehabilitation professionals and primary care physicians who treat muscular injuries in the posterior leg, though readers will gain a conceptual and practical framework for the assessment and treatment of muscular injuries in general.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Underlying Principles in the Assessment and Treatment of Muscular Injuries of the Posterior Leg.- Anatomy of the Leg.- Physiology of Skeletal Muscle.- Structure and Organization of Skeletal Muscle.- Pathophysiology of Skeletal Muscle Injury.- Neurophysiology of Musculoskeletal Pain
    Part Two: Assessment of Muscular Injuries in the Posterior Leg.- Clinical Assessment of the Posterior Leg.- Imaging and Tests for Posterior Lower Leg
    Part Three: Treatment of Muscular Injuries in the Posterior Leg.- Acute Injuries in the Posterior Leg.- Sub-Acute & Chronic Injuries in the Posterior Leg.- Surgical Treatment of Posterior Leg Injuries
    Rehabilitation of Injuries in the Posterior Leg.- Special Population Considerations in the Treatment of Posterior Leg Injuries.- Complementary Medicine Practices for Muscular Injuries of the Posterior Leg.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Masaaki Inaba, editor.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to review the latest findings on musculoskeletal disease associated with diabetes. It has been increasingly recognized that maintaining skeletal health is an important factor in achieving longevity in healthy subjects. Diabetes has been established as a disease independently associated with sarcopenia and increased risk of bone fracture resulting from osteoporosis; therefore, it is reasonable to maintain that musculoskeletal health is important in preserving good health. As either bone or muscle is intimately involved in the regulation of metabolic status, keeping the musculoskeletal system healthy is important for improving abnormal glucose metabolism toward normal levels and is vital, as well, for maintaining normal activities of daily living. Muscle is a target of insulin for enhancing the entry of glucose; thus it is conceivable that sarcopenia and muscle containing fat streaks causes insulin resistance in diabetic patients. Furthermore, bone is an organ that regulates Ca and Pi levels in serum by releasing or resorbing Ca and Pi to and from bone tissue. It is now known that bone is a definitive endocrine organ for regulating glucose metabolism and Pi metabolism by secreting osteocalcin and FGF-23 from osteocytes/osteoblasts. Readers will learn of the recent findings in this area, and this book will benefit physicians who deal with diabetes, particularly orthopedists and bone specialists, as well as all physical therapists.

    Contents:
    Part I. Bone Diseases
    1. Bone Disease Associated with Diabetes Mellitus: Particularly Focusing on its Contribution to the Development of Atherosclerosis
    2. Various Kinds of Bone Disease in Diabetes
    Rheumatic Conditions
    3. Fracture Risk in Diabetes
    4. Mechanism for the Development of Bone Disease in Diabetes: Abnormal Glucose Metabolism
    5. Mechanism for the Development of Bone Disease in Diabetes: Increased Oxidative Stress and Advanced Glycation end Products
    6. Mechanism for the Development of Bone Disease in Diabetes: Renal Bone Disease
    7. Impaired Parathyroid Function and Bone Formation-A Risk for Development of Adynamic Bone Disease to Enhance Vascular Calcification
    8. Bone as an Endocrine Organ: Diabetic Bone Disease as a Cause of Endocrine Disorder via Osteocalcin, FGF23 Secreted from Osteocyte/Osteoblast
    Part II. Muscle Diseases
    9. Overview
    10. Mechanism of Skeletal Muscle Contraction: Intracellular Signaling in Skeletal Muscle Contraction
    11. Mechanism of Skeletal Muscle Contraction: Role of Mechanical Muscle Contraction in Glucose Homeostasis
    12. Ectopic Fat Accumulation and Glucose Homeostasis: Ectopic Fat Accumulation in Muscle
    13. Ectopic Fat Accumulation in the Liver and Glucose Homeostasis
    14. Ectopic Fat Accumulation and Glucose Homeostasis: Role of Leptin in Glucose and Lipid Metabolism and Mass Maintenance in Skeletal Muscle
    15. Evaluation of Insulin Resistance in Diabetes: Standard Protocol for a Euglycemic-Hyperinsulinemic Clamp Using an Artificial Pancreas
    16. Sarcopenia in Diabetes Mellitus
    17. Body Temperature Regulation during Exercise Training
    18. Clinical Application of Exercise Therapy in Diabetes
    19. Clinical Application of Exercise Therapy in Diabetes with Chronic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Juerg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K. von Schulthess, editors ; presented by the Foundation for the Advancement of Education in Medical Radiology, Zurich.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Juerg Hodler, Rahel A. Kubik-Huch, Gustav K. von Schulthess, editors.
    Summary: This open access book focuses on imaging of the musculoskeletal diseases. Over the last few years, there have been considerable advances in this area, driven by clinical as well as technological developments. The authors are all internationally renowned experts in their field. They are also excellent teachers, and provide didactically outstanding chapters. The book is disease-oriented and covers all relevant imaging modalities, with particular emphasis on magnetic resonance imaging. Important aspects of pediatric imaging are also included. IDKD books are completely re-written every four years. As a result, they offer a comprehensive review of the state of the art in imaging. The book is clearly structured with learning objectives, abstracts, subheadings, tables and take-home points, supported by design elements to help readers easily navigate through the text. As an IDKD book, it is particularly valuable for general radiologists, radiology residents, and interventional radiologists who want to update their diagnostic knowledge, and for clinicians interested in imaging as it relates to their specialty. .

    Contents:
    1. Shoulder: Instability
    2. Shoulder: Rotator Cuff
    3. Elbow Imaging with an Emphasis on MRI
    4. Wrist and Hand
    5. Imaging of the Hip
    6. Pelvis and Groin
    7. Knee
    8. Ankle and Foot
    9. Postoperative Knee and Shoulder
    10. Adult Tumors: Soft Tissue, Bone, Bone Marrow
    11. Arthritis
    12. Metabolic/ Endocrine
    13. Spine: Trauma
    14. Spine: Degeneration and Inflammation
    15. Infection
    16. Ultrasonography: Sports Injuries
    17. Muscle Imaging
    18. Peripheral Nerve Imaging
    19. Sport Related Injuries of the Pediatric Musculoskeletal System
    20. Non-Traumatic Musculoskeletal Diseases in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Colleen M. Fitzgerald, Neil A. Segal, editors.
    Summary: Providing clinicians with a comprehensive, evidence-based summary of musculoskeletal health in pregnancy and postpartum, this is the first book of its kind to describe the physiologic changes, prevalence, etiology, diagnostic strategies, and effective treatments for the most common musculoskeletal clinical conditions encountered during this phase of life. Lumbopelvic pain, upper and lower extremity diagnoses, labor and delivery considerations, including the impact on the pelvic floor, and medical therapeutics will be discussed. Additionally, the importance and influence of exercise in pregnancy, the long-term implications of musculoskeletal health in pregnancy and current and future directions for research will be addressed. The childbearing period is a time of remarkable reproductive and musculoskeletal change, predisposing women to potential injury, pain, and resultant disability. Musculoskeletal Health in Pregnancy and Postpartum offers musculoskeletal medicine specialists, obstetricians and any clinicians involved in the care of pregnant or postpartum women the tools necessary to prepare for, treat and prevent these concurrent injuries during an already challenging time.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Elinor Mody, Elizabeth Matzkin, editors.
    Summary: Musculoskeletal Health in Women aims to provide fitness advice tailored to women. As women are more prone to specific injuries than men are, due to differences in hip and knee anatomy as well as hormonal differences, this book will provides a fully-illustrated and comprehensive overview of all aspects including energy availability (which is affected by eating disorders), osteoporosis, and menstrual function. Its multidisciplinary approach ensures that expertise is provided from disciplines such as psychiatry, physiatry, endocrinology, nutrition, rheumatology, orthopedics, physical therapy and radiology. Written by authors who have extensive experience working with women athletes, Musculoskeletal Health in Women addresses a full spectrum of issues related to the musculoskeletal health of women. It is of primary interest to women athletes and women embarking on a fitness regimen. Health professionals working in this area would also invariably benefit from the advice and guidance provided within these pages.

    Contents:
    1. The Female Athlete Triad
    2. Nutritional Recommendations for the Young and Aging Female
    3. Womens Bone Health: Breathing Life into the Skeleton
    4. Upper Limb Nerve Entrapment Syndromes
    5. Lower Limb Nerve Entrapment Syndromes
    6. Osteoarthritis and Gender-Specific Joint Replacement
    7. Nutraceuticals: An Alternative for Osteoarthritis Management
    8. Alternative Exercixe for Women.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Thomas L. Pope, Hans L. Bloem, Javier Beltran, William B. Morrison, David J. Wilson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    editors, Paul J. Spicer, MD, Assistant Professor, Musculoskeletal and Women's Radiology, Department ofr Radiology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky ; Francesca Beaman, MD, Assistant Professor, Division Chief, Musculoskeletal Radiology, Director, Musculoskeletal Radiology Fellowship Program, Assistant Director, Radiology Residency Program, Department of Radiology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky ; Gustav A. Blomquist, MD, Assistant Professor, Musuloskeletal and Emergency Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky ; Justin Montgomery, MD, Assistant Professor, Muscloskeletal Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky ; Matthew E. Maxwell, MD, Fellow of Musculoskeletal Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky.
    Summary: "Musculoskeletal Imaging: A Core Review will consist of approximately 200 musculoskeletal radiology questions, in the format similar to the ABR core exam. Additionally, there will be an online database of approximately 300 questions, including an additional 100 questions. High quality radiographs, CT, MRI, and ultrasound images will be included. Answers to the questions will be discussed in a concise manner with explanations for why a particular answer choice is correct and the remaining answer choices are incorrect. Literature references will be provided for each answer explanation, so a reader will know where to go for further reading on the subject. This will be the first review book available to radiology residents preparing for the new American Board of Radiology (ABR) core exam. Key Features: 1st MSK review book geared to prep for the new ABR exam, 200 question in print + total of 300 on-line, Answers to the questions discussed in a concise manner with explanations for why a particular answer choice is correct and the remaining answer choices are incorrect, High quality radiographs, CT, MRI, and ultrasound images included"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Imaging techniques/physics/quality and safety
    Normal/normal variants
    Congenital and developmental spine/extremity anomalies and dysplasias
    Infection
    Tumors and tumor-like conditions
    Trauma
    Metabolic and hematologic disorders
    Arthropathy
    Miscellaneous.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC925.7 .M8785 2015
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Paul J. Spicer, Francesca Beaman, Gustav A. Blomquist, Justin Montgomery, Matthew E. Maxwell.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Julie Reznicek, Paul W. Perdue, Jr., Gonzalo Bearman.
    Summary: This book aims to concisely present the most common types of musculoskeletal infections and demonstrate the key components of accurate diagnosis, treatment, and management. Written by experts in both infectious diseases and orthopaedics, the text takes a reader-friendly approach that is ideal for medical professionals in training as students or as seasoned practitioners strengthening their skills. Case chapters include a color clinical image as well as radiographic images for superior visual support. They conclude with 4-6 bulleted high yield points for quick reference and reader retention. The cases presented in Musculoskeletal Infections: A Clinical Case Book provide relevant and challenging diagnostic and management issues in musculoskeletal infectious disease, with an emphasis on clinical pearls and medical-surgical collaboration.

    Contents:
    Pre surgical Staphylococcal decolonization in orthopedic surgery
    Prosthetic Joint Infection (Hip or Knee)
    Cutibacterium acnes and the Shoulder
    Initial Open Fracture Management and Antibiotics
    Local Antibiotics for Open Fracture
    Open Tibia Fracture with Progression to an Infected Nonunion
    Open Fractures: Infected Non-Union
    Diabetic Foot Ulcerations
    Wound Care Techniques
    Non-operative Management of the Diabetic Foot Infection
    Onychomycosis and Related Treatment
    Osteomyelitis of the Maxillofacial Region
    Bacterial Flexor Tenosynovitis
    Acute Paronychia and Felon
    Pediatric Septic Hip
    Chronic Recurrent Multifocal Osteomyelitis
    Antimicrobial Dosing in the Elderly Population
    Soft Tissue Infection, Necrotizing Fasciitis/Gas Gangrene
    Psoas Abscesses
    Staphylococcal aureus Skin Infections
    Vertebral Osteomyelitis and Discitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenneth L. Cameron, Brett D. Owens, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. The spectrum of musculoskeletal injuries in the military
    The burden of musculoskeletal injuries in the military / Brett D. Owens and Kenneth L. Cameron
    Traumatic combat injuries / Andrew J. Schoenfeld and Philip J. Belmont
    The burden of deployment-related non-battle injuries (NBIs) and their impact on the musculoskeletal system / Kenneth L. Cameron
    Sports and exercise-related injuries in the military / Michael Garrison, Scott Dembowski, and Nathan Shepard
    Musculoskeletal injuries during military initial entry training / Scott D. Carow and Jennifer L. Gaddy
    Disability associated with musculoskeletal injuries / Chad A. Krueger and James R. Ficke
    Part II. The epidemiology of musculoskeletal injuries by anatomic region
    Shoulder injuries / Christopher J. Tucker and Brett D. Owens
    Elbow, wrist, and hand injuries / Danielle L. Scher, Emily H. Shin, Jennifer M. Wolf, and Leon J. Nesti
    Hip injuries / Joseph T. Lanzi and Steven J. Svoboda
    Knee injuries / Jeremy McCallum and John M. Tokish
    Lower leg, ankle, and foot injuries / Brian R. Waterman, John Dunn, and Justin D. Orr
    Thoracic and lumbar spine injuries / Jeffrey B. Knox and Joseph Orchowski
    Cervical spine and neck injuries / Scott C. Wagner and Ronald A. Lehman
    Part III. Public health strategies for injury prevention and treatment in the military
    Application of the public health model for musculoskeletal injury prevention within the military / Kenneth L. Cameron
    Successful injury prevention interventions / Sarah J. de la Motte and Robert Oh
    Overcoming barriers to injury prevention in the military / Deydre S. Teyhen, Stephen L. Goffar, Timothy L. Pendergrass, Scott W. Shaffer, and Nikki Butler.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Michael L. Voight, William E. Prentice.
    Summary: "Musculoskeletal Interventions, Third Edition, is a comprehensive guide to the system considerations, design, implementation, and progression of rehabilitation programs for musculoskeletal injuries and dysfunction."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    pt. 1, Foundations of the rehabilitation process :
    1. Introduction to the therapeutic interventions: the guide to physical therapist practice, clinical reasoning, and an algorithmic-approach to intervention / Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Michael L. Voight
    2. Understanding and managing the healing process through rehabilitation / William E. Prentice
    3. Neuromusculoskeletal scan examination / John S. Halle
    4. Impairments caused by pain / Craig R. Denegar, William E. Prentice
    5. Impaired posture and function / Phil Page. pt. 2, Treating physiologic impairments during rehabilitation :
    6. Impaired muscle performance: regaining muscular strength, endurance, and power / William E. Prentice
    7. Impaired endurance: maintaining aerobic capacity and endurance / Patrick Sells, William E. Prentice
    8. Impaired mobility: restoring range of motion and improving flexibility / William E. Prentice
    9. Impaired neuromuscular control: reactive neuromuscular training / Michael L. Voight, Gray Cook. pt. 3, The tools of rehabilitation :
    10. Plyometric exercise in rehabilitation / Michael L. Voight, Steven R. Tippett
    11. Open- versus closed-kinetic-chain exercise in rehabilitation / William E. Prentice
    12. Proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation techniques in rehabilitation / William E. Prentice
    13. Joint mobilization and traction techniques in rehabilitation / William E. Prentice
    14. Regaining postural stability and balance / Kevin M. Guskiewicz
    15. Establishing core stability in rehabilitation / Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Jolene L. Bennett, Mark Clark
    16. Aquatic therapy in rehabilitation / Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Nancy E. Lomax
    17. Functional movement assessment / Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Michael L. Voight, Gray Cook, Greg Rose
    18. Functional exercise progression and functional testing in rehabilitation / Turner A. Blackburn, Jr., John A. Guido, Jr.
    19. Functional training and advances rehabilitation / Michael L. Voight, Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Gray Cook, Greg Rose. pt. 4, Intervention strategies for specific injuries :
    20. Rehabilitation of shoulder injuries / Joseph Myers, Terri Jo Rucinski, William E. Prentice, Rob Schneider
    21. Rehabilitation of the elbow / Todd S. Ellenbecker, Tad Pieczynski, David Carfagno
    22. Rehabilitation of the wrist, hand, and digits / Jeanine Beasley, Diana Lunsford
    23. Rehabilitation of the groin, hip, and thigh / Timothy F. Tyler, Stephanie M. Squitieri, Gregory C. Thomas
    24. Rehabilitation of the knee / Robert C. Manske, B.J. Lehecka, Mark De Carlo, Ryan McDivitt
    25. Rehabilitation of lower-leg injuries / Christopher J. Hirth
    26. Rehabilitation of the ankle and foot / Scott Miller, Stuart L. (Skip) Hunter, William E. Prentice
    27. Cervical and thoracic spine / Terry L. Grindstaff, Eric M. Magrum
    28. Rehabilitation of injuries to the lumbar and sacral spine / Daniel L. Hooker, William E. Prentice. pt. 5, Special considerations for specific patient populations ;
    29. Rehabilitation considerations for the older adult / Jolene L. Bennett, Michael Shoemaker
    30. Considerations for the pediatric patient / Steven R. Tippett
    31. Considerations for the physically active female / Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Teresa L. Schuemann, Robyn K. Smith.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2014
  • Digital
    Barbara J. Hoogenboom, Michael L. Voight, William E. Prentice.
    Summary: "The purpose of this edition is to provide a comprehensive guide to assist practitioners with design, implementation, alterations, and progressions of rehabilitation programs for patients and clients with musculoskeletal dysfunction. Such dysfunction could occur due to injury, postoperative conditions, as well as due to disuse, or suboptimal or inefficient movement. It is intended for use in musculoskeletal courses that teach students the tenets of clinical decision-making, exercise selection/prescription, and progression in therapeutic interventions and rehabilitation programs, as well as for practicing clinicians seeking novel exercise interventions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Therapeutic Interventions: The Human Movement System: The Guide to Physical Therapist Practice and Clinical Reasoning
    Understanding and Managing the Healing Process Through Rehabilitation
    Neuromuscular Scan Examination
    Impairments Caused by Pain
    Impaired Posture and Function
    Impaired Muscle Performance: Regaining Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power
    Impaired Endurance: Maintaining Aerobic Capacity and Endurance
    Impaired Mobility: Restoring Range of Motion and Improving Flexibility
    Impaired Neuromuscular Control: Reactive Neuromuscular Training
    Plyometric Exercise in Rehabilitation
    Open vs Closed Kinetic Chain Exercise in Rehabilitation
    Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation Techniques in Rehabilitation
    Joint Mobilization and Traction Techniques in Rehabilitation
    Regaining Postural Stability and Balance
    Establishing Core Stability in Rehabilitation
    Aquatic Therapy in Rehabilitation
    Functional Movement Assessment
    Functional Exercise Progression and Functional Testing in Rehabilitation
    The Foundations of Movement: Developing Neuromuscular Control
    Rehabilitation of Shoulder Injuries
    Rehabilitation of the Elbow
    Rehabilitation of the Wrist, Hand, and Digits
    Rehabilitation of Hip, Groin, and Pelvis
    Current Concepts of Knee Rehabilitation
    Rehabilitation of Lower-Leg Injuries
    Rehabilitation of the Ankle and Foot
    Cervical and Thoracic Spine
    Rehabilitation of Injuries to the Lumbar and Sacral Spine
    Rehabilitation Considerations for the Older Adult
    Considerations for the Pediatric Patient
    Considerations for the Physically Active Female.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    Nancy M. Major, Mark W. Anderson, Clyde A. Helms, Phoebe A. Kaplan, Robert Dussault.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Tarek M. Hegazi, Jim S. Wu.
    Summary: This book teaches readers how to interpret, read, and dictate musculoskeletal (MSK) MRI studies through a series of very high yield MSK MRI cases. The amount of knowledge needed to practice radiology can be daunting. This is especially true when the radiologist has to read studies in a subspecialty outside their expertise such as MSK MRI where there are numerous disease entities and complex imaging findings to navigate. Learning how to read MSK MRI studies is often taught during a lengthy fellowship; however, many radiologists do not have this additional training but must read MSK studies during their routine clinical practice. This book fills that educational gap for practicing radiologists faced with musculoskeletal MRIs. The cases in the book focus on the conditions that radiologists encounter most frequently in their daily clinical work, making it very high yield for the amount of time needed to read it. Written by experts from Harvard Medical School, the cases are organized by joints (shoulder, elbow, wrist/hand, pelvis/hip, knee, foot/ankle). Four additional chapters discussing arthritis, infection, bone marrow and tumors are also included. Each case begins with carefully selected high quality MRI images accompanied by a brief clinical vignette. Next, a concise report (as if one is dictating an official report) describing the imaging findings, diagnosis, and recommendations for management are provided. This sample dictation offers readers direct examples of how to report their own cases. Lastly, at the end of each case, there is a brief discussion section which mimics teaching sessions that would occur between specialist trainees and faculty members at the workstation so as to enable the readers to think like a bone radiologist. This book is an ideal guide for anyone who deals with MSK MRI on a regular basis, including general radiologists who have not completed a dedicated musculoskeletal radiology fellowship, radiologists who would want to brush up on their MSK MRI reading and reporting skills, and MSK radiology fellows and residents. .

    Contents:
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist and Hand
    Hips and Pelvis
    Knee
    Foot and Ankle
    Arthritis
    Tumors
    Infections
    Marrow.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Gerard A. Malanga, Kenneth Mautner.
    Contents:
    Introduction : an evidence-based approach to the musculoskeletal physical examination / Gerard Malanga, Kenneth Mautner
    Reliability and validity of physical examinations / Heather R. Galgon, Larry H. Chou
    Sensory, motor, and reflex examination / Jeffrey A. Strakowski, Matthew J. Fanous, John Kincaid
    Physical examination of the cervical spine / Lisa Huynh, David J. Kennedy
    Physical examination of the shoulder / Edward McFarland, Jay E. Bowen, Amrut Borade, Gerard A. Malanga, Tutankhamen Pappoe
    Physical examination of the elbow / Kenneth Montgomery, Teo Mendez-Zfass, Andrew Willis
    Examination of the wrist and hand / Keith Bengston
    Physical examination of the lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint / David Nathan Woznica, Joel Press
    Physical examination of the pelvis and hip / Ken Mautner, J.W. Thomas Byrd, Walter Sussman, Brian Krabak
    Physical examination of the knee / Anthony Beutler, Francis G. O'Connor
    Physical examination of the foot and ankle / Maj Ross A. Schumer, Mederic M. Hall, Annunziato (Ned) Amendola.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Pawel Szaro.
    Summary: This book allows residents and specialists in radiology to assess knowledge about musculoskeletal radiology. Most of the book's questions, stemming from the authors experience of teaching residents in radiology at Sahlgrenska University Hospital in Gothenburg, Sweden, are very practical and often based on differential diagnosis, which is crucial in musculoskeletal radiology. Problem-based learning is useful in deep learning and allows a better understanding of pathological processes in the bones, joints, tendons, and muscles. The questions focus on clinical problems encountered during radiological examinations like MRI (the most fascinating and difficult one for residents), CT, ultrasound, or x-rays, and are intended to stimulate the daily evaluation of examinations. The book, enriched by videos as electronic supplementary material, is written for practitioners who evaluate examinations in musculoskeletal radiology. The information contained in the book is up-to-date and consistent with the results of the current scientific researches, which can be found under the answer to each question in the form of a concise summary. The current proposal will fill a gap in the radiological literature in comprehensive self-assessment of musculoskeletal radiology and can be used by residents and young specialists.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Trauma
    Upper extremity
    Lower extremity spine
    Axial skeleton
    Miscellanea
    Part 2. Non-traumatic lesions
    Tumours and tumour like lesions
    Arthritis
    Metabolic diseases
    Interventional radiology in the musculoskeletal system
    Part 3. Examinations
    Examination set 1
    Examination set 2
    Examination set 3.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Feza Korkusuz editor.
    Contents:
    Biomaterials and Biomechanics
    Imaging
    Tissues, Structures and Functions
    Basic Pathology
    Oncogenesis and Tumors
    Basic Pharmacology
    Research Principles and Thesis Preparation
    Basic Anatomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stuart B. Kahn, Rachel Yinfei Xu, editors.
    Summary: Fulfilling the need for an easy-to-use resource on managing musculoskeletal disorders and sports injuries, this book provides differential diagnostic workups with recommended gold standard evaluations that lead to a simple and accurate diagnosis, followed by first-line treatment options. Organized by five sections - head and neck, upper extremity, lower extremity, abdomen/pelvis with trunk and chest, and cervical, thoracic and lumbosacral spine - chapters present a concise summary and move on to a description of the most common symptoms, etiology, epidemiology and/or common causes if traumatic in nature. The best and most accepted diagnostic tests are illustrated, along with recommended evidence-based medicine and what may be done based on community standards of care. Treatment options will be listed in order of the most conservative to the most aggressive. This complete reference will provide primary care, physiatry, and ER physicians, residents, PA's and students a simple and practical approach for clinical and academic use.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Fundamentals of musculoskeletal ultrasound
    2. Pitfalls in musculoskeletal ultrasound
    3. Rheumatod arthritis
    4. Ankylosing spondylitis
    5. Psoriatic arthritis
    6. Osteoarthritis
    7. Crystal-induced arthritis
    8. Skin, nail and hair in rheumatology
    9. Pediatric musculoskeletal disorders
    10. Carpal tunnel syndrome
    11. Soft tissue rheumatism
    12. Inflammatory allied conditions
    13. Sports medicine
    14. Ultrasound-guided interventional maneuvers
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Summary: The book examines recent developments in regenerative medicine and the use of musculoskeletal ultrasound. Musculoskeletal regeneration has become a prominent research topic, no doubt due to the sociological and economic pressures imposed by the current ageing population. The ever expanding role of regenerative medicine and the identification as well as characterization of stem cells have introduced a major paradigm shift in the field of musculoskeletal and sports medicine as well as orthopaedic surgery. Whereas in the past, diseased tissue was replaced with allograft material, current trends in research revolve around regenerating damaged tissue. Specifically, regenerative medicine stands in contrast to the standard treatment modalities which impair the bodys natural abilities to facilitate endogenous repair mechanisms such as anti-inflammatory drugs; or destructive modalities (e.g., radiotherapy, nerve ablation, injections of botulinum toxin) and surgical interventions that permanently alter the functioning of a joint, bone or spine. When compared to other allopathic options (including knee and hip arthroplasty with a 90-day mortality rate of 0.7%), regenerative medicine treatment modalities have a lower incidence of adverse events with a growing body of statistically significant medical literature illustrating both their safety and efficacy. Focusing on the major values of regenerative medicine, this book with its 21 chapters is expected to fill an important void in the current literature. It will take that extra step to guide you in your day to day clinical practice. Featuring contributions from a large international group of leaders in regenerative medicine and musculoskeletal ultrasonography, this book is an authoritative reference for rheumatologists, physiatrists, sonographers, radiologists, physiotherapists and orthopaedic specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Minna J. Kohler, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Musculoskeletal Ultrasound Indications and Fundamentals
    Basic Ultrasound Pathology
    Synovitis Evaluation
    Ultrasound of the Hand and Wrist
    Ultrasound of the Elbow
    Ultrasound of the Shoulder
    Ultrasound of the Hip
    Ultrasound of the Knee
    Ultrasound of the Ankle and Foot
    Pediatric Ultrasound
    Ultrasound-Guided Injections
    Ultrasound in Vasculitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Minna J. Kohler, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Musculoskeletal Ultrasound Indications and Fundamentals
    Chapter 2: Basic Sonopathology and Implementing Musculoskeletal Ultrasound into Clinical Practice
    Chapter 3: Ultrasound of the Hand and Wrist
    Chapter 4: Ultrasound of the Elbow
    Chapter 5: Ultrasound of the Shoulder
    Chapter 6: Ultrasound of the Hip
    Chapter 7: Ultrasound of the Knee
    Chapter 8: Ultrasound of the Ankle and Foot
    Chapter 9: Ultrasound-Guided Injections
    Chapter 10: Pediatric Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography
    Part II. Rheumatic Diseases
    Chapter 11: Ultrasound in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Chapter 12: Use of Ultrasound in Psoriatic Arthritis
    Chapter 13: Ultrasound in Crystalline Diseases: Gout and calcium associated arthritis
    Chapter 14: Ultrasound in Osteoarthritis
    Chapter 15: Ultrasound in Systemic Sclerosis and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Part III. Beyond Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
    Chapter 16: Ultrasound in Vasculitis
    Chapter 17: Salivary Gland Ultrasound for Sjogrens Syndrome
    Chapter 18: Lung Ultrasound for Rheumatic Diseases
    Chapter 19: Advanced Ultrasound Applications: Elastography and Contrast-enhanced Ultrasound.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Fabio Martino, Enzo Silvestri, Davide Orlandi, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the major advances and technological updates in diagnostic ultrasound procedures, focusing on the principal technological aspects and multiple exam procedures for the pertinent anatomy, both under basal conditions and using Doppler techniques. It offers a comprehensive and precise evaluation of the ultrasound semiotics of the musculoskeletal apparatus, with descriptions of numerous rheumatic and orthopedic disease patterns. It also discusses in detail the vital role of ultrasound in monitoring chronic inflammatory joint disease during therapy, and brand-new highly sensitive Doppler techniques. In view of the tremendous impact of ultrasound-guided interventional procedures on the management of drug delivery in a musculoskeletal setting, the book also includes a chapter on the practical aspects of performing US-guided diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. Providing outstanding diagrams, dynamic images and videos to guide readers, it is a valuable resource for radiologists and clinicians (rheumatologists, orthopedists, physiatrists and anesthesiologists) with different levels of experience ranging from physicians in training to those who already perform US examinations and US-guided procedures.

    Contents:
    1. Osseous and cartilagineous surface
    2. Synovial spaces
    3. Tendons and ligaments
    4. Muscles
    5. Peripheral nerves
    6. Dermis and Hypodermis
    7. Osteoarthritis
    8. Rheumatoid arthritis
    9. Seronegative spondyloarthritis.-10. Crystal-related arthropathies
    11. Connective tissue disorders
    12. Metabolic diseases
    13. Synovial osteochondromatosis
    14. Pigmented villonodular synovitis
    15. Shoulder calcific tendinitis
    16 Frozen shoulder
    17. Septic arthritis
    18. Hemophiliac arthropathy,- 19. Bone trauma
    20. Muscle injury
    21. Tendon
    22. Superficial interosseous ligament injury
    23. Peripheral entrapment neuropathies
    24. Bone fracture healing
    25. Tendon and muscle rupture repair
    26. Therapy efficacy evaluation in synovitis
    27. Introduction
    28. Joint and bursal infiltration
    29. Tendon infiltrative and regenerative treatments
    30. Calcific tendinitis treatment
    31. Peripheral nerve block
    32. Fluid collection evacuation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mari Dezawa.
    Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive account of multilineage-differentiating stress-enduring (Muse) cells, a pluripotent and non-tumorigenic subpopulation of mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) that have the ability to detect damage signals, migrate to damaged sites, and spontaneously differentiate into cells compatible with the affected tissue, thereby enabling repair of all tissue types. The coverage encompasses everything from the basic properties of Muse cells to their tissue repair effects and potential clinical applications--for example, in acute myocardial infarction, stroke, skin injuries and ulcers, renal failure, and liver disease. An important technical chapter provides a practical and precise protocol for the isolation of Muse cells, which will enable readers to use Muse cells in their own research. In offering fascinating insights into the strategic organization of the body's reparative function and explaining how full utilization of Muse cells may significantly enhance the effectiveness of MSC treatment, the book will be of high value for Ph.D. students, postdocs, basic researchers, clinical doctors, and industrial developers.

    Contents:
    The muse cell discovery, thanks to wine and science / Mari Dezawa
    Basic characteristics of muse cells / Shohei Wakao, Yoshihiro Kushida, Mari Dezawa
    Muse cells are endogenous reparative stem cells / Yoshihiro Kushida, Shohei Wakao, Mari Dezawa
    Protocols for isolation and evaluation of muse cells / Kazuki Tatsumi, Yoshihiro Kushida, Shohei Wakao, Yasumasa Kuroda, Mari Dezawa
    Stem cells and dna repair capacity: muse stem cells are among the best performers / Tiziana Squillaro, Nicola Alessio, Giovanni Di Bernardo, Servet Özcan, Gianfranco Peluso, Umberto Galderisi
    Immunomodulatory properties and potential therapeutic benefits of muse cells administration in diabetes / Marcelo Javier Perone, María Laura Gimeno, Florencia Fuertes
    The role of the mitochondria in the evolution of stem cells, including MUSE stem cells and their biology / James E. Trosko
    Acute myocardial infarction, cardioprotection, and muse cells / Shinya Minatoguchi, Atsushi Mikami, Toshiki Tanaka, Shingo Minatoguchi, Yoshihisa Yamada
    Application of muse cell therapy to stroke / Kuniyasu Niizuma, Cesar V. Borlongan, Teiji Tominaga
    Muse cell: a new paradigm for cell therapy and regenerative homeostasis in ischemic stroke / Satoshi Kuroda, Masaki Koh, Emiko Hori, Yumiko Hayakawa, Takuya Akai
    Application of muse cell therapy for kidney diseases / Nao Uchida, Naonori Kumagai, Yoshiaki Kondo
    Liver regeneration supported by muse cells / Satoshi S. Nishizuka, Yuji Suzuki, Hirokatsu Katagiri, Yasuhiro Takikawa
    Current cell-based therapies in the chronic liver diseases / Taketo Nishina, Kyoko Tomita Hoshikawa, Yoshiyuki Ueno
    Artificial pigmented human skin created by muse cells / Takeshi Yamauchi, Kenshi Yamasaki, Kenichiro Tsuchiyama, Setsuya Aiba
    Muse cells and aortic aneurysm / Katsuhiro Hosoyama, Yoshikatsu Saiki
    Muse cells and ischemia-reperfusion lung injury / Hiroshi Yabuki, Tatsuaki Watanabe, Hisashi Oishi, Masato Katahira, Masahiko Kanehira, Yoshinori Okada
    Clinical trials of muse cells / Mari Dezawa
    Future of muse cells / Wise Young.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jesús Pérez-Moreno [and more], editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on recent advances in our understanding of wild edible mycorrhizal fungi, truffle and mushrooms and their cultivation. In addition to providing fresh insights into various topics, e.g. taxonomy, ecology, cultivation and environmental impact, it also demonstrates the clear but fragile link between wild edible mushrooms and human societies. Comprising 17 chapters written by 41 experts from 13 countries on four continents, it enables readers to grasp the importance of protecting this unique, invaluable, renewable resource in the context of climate change and unprecedented biodiversity loss. The book inspires professionals and encourages young researchers to enter this field to develop the sustainable use of wild edible mushrooms using modern tools and approaches. It also highlights the importance of protecting forested environments, saving species from extinction and generating a significant income for local populations, while keeping alive and renewing the link between humans and wild edible mushrooms so that in the future, the sustainable farming and use of edible mycorrhizal mushrooms will play a predominant role in the management and preservation of forested lands.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Prologue
    References
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Setting the Scene
    1.1 Believe It or Not
    1.2 Early Interactions
    1.3 The Global Interwoven Web Between Mushrooms and Humans
    References
    Part II: Biodiversity and Cultivation
    Chapter 2: Edible Ectomycorrhizal Fungi and Their Cultivation in China
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Diversity of Edible Ectomycorrhizal Mushrooms
    2.2.1 Truffles
    2.2.1.1 Black Truffles
    2.2.1.2 White Truffles
    2.2.1.3 Cuisine
    2.2.1.4 Conservation and Cultivation 2.2.2 Desert Truffles and Other Hypogeous Fungi
    2.2.2.1 Desert Truffles
    2.2.2.2 Shoro
    2.2.2.3 Choiromyces
    2.2.2.4 Yang-Yanjing (Astraeus hygrometricus)
    2.2.3 Porcini and Related Edible Mycorrhizal Mushrooms
    2.2.4 Russulaceae
    2.2.5 Shimeji
    2.2.6 Amanita
    2.2.7 Chanterelles and Craterellus
    2.2.8 Albatrellus
    2.2.9 Unique Edible Mycorrhizal Mushrooms
    References
    Chapter 3: Climate Change, Biotechnology, and Mexican Neotropical Edible Ectomycorrhizal Mushrooms
    3.1 Rationale
    3.2 Summarized Analysis
    3.3 Conclusions
    References 5.2.2.1 Planting and Irrigation
    5.2.2.2 Grass Control
    5.2.2.3 Pruning
    5.2.2.4 Fruiting Body Monitoring and Yields
    5.3 Case Study 1: Evolution of a Pinus radiata Plantation
    5.3.1 Tree Growth and Evolution of Mushroom Production for Individual Trees
    5.3.2 Saffron Milk Cap Production and the Distribution of Rainfall in 2012, 2013, and 2014
    5.3.3 Production During Two Consecutive Autumn Droughts (2015 and 2016)
    5.3.4 Overview of the Production During the First Seven Mushroom Seasons
    5.3.5 Outlook for the Future
    5.4 Case Study 2: Evolution of a Pinus sylvestris Plantation 5.4.1 Tree Growth and Onset of Fruiting
    5.4.2 Overview of the Production During the First Five Mushroom Seasons, Comparison with the Tank Site, and Outlook for the Future
    5.5 Mushroom Fruiting Observations
    5.5.1 Fruiting Distribution Around Trees
    5.5.2 Sustained Production from Fallen Trees
    5.5.3 Mushroom Yields per Tree
    5.5.4 Mushroom Size
    5.5.5 Fruiting Season Span and Unprecedented Winter Fruiting in 2016
    5.6 Cultivation Research: The Next Steps
    5.6.1 Plantation Design: Tree Composition, Plantation Layout, and Grass Cover Chapter 4: Diversity and Importance of Edible Ectomycorrhizal Fungi in Guatemala
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Natural History and Local Vegetation in Guatemala
    4.3 Fungi and Forests in Guatemala
    4.4 Fungi and Abies in Guatemala
    4.5 Fungi and Pinus in Guatemala
    4.6 Fungi and Quercus in Guatemala
    4.7 Ethnomycology
    4.8 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Advances in the Cultivation of Lactarius deliciosus (Saffron Milk Cap) in New Zealand
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Trial Plantations at PFR-Lincoln, Canterbury
    5.2.1 Establishment and Description
    5.2.2 Management
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Eckart Altenmüller, Stanley Finger, François Boller.
    Summary: Music, Neurology, and Neuroscience: Historical Connections and Perspectives provides a broad and comprehensive discussion of history and new discoveries regarding music and the brain, presenting a multidisciplinary overview on music processing, its effects on brain plasticity, and the healing power of music in neurological and psychiatric disorders. In this context, the disorders that plagued famous musicians and how they affected both performance and composition are critically discussed, as is music as medicine and its potential health hazard. Additional topics, including the way music fits into early conceptions of localization of function in the brain, its cultural roots in evolution, and its important roles in societies and educational systems are also explored.Examines music and the brain both historically and in the light of the latest research findings The largest and most comprehensive volume on "music and neurology" ever writtenWritten by a unique group of real world experts representing a variety of fields, ranging from history of science and medicine, to neurology and musicology Includes a discussion of the way music has cultural roots in evolution and its important role in societies
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Lars Ole Bonde, Töres Theorell, editors.
    Summary: From the Nordic countries (Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Finland) comes an exciting source of theoretical approaches, epidemiological findings, and real-life examples regarding the therapeutic and health-enhancing effects of music. Experts across fields including psychology, neurology, music therapy, medicine, and public health review research on the benefits of music in relieving physiological, psychological, and socioemotional dysfunction. Chapters link musical experiences (listening and performing, as well as involvement in movement, dance, and theatre) to a wide range of clinical and non-clinical objectives such as preventing isolation, regulating mood, reducing stress and its symptoms, and treating dementia. And the book's section on innovative music-based interventions illustrates opportunities for incorporating musical activities into public health programs. Among the topics covered are: · Associations between the use of music, cultural participation and health-related outcomes in adult Scandinavian populations · Music practice and emotion handling · How music translates itself biologically in the body · Music as a forum for social-emotional health · Participation and partnership as core concepts in music and public health · Music therapy as health promotion for mothers and children at a public health clinic Music and Public Health will gain interested readers among researchers, teachers, students, and clinicians in the fields of music education and therapy, as well as researchers and students of public health who are interested in the influence of culture and the arts. The book also will be relevant to administrators in public health services.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Olivia Swedberg Yinger.
    Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of the clinical and evidence-based use of music interventions in health care. This practical resource compiled by Dr. Olivia Swedberg Yinger provides a concise, useful overview of the profession of music therapy, including a description of each of the research-support practices that occur in the settings where music therapists most commonly work.

    Contents:
    Forward / Jayne M. Standley
    Author's preface / Olivia Swedberg Yinger
    Overview of the music therapy profession / Olivia Swedberg Yinger
    Neurologic foundations of music-based interventions / Kimberly Sena Moore
    Music therapy in educational settings / Michael R. Detmer
    Music therapy in mental health treatment / Lori F. Gooding
    Music therapy in medical treatment and rehabilitation / Darcy DeLoach
    Music therapy in hospice and palliative care / Meganne K. Masko
    Music therapy in gerontology / Olivia Swedberg Yinger
    Music therapy and wellness / Lorna E. Segall
    Current trends and future directions in music therapy / Alejandra J. Ferrer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Bruno Colombo, editor.
    Summary: This book explores connections between music, neural activations and brain plasticity, in order to better understand its associated psychological and physiological effects. The final goal is to focus on the positive effects of music to treat neurological disorders, establishing a new co-ordination between different brain areas to improve both mental illness and wellbeing. A secondary goal is to analyse the role of music at a psycho-sociological level, to understand both the transformation of music into a cultural model and the vision of music as an innate instinct.Music is able to create both emotions and volitional processes. The application of new neuroimaging techniques allows us to explore and evaluate with accuracy what happens in our brain during the creative and artistic performance. A wide range of brain regions are recruited for creative tasks, and music has the opportunity to help in enhance and reset some brain pathological disturbances being also able to ameliorate and restore some rhythmic body activities such as sleep, movement and co-ordination. The book represents a valuable and innovative tool both for neurologists as well as healthcare professionals involved in the management of neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Music for brain pleasure
    Colored notes: physiological and pathological features
    Music and creativity: the auditory mirror system as a link between emotions and musical cognition
    The history of rhythm
    Music as sleep aid
    Music in Dementia: from impairmet in musical recognition to musical interventions
    Treating Parkinsons disease; the role of musicotherapy
    It thrills my soul to hear the song: musicolepsia
    Music and semiotic
    Flute and other musical instruments
    Neurological diseases in popular music
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ashutosh Kumar, Vasily N. Dobrovolsky, Alok Dhawan, Rishi Shanker.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Swati Palit Deb, Sumitra Deb, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the readers with an overview of research on p53, which has been shown to play a role in numerous crucial biological pathways in normal and cancer cells. Leading scientist in the field, who have all made direct contributions to the understanding of the molecular events underpinning p53 function, have been invited to contribute the various chapters, which discuss the current knowledge of the signaling cascades that are activated by mutations in p53 and overexpression of MDM2, frequently found in human cancer, and are major causes of oncogenesis. This book features chapters on the molecular basis of oncogenesis induced by gain of function mutation of p53, signaling pathways induced by MDM2 overexpression, control of mutant or wild-type p53 function by MDM2 and MDMX, p53 mutation in hereditary cancer, and structural aspects that activate mutant p53 which can be targeted by drug therapy. This book should be useful for scientists at all levels.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Barton D. Schmitt
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Fever symptoms
    pt. 2. Head or brain symptoms
    pt. 3. Eye symptoms
    pt. 4. Ear symptoms
    pt. 5. Nose symptoms
    pt. 6. Mouth or throat symptoms
    pt. 7. Lung or breathing symptoms
    pt. 8. Abdominal symptoms
    pt. 9. Genital or urinary symptoms
    pt. 10. Arm or leg symptoms
    pt. 11. Skin: Localized symptoms
    pt. 12. Skin: Widespread symptoms
    pt. 13. Bites or stings
    pt. 14. Miscellaneous symptoms
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2023
  • Digital
    Resmaa Menakem.
    Summary: "The body is where our instincts reside and where we fight, flee, or freeze, and it endures the trauma inflicted by the ills that plague society. In this groundbreaking work, therapist Resmaa Menakem examines the damage caused by racism in America from the perspective of body-centered psychology. He argues this destruction will continue until Americans learn to heal the generational anguish of white supremacy, which is deeply embedded in all our bodies. Our collective agony doesn't just affect African Americans. White Americans suffer their own secondary trauma as well. So do blue Americans -- our police. My Grandmother's Hands is a call to action for all of us to recognize that racism is not about the head, but about the body, and introduces an alternative view of what we can do to grow beyond our entrenched racialized divide."--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Do not cross this line
    Watch your body
    Acknowledging our ancestors
    Our bodies, our country
    Unarmed and dismembered . Your body and blood ; Black, white, blue, and you ; Body to body, generation to generation ; European trauma and the invention of whiteness ; Assaulting the black heart ; Violating the black body ; The false fragility of the white body ; White-body supremacy and the police body ; Changing the world begins with your body
    Remembering ourselves. Your soul nerve ; Settling and safeguarding your body ; The wisdom of clean pain ; Reaching out to other bodies ; Harmonizing with other bodies ; Mending the black heart and body ; Mending the white heart and body ; Mending the police heart and body
    Mending our collective body. Body-centered activism ; Creating culture ; Cultural healing for African Americans ; Whiteness without supremacy ; Reshaping police culture ; Healing is in our hands ; The reckoning
    Afterword
    Five opportunities of healing and making room for growth.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
  • Print
    Jocelyn Nicole Johnson.
    Summary: "An irresistibly accessible yet startlingly bold book of short stories and a novella, inspired by Black lives in America and featuring the gripping eponymous work "My Monticello.""-- Provided by publisher. Johnson's characters traverse Virginia's landscapes, still stained by some of America's most heinous acts, in pursuit of a place to call home. In each story, she reveals intimate moments within the nation's multitudes, featuring unforgettable characters who struggle beneath burdened inheritances yet manage to persist and love. -- adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Control Negro
    Virginia is not your home
    Something sweet on our tongues
    Buying a house ahead of the apocalypse
    The king of Xandria
    My Monticello.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3610.O35648 M9 2021
    1
  • Digital
    written by Narelle Mullins & Eleanor Ball ; illustrated by Paul Carter.
    Summary: "Mental health problems during pregnancy and after childbirth are common, proving a difficult time for affected mothers, but also for young children within the family and the wider family network. This reassuring workbook provides young children with ways to understand and cope at this challenging time. With a percentage of profits going to support affected mothers and their families, this interactive and engaging text provides a practical approach to mental health problems. Through beautiful illustrations and interactivity the effect on children aged three and above is explored, providing them an outlet to express their feelings and receive vital answers. Alongside family members, teachers or healthcare professionals, this topical workbook explaining the brain and feelings in a child-centric way encourages a heightened, positive awareness of a delicately complex topic"-- Provided by publisher. "We wrote this book to help young children understand the mental health problems that can happen around the time their parent has a new baby. Although it can be read as a book it may also be approached as a workbook that the young child can sit down and work through with an adult and this could be over a number of sittings. An appropriate adult could be a family member, childcare practitioner, schoolteacher or anyone else you feel appropriate. For very young children it may be best to pick out certain parts or pictures in the book relevant to what you want to help your child to understand. We made the book interactive and we hope it's fun for young children as well as getting across helpful key points. If you have any concerns about your young child, please contact a health professional. This could be your health visitor, GP or a childcare practitioner. Finally we would love your feedback if you have time so we can evolve and improve the book. Please email us at feedback@mymummyand.me"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    author: Motoo Kimura.
    Contents:
    Intro
    In Memory
    Translators ́Notes and Acknowledgments
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Diversity of Organisms and Views on Evolution
    1.1 Diversity of Organisms
    1.2 Biological Evolution as a Fact
    1.3 History of the Development of Evolutionary Theory
    1.3.1 Lamarck and Darwin
    1.3.2 Contribution of Mendel
    2: History of the Development of the Theory of Evolutionary Mechanism on the Basis of Genetics
    2.1 Troubled Beginnings
    2.2 Formation of Population Genetics
    2.3 Synthetic Theory of Evolution and Panselectionism 2.4 Studies of Molecular Evolution and the Neutral Theory
    2.5 Other Evolutionary Theories
    3: Tracing the Course of Evolution
    3.1 Outline of the History of Life
    3.2 Evolution of Vertebrates
    3.3 Evolution of Mammals
    3.4 Evolution of Primates and the Emergence of Hominins
    4: Mutation as an Evolutionary Factor
    4.1 A Genetic View of Life
    4.2 Nature and Variety of Mutations
    4.3 The Nature of Gene Mutation
    4.4 Phenotypic Effects of Gene Mutations
    5: On Natural Selection and Adaptation
    5.1 Darwin on Natural Selection 5.2 Modern Developments in the Theory of Natural Selection
    6: Introduction to Population Genetics
    6.1 What Is Population Genetics?
    6.2 Gene Frequency and Mating System
    6.3 On Genetic Equilibrium
    6.4 On Genetic Drift
    6.5 Behavior of a Mutant Gene in the Population
    7: Introduction to Molecular Evolution
    7.1 Eve of Molecular Evolutionary Studies
    7.2 Basic Knowledge for Understanding Molecular Evolution
    7.3 Estimation of the Rate of Molecular Evolution
    7.4 Characteristics of Molecular Evolution
    7.5 Accumulation Process of Mutations within a Species 8: The Neutral Theory and Molecular Evolution
    8.1 Explanation by the Neutral Theory
    8.2 Intraspecific Variation at the Molecular Level
    8.3 Molecular Evolutionary Clock and Molecular Phylogeny
    8.4 Other Topics Related to Neutral Evolution
    8.5 Bridging Molecular Evolution and Phenotypic Evolution
    9: An Evolutionary Genetic World View
    9.1 The Human as a Product of Evolution
    9.2 Thinking about the Question of Eugenics
    9.3 Positive Eugenics and the Future of Mankind
    9.4 Human Expansion into Space and Evolution
    References
    Chapter I
    Chapter II
    Chapter III Chapter IV
    Chapter V
    Chapter VI
    Chapter VII
    Chapter VIII
    Chapter IX
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    by Martin J. Schreiber with Cathy Breitenbucher ; [foreword by Mark Johnson].
    Summary: Former governor of Wisconsin Marty Schreiber has seen his beloved wife, Elaine, gradually transform from the woman who gracefully entertained in the Executive Residence to one who no longer recognizes him as her husband. In My Two Elaines, Marty candidly counsels those taking on this caregiving role.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC523 .S37 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Tanya Parish and David M. Roberts.
    Contents:
    Whole-genome sequencing for comparative genomics and de novo genome assembly / Andrej Benjak, Claudia Sala, and Ruben C. Hartkoorn
    Whole-transcriptome sequencing for high-resolution transcriptomic analysis in mycobacterium tuberculosis / Andrej Benjak, Claudia Sala, and Ruben C. Hartkoorn
    RNA sequencing for transcript 5'-end mapping in mycobacteria / Scarlet S. Shell [and 3 otherst]
    Fractionation and analysis of mycobacterial proteins / Megan C. Lucas [and 6 others]
    Lipid and lipoarabinomannan isolation and characterization / Marie-Antoinette Lanéelle, Jérôme Nigou, and Mamadou Daffé
    Metabolomics of mycobacterium tuberculosis / Madhumitha Nandakumar [and 3 others]
    Electroporation of mycobacteria / Renan Goude, David M. Roberts, and Tanya Parish
    Targeted gene knockout and essentiality testing by homologous recombination / Krishnamoorthy Gopinath, Digby F. Warner, and Valerie Mizrahi
    Construction of conditional knockdown mutants in mycobacteria / Dirk Schnappinger, Kathryn M. O'Brien, and Sabine Ehrt
    Mycobacterial recombineering / Kenan C. Murphy, Kadamba Papavinasasundaram, and Christopher M. Sassetti
    In vitro models that utilize hypoxia to induce non-replicating persistence in mycobacteria / Charles D. Sohaskeyand Martin I. Voskuil
    Genetic dissection of mycobacterial biofilms / Anil K. Ojha, William R. Jacobs Jr., and Graham F. Hatfull
    Measuring efflux and permeability in mycobacteria / Liliana Rodrigues, Miguel Viveiros, and José A. Aínsa
    Single-cell analysis of mycobacteria using microfluidics and time-lapse microscopy / Neeraj Dharand and Giulia Manina
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing for Mycobacterium sp. / Delia Blanco-Ruano [and 6 others]
    Determination of compound kill kinetics against mycobacterium tuberculosis / Julie Early and Torey Alling
    Microplate alamar blue assay (MABA) and low oxygen recovery assay (LORA) for mycobacterium tuberculosis Sanghyun Cho, Hyung Sup Lee, and Scott Franzblau
    Multi-stress model for high throughput screening against non-replicating mycobacterium tuberculosis / Ben Gold, Thulasi Warrier, and Carl Nathan
    Isolation and characterization of compound-resistant isolates of mycobacterium tuberculosis / Theresa O'Malley and Eduard Melief
    Macrophage infection models for mycobacterium tuberculosis / Benjamin K. Johnson and Robert B. Abramovitch
    Infection of human neutrophils to study virulence properties of mycobacterium tuberculosis / Tobias Dallenga, Björn Corleis, and Ulrich E. Schaible
    Isolation of bead phagosomes to study virulence function of M. tuberculosis cell wall lipids / Anna C. Geffken, Emmanuel C. Patin, and Ulrich E. Schaible
    Live imaging of mycobacterium marinum infection in dictyostelium discoideum / Caroline Barisch, Ana T. López-Jiménez, and Thierry Soldati
    Testing chemical and genetic modulators in mycobacterium tuberculosis infected cells using phenotypic assays / Vincent Delorme [and 3 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Domenico Bonamonte, Gianni Angelini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Seyed Ehtesham Hasnain, Nasreen Z. Ehtesham, Sonam Grover, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent advances in the molecular and infection biology, pathology, and molecular epidemiology of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as the identification and validation of novel molecular drug targets for the treatment of this mycobacterial disease. Despite being completely curable, tuberculosis is still one of the leading global causes of death. M. tuberculosis, the causative organism - one of the smartest pathogens known - adopts highly intelligent strategies for survival and pathogenesis. Presenting a wealth of information on the molecular infection biology of M. tuberculosis, as well as nontuberculous mycobacteria (NTM), the book provides an overview of the functional role of the PE/PPE group of proteins, which is exclusive to the genus Mycobacteria, of host-pathogen interactions, and virulence. It also explores the pathogenesis of the infection, pathology, epidemiology, and diagnosis of NTM. Finally it discusses current and novel approaches in vaccine development against tuberculosis, including the role of nanotechnology. With state-of-the-art contributions from experts in the respective domains, this book is an informative resource for practitioners as well as medical postgraduate students and researchers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    R. Narian, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a knowledge-based view to the dynamic capabilities in an organization. The author integrates two existing views on gaining competitive advantage: the Knowledge View which suggests that the capability of organizations to learn faster than competitors is the only source of competitiveness; and the Dynamic Capability View which speculates that a firm's competitive advantage rests on it's ability to adapt to changes in the business environment. Using the IT sector in India as a case study, this book provides and tests a new framework-Knowledge-Based Dynamic Capabilities-in the prediction of competitive advantage in organizations.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Compositional biochemistry of lignocellulosic resources and an overview of their Mycodegradation
    Basic principle and mechanism of lignocellulosic Mycodegradation
    Efficient fungal enzyme system working in mycodegradation of lingo celluloses
    Fungal biodiversity producing cellulose involved in efficient cellulolysis
    Fungal biodiversity producing laccase and peroxidase involved in efficient ligninolysis
    Fungal biodiversity producing enzymes involved in efficient xylanolysis
    Fungal cellulase system and mechanism of cellulolysis during Mycodegradation
    Fungal pectinase system and mechanism of pectinolysis during Mycodegradation
    Strategic role of lactases during mycodegradation of lignocelluloses
    Application of mycodegradation in mushroom production. Selective mycodegradation of lignin in paper and pulp industry
    Mycodegradation and bioconversion of lignocelluloses into bioactive compounds
    Fungal digestion/treatment of lignocelluloses for nutritious animal fodder
    Fungal hydrolysis and saccharification of lignocellulosic wastes for bioethanol production
    Application of mycodegradation in production of secondary metabolites
    Mycodegradation of lignocelluloses and release of common metabolites
    Multiple factors influencing the strategy of Mycodegradation
    Bioconversion of lignocelluloses into nutrient rich Agaricus mushroom
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gordon L. Love.
    Summary: "User-friendly guide containing more than 70 full-color fungal identifications of yeasts and molds (macroscopic and microscopic) plus detailed descriptions of the most significant morphologic elements, ecology, and clinical significance."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, S. Chandra Nayak, Ravindra Nath Kharwar, Nawal Kishor Dubey, editors.
    Summary: Volume 3 covers recent research with expanded coverage on this important area of remediation. Mycoremediation is the form of bioremediation in which fungi-based technology is used to decontaminate the environment. Fungi are among the primary saprotrophic organisms in an ecosystem, as they are efficient in the decomposition of organic matter. Wood-decay fungi, especially white rot, secretes extracellular enzymes and acids that break down lignin and cellulose. Fungi have been proven to be a very cost-effective and environmentally-friendly way for helping to remove a wide array of toxins from damaged environments or wastewater. These toxins include heavy metals, persistent organic pollutants, textile dyes, leather tanning industry chemicals and wastewater, petroleum fuels, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, pharmaceuticals and personal care products, pesticides and herbicides, in land, fresh water and marine environments. Bioremediation of toxic organics by fungi is the most sustainable and green route for cleanup of contaminated sites and we discuss the multiple modes employed by fungi for detoxification of different toxic and recalcitrant compounds including prominent fungal enzymes viz., catalases, general lipase, laccases, peroxidases and sometimes intracellular enzymes, especially the cyrochrome P450 monooxygeneses. Fungi play an important role in the biogeochemical cycling of manganese and other redox-active metals, which is related to their ability to survive radiation and other oxidative challenges. This book covers recent research with more detail on the various types of fungi and associated fungal processes used to clean up wastes and wastewaters in contaminated environments, and discusses their potential for environmental applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Bioremediation of Toxic Pesticides in Soil Using Some Microbial Products
    Microbial Enzymes in the Bioremediation of Polutants: Emerging Potential and Challenges
    Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi and Remediation Potential of Soils Contaminated by Potentially Toxic Elements
    Nanotechnology and Bioremediation
    Mycoremediation through Redox Mechanisms of Organic Pollutants
    Role of Endophytes in Plant Associated Remediation and Plant Growth Promotion: A Deep Insight
    Microbial Remediation: A Natural Approach for Environmental Pollution Management
    Microbial Biocontrol Agents for Agricultural Soil Remediation: Prospects and Application
    Soil Bioremediation: An Insight into Available Green Technology and Future Developments
    Microbial Bioformulation Technology for Applications in Bioremediation
    Endophytic Fungi Interaction with Transgenic Plants
    Mycoremediation of Plastics for Efficient Waste Management: A Review
    Biotechnology of Beneficial Bacteria and Fungi Useful in Agriculture.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marcela C. Pagano, Mónica A. Lugo, editors.
    Summary: This new book shows the work done by researchers dedicated to the study of different mycorrhizas types, the fungal species associated and their distribution influenced by geographical and environmental factors among the different South American biogeographic regions. The exclusive biotic and abiotic characteristics delimit natural ecosystems with uniques biological communities, where mycorrhizologists have investigated plant symbioses in those ecosystems for decades, providing data from Venezuelan Great Savannah, Andes, Puna, Chaco, Caatinga, Monte, Atlantic Forest, Marginal Forest, Cerrado, Patagonia, Yungas, Rainforest, Andean-Patagonian Forests, and Antarctic section. In these environments, different mycorrhizal associations (arbuscular / ericoid / orchidoid / ectomycorrhizal / mycoheterotrophic) are present in herbaceous plants, shrubs, and trees. Mycorrhizal associations were studied from different researching points of view (biodiversity, biological invasions, biotic / abiotic disturbances, altitudinal variations, seasonal changes, land uses). The aim of this Book is to compile research on mycorrhizal fungi and their associations in environments of South America, throughout the synthesis of information from natural and anthropogenic related environments. The book focuses in different bioregions of South America from tropical areas to the southern cone, and it will be useful to those who work on plant-fungal interactions in different vegetation types and in agricultural lands from South America and worldwide.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Overview of the Mycorrhizal Fungi in South America; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Mycorrhizal Symbioses in South America; 1.3 The Mycorrhizal Fungal Species in South America; 1.3.1 The ECM Fungal Species in South America; 1.3.2 The AMF Species in South America; 1.4 New Insights for AMF Conservation; 1.4.1 The Mycorrhizas in Protected Areas of South America; 1.4.2 The Mycorrhizal Species in the Soil Profile; 1.5 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 2: Latitudinal Distribution of Mycorrhizal Types in Native and Alien Trees in Montane Ecosystems from Southern South America2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Data Sources; 2.3 Mycorrhizal Distribution in Native Trees of Montane Forests from Argentina; 2.4 Mycorrhizal Distribution in Alien Trees Occurring in Montane Forests from Argentina; 2.5 Mycorrhizas and Plant Invasions; 2.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Biodiversity of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in South America: A Review; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Morphospecies; 3.3 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in South America 3.4 South American Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Morphospecies Diversity 3.4.1 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi Morphospecies Richness in South America; 3.4.2 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in South America: Ecological Divisions; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Ectomycorrhizal Fungi in South America: Their Diversity in Past, Present and Future Research; 4.1 Introduction. Primary Knowledge of Ectomycorrhizal Diversity at the Regional Level; 4.2 Current Knowledge and Biogeographical Considerations of Native Ectomycorrhizal Taxa in South America 4.2.1 Ectomycorrhizal Fungi in the Tropical and Subtropical Andes 4.2.2 Ectomycorrhizal Fungi in the Neotropical Forests of Northeastern South America and the Amazon Basin; 4.2.3 Ectomycorrhizal Fungi Associated with Nothofagaceae in the Andes of Patagonia; 4.3 Physiology and Cellular Biology of Nothofagaceae Ectomycorrhizae; 4.4 Chemistry and Chemotaxonomy of Nothofagaceae Ectomycorrhizal Fungi; 4.5 Mycosociology of South American Nothofagaceae Forests; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; References
    Chapter 5: A Systematic Review of South American and European Mycorrhizal Research: Is there a Need for Scientific Symbiosis? 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Systematic Review of Mycorrhizal Literature; 5.3 South American and European Mycorrhizal Research Trends; 5.4 Geographical and Thematic Gaps on South American Mycorrhizal Research; 5.5 Suggested Directions; References;
    Chapter 6: Endo- and Ectomycorrhizas in Tropical Ecosystems of Colombia; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Study of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Associations in Colombian Ecosystems; 6.3 The Study of Ectomycorrhizal Associations in Colombian Ecosystems
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Ajit Varma and Devendra K. Choudhary.
    Summary: The present book highlights importance of mycorrhiza in soil genesis wherein it reflects mycorrhizal occurrence and diversity, various tools to characterize them and its impact on soil formation/health together with crop productivity. The edited compendium provides glimpses on the mycorrhizal fungi and their prominent role in nutrient transfer into host plants, and presenting view on application of mycorrhiza for crop biofortification. It focuses on the mechanisms involve in weathering process employed by mycorrhiza with highlighting the current and advanced molecular approaches for studying mycorrhizal diversity. Further, book emphasizes following aspects in details: significance of AMF in phytoremediation of hydrocarbon contaminated sites, the role of mycorrhiza in soil genesis using scientometric approach, the concept of mycorrhizosphere, xenobiotic metabolism, molecular approaches for detoxifying the organic xenobiotics and the role of mycorrhizosphere in stabilizing the environment in an eco-friendly way. In addition, the book will be benign to researchers that involved in mycorrhiza characterization especially by deploying metagenomics/PCR based and non PCR based molecular techniques that may be utilized to study the microbial diversity and structure within the mycorrhizosphere.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Mycorrhizal Mediated Micronutrients Transportation in Food Based Plants: A Biofortification Strategy; 1 Introduction; 2 Mycorrhiza: A Natural Phosphate Transporter for Co-Partner; 3 Essential Micronutrients and Related Problems with Their Deficiency; 4 Biofortification; 4.1 Agronomic Biofortification; 4.2 Genetic and Plant Breeding Approaches for Biofortification; 4.3 Biofortification with Microorganisms; 5 Why Mycorrhiza in Biofortification of Food Based Plants/Crops?; 6 Mechanisms of Nutrients Transportation 1 Introduction2 Microorganism as Ecological Engineers; 3 Mycorrhiza: Classification and Importance; 4 Contribution of Mycorrhizal Fungi in Sustainable Agriculture Practices; 5 Attributes of Mycorrhizal Fungi Towards Heavy Metal Remediation and Restoration of Degraded Land; 6 Mycorrhiza Involvement in Rehabilitation of Degraded Land; 7 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References;
    6: A Systematic Review on the Role of Mycorrhiza in Soil Genesis Using Scientometrics Analysis; 1 Introduction; 2 Scientometric Analysis; 3 Key Works in Selected Categories 3 Biosphere and Microorganisms4 Role of Microorganisms in Chemical Transformation; 4.1 Phosphorus Transformation; 4.2 Nitrogen Transformation; 5 Soil Genesis and Function of Microorganisms; 5.1 Microorganisms in Rocks and Minerals; 5.2 Mineralization, Humification and Soil Aggregation; 5.3 Microbial Metabolism in Soil; 5.4 Microorganisms in Polluted Soil; 6 Molecular Approach in Soil Microbiology; 6.1 Marker Gene; 6.2 RNA and Intrinsic Marker; 6.3 Cloning; 6.4 Metagenomics; 6.5 PCR; 7 Conclusion; References
    3: Mycorrhizal Assisted Phytoremediation of Xenobiotics from Contaminated Soil1 Introduction; 2 Mechanisms of Biodegradation and its Metabolite; 3 Biodegradation of Polyaromatic Hydrocarbons; 4 Factors Affecting Phytoremediation; 5 Conclusions; References;
    4: Relationship Between Field Crops and Mycorrhiza; 1 Introduction; 2 The Effect of Mycorrhizas on Biotic and Abiotic Stress Factors; 3 Effect of Mycorrhizas Against Plant Diseases; 4 Effect of Mycorrhiza on the Intake of Plant Nutrients; 5 Conclusion; References;
    5: Exploring the Role of Mycorrhizae as Soil Ecosystem Engineer 6.1 Mechanism of Phosphorus Transport6.2 Nitrogen; 6.3 Iron; 6.4 Zinc Solubilization; 6.5 Reduction in pH; 6.6 Zn Chelation; 6.7 Changes in Root Architecture; 7 Steps Lead to Mycorrhiza for Biofortification of Food Based Plants; 7.1 Zn Mobilization; 7.2 Iron; 7.3 Other Micronutrients; 8 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    2: Role of Microorganisms in Soil Genesis and Functions; 1 Introduction; 2 Microbial Diversity and Soil Microorganisms (Eubacteria, Archaea, Fungi and Algae); 2.1 Eubacteria; 2.2 Actinomycetes; 2.3 Archaebacteria; 2.4 Fungi; 2.5 Algae
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by K. Esser ; volume editors: Dirk Hoffmeister and Markus Gressler.
    Summary: This volume provides a detailed look at various biochemical and developmental aspects of fungal cell biology, and offers extensive information on model organisms of filamentous fungi, such as Aspergillus, and yeasts, such as Saccharomyces, while also highlighting molecular differences between ascomycetes and basidiomycetes. The book's seven chapters, prepared by experts in the fields of mycology, have been grouped into two closely connected sections: "Fungal Cell Growth" and "Signals and Development". The first section addresses bio-molecular mechanisms of fungal cell division and polarized cell growth, with a special emphasis on cell-cell connections, cell wall synthesis, and directed protein transport. In turn, the second section describes the intra- and extracellular signals that set off biochemical and conformational changes of cell type during development. Here, the authors focus on the molecular signalling pathways, including their impact on plant-fungus interactions, referred to as ectomycorrhizal symbiosis.

    Contents:
    Series Preface; Volume Preface
    The Woronin Body: A Fungal Organelle Regulating Multicellularity
    Septum Formation and Cytokinesis in Ascomycete Fungi
    The Cytoskeleton and Polarity Markers During Polarized Growth of Filamentous Fungi
    Developmental Decisions in Aspergillus nidulans
    Signals and Development; Biomechanics of Hyphal Growth
    Molecular signaling during the ectomycorrhizal symbiosis
    Calcium cation cycling and signaling pathways in fungi.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Sofia Cancela Duarte, Celeste de Matos Lino, Angelina Lopes Simões Pena.
    Contents:
    Mycotoxins and their implications in food safety / Sofia Cancela Duarte, Angelina Lopes Simões Pena & Celeste de Matos Lino
    Aflatoxins / Carlos A.F. de Oliveira & Carlos H. Corassin
    Ochratoxin / A. Sofia Cancela Duarte, Angelina Pena & Celeste de Matos Lino
    Fumonisins : human health, presence in foods and biomarkers / Liliana J.G. Silva, Celeste M. Lino & Angelina L.S. Pena
    Zearalenone / Abdellah Zinedine & Maria‑Jose Ruiz
    Emerging mycotoxins : enniatins (A, A1, B and B1) and beauvericin / Cristina Juan García & Jesús Blesa Jarque
    Key analytical features of mycotoxins / Carla Soler & Jordi Mãnes
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kazunori Sango, Junji Yamauchi, Toru Ogata, Keiichiro Susuki, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest exciting advances in understanding of the structure and function of myelin in the central and peripheral nervous systems under normal and pathological conditions. Readers will find state of the art information from the perspectives of both basic neuroscience and clinical neurology and neuropathology. Detailed attention is paid to the findings and implications of recent research on the myelin-forming glial cells such as oligodendrocytes and Schwann cells. The discussion of myelin pathology encompasses a wide range of diseases and conditions, including, for example, multiple sclerosis, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, traumatic brain and spinal cord injuries, brain tumors of glial cell origin, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, immune-mediated neuropathy, and diabetic neuropathy. The authors comprise researchers at the cutting edge of biotechnology and experts in the diseases discussed. The clearly written text is supported by numerous high-quality light and electron microscopy, CT, and MR images.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Myelination in neural development and regeneration
    1. Cellular signal-regulated Schwann cell myelination and remyelination
    2. Regulatory mechanism of peripheral nerve myelination by glutamate-induced signaling
    3. Cytoskeletal signal-regulated oligodendrocyte myelination and remyelination
    4. Activity-dependent myelination
    5. Heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes and their precursor cells
    Part 2. Specialized structures along the myelinated nerve fibers
    6. Functional domains in myelinated axons
    7. Physiology of myelinated nerve conduction and pathophysiology of demyelination
    8. Under the ECM dome: the physiological role of the perinodal extracellular matrix as an ion diffusion barrier
    9. Oligodendrocyte physiology modulating axonal excitability and nerve conduction
    10. Mitochondrial dynamics in physiology and pathology of myelinated axons
    11. The role of sulfatides in axon-glia interactions
    12. Structures and molecular composition of Schmidt-Lanterman incisures
    Part 3. Myelin pathology in the central nervous system
    13. Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease: molecular and cellular pathologies and associated phenotypes
    14. Multiple sclerosis
    15. Visualization of myelin for the diagnosis and treatment monitoring of multiple sclerosis
    16. Roads to formation of normal myelin structure and pathological myelin structure
    17. Therapeutic strategies for oligodendrocyte-mediated remyelination
    18. Brain tumors of glial cell origin
    Part 4. Myelin pathology in the peripheral nervous system
    19. Schwann cell and the pathogenesis of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease
    20. Guillain- Barré Syndrome
    21. Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy
    22. Schwann cells as crucial players in diabetic neuropathy
    23. Drug-induced demyelinating neuropathies
    24. Transthyretin amyloid neuropathy: the Schwann cell hypothesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Uwe Platzbecker, Pierre Fenaux, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the standard diagnostic and therapeutic management of patients with myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) and examines ongoing research developments in the field. The importance of appropriate prognostic stratification, taking into account recent advances in understanding of the molecular pathogenesis of MDS, is explained, and both established and novel treatment approaches are discussed in depth. The coverage includes, for example, the use of erythropoietic stimulating agents, iron chelation therapy, the immunomodulator lenalidomide, hypomethylating agents such as azacitidine, and allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. Myelodysplastic syndromes are heterogeneous and complex hematologic disorders ranging from indolent conditions to forms approaching the aggressiveness of acute myeloid leukemia. The diversity of MDS gives rise to challenges in diagnosis and clinical decision making, and the highly variable clinical course necessitates a risk-adapted treatment strategy and the application of disease-specific therapies. Hematologists, oncologists, and other interested clinicians will find this book to be an invaluable source of information on diagnostic and prognostic evaluation and treatment selection.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Siamon Gordon, Emeritus Professor of Cellular Pathology, Sir William Dunn School of Pathology, Oxford, United Kingdom.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Benjamin Greenberg, editor.
    Summary: Disorders of the spinal cord are diverse and potentially devastating. They can present as acute, subacute and chronic disorders causing a variety of symptoms. Patients can present to pediatricians, internists, OBGYNs, emergency room physicians and neurologists requiring a diversity of clinicians to be familiar with the signs, symptoms, recommended testing and treatment options. This book comprehensively addresses myelopathies, the broad spectrum of potential pathologies. Chapters cover approaches to acute, subacute and chronic myelopathies; individual myelopathic disorders; the pathobiology, epidemiology, signs, and symptoms of the disorder; diagnostic approach, and therapeutic options. This comprehensive review is beneficial to any clinician, with special emphasis for neurologists, neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists and physiatrists.

    Contents:
    Spine and Spinal Cord Anatomy
    Spinal Cord Physiology
    Imaging of the Spinal Cord
    Trauma
    Vascular Myelopathies
    Nutritional and Metabolic Myelopathies
    Infectious Myelopathies
    Inflammatory Myelopathies
    Malignancies of the Spinal Cord
    Radiation Myelitis
    Hereditary Myelopathies
    Neuroplasticity and the Spinal Cord
    Activity Based Therapy for Spinal Cord Disorders
    Functional Electrical Stimulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    M. Elizabeth Oates, Vincent L. Sorrell.
    Summary: This book will serve as a comprehensive reference source and self-assessment guide for physicians and technologists who practice myocardial perfusion SPECT imaging. Readers will learn to identify a wide variety of findings apart from the left ventricle, including those in the chest, the abdomen, and the right heart. It is explained which findings are clinically relevant and related to the reason for the myocardial perfusion imaging examination and which are incidental, with or without important clinical ramifications. The coverage includes a wide variety of common and uncommon focal lesions (e.g., benign or malignant neoplasms) and organ/systemic diseases (e.g., emphysema, cirrhosis and its sequelae, cholecystitis, duodenogastric reflux/gastroparesis, end-stage renal disease) that may be detected with myocardial perfusion SPECT imaging. In addition, guidance is provided in the recognition of typical artifacts, which may appear either "hot" or "cold" on the raw (unprocessed) and processed SPECT images, and, thereby, in the avoidance of potential interpretative pitfalls.

    Contents:
    Part 1 The Fundamentals: Acquisition
    Processing
    Interpretation
    Part 2 "Hot" and "Cold" Findings: Right Heart
    1. Right atrium
    2. Right ventricle
    Chest
    1. Skeleton
    2. Chest wall
    3. Thyroid gland
    4. Parathyroid glands
    5. Breasts
    6. Mediastinum
    7. Lungs and pleura
    8. Pericardium
    9. Vascular system
    10. Lymphatic system
    Abdomen
    1. Peritoneum
    2. Liver
    3. Gallbladder
    4. Spleen
    5. Stomach
    6. Small bowel
    7. Large bowel
    8. Kidneys
    9. Vascular system
    10. Lymphatic system
    Part 3 Case Challenges (for self-assessment).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Dennis V. Cokkinos, editor.
    Summary: This timely book reveals an integrated approach to myocardial preservation focusing on translational research and clinical applications. Chapters cover both the mechanisms of heart failure in addition to therapeutic considerations, including forms of cardiac cell death, cardiac remodelling and cardiac regeneration. Potential future research directions are also proposed, enabling the reader to gain a broad in-depth understanding of the topic. Myocardial Preservation: Translational Research and Clinical Application presents a thorough review of myocardial preservation. Its comprehensive approach provides a valuable reference for cardiology researchers and practising and trainee cardiologists seeking new insight to the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alida L.P. Caforio, editor.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date, comprehensive, clinically oriented guide to the diagnosis and treatment of patients with myocarditis. The opening chapters address the classification, histopathology and molecular diagnosis, as well as the polymorphic clinical presentations, ranging from myocardial infarction with normal coronary arteries; arrhythmias of variable type and clinical severity and fulminant, acute, sub-acute or chronic heart failure; to life-threatening unexplained cardiogenic shock and sudden cardiac death. Including chapters from leading International experts in the field, it covers all key issues from bench to bedside. Topics presented include epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, clinical and diagnostic work-up, the role of endomyocardial biopsy and of non-invasive cardiac imaging, risk stratification, and cardiological and etiology-specific management and follow-up. For each topic, a comprehensive review of the current literature is provided and practical suggestions are offered for short- and long-term management. Lastly, future perspectives and gaps in the current knowledge are also addressed. The book also covers a key discovery of last the 2 decades, namely the autoimmune origin of myocarditis in a sizable proportion of patients, discussing in detail the role of immunosuppression and immunomodulation, as well as the need for a multidisciplinary approach to the disease. Mainly intended for cardiologists, general physicians, clinical immunologists and rheumatologists, it is also a valuable tool for residents in Cardiology, Internal Medicine, Clinical Immunology and Rheumatology.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Classification, histopathology, Immunohistology and molecular diagnosis of Myocarditis
    2 Clinical presentation of Myocarditis
    3 Endomyocardial biopsy
    4 Genetic basis: myth or reality?
    5 Viral myocarditis: from experimental models to molecular diagnosis in patients
    6 Autoimmune myocarditis: animal models
    7 Electrocardiography
    8 Standard and advanced echocardiography.-9 Cardiac Magnetic resonance imaging in Myocarditis
    10 Organ-specific autoimmune myocarditis
    11 Myocarditis in systemic immune-mediated diseases
    12 Giant cell and hypersensitivity myocarditis
    13 Myocarditis in children
    14 Immunosuppressive therapy: lessons from clinical trials and future perspectives
    15 Immunomodulation and immunoadsorption in inflammatory dilated cardiomyopathy
    16 Clinical management and follow-up of Myocarditis patients on immunosuppressive therapy
    17 Antiviral therapies, a critical reappraisal
    18 Conventional Cardiological therapy
    19 Arrhythmias in Myocarditis
    20 Mechanical assist devices and heart transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Massimo Imazio.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Evaluation of Myopericardial Diseases
    1. Essential anatomy and physiology of the pericardium for clinical practice
    2. Aetiology and classification of pericardial diseases
    3. Diagnosis: history, physical examination and ECG
    4. Multimodality imaging of pericardial/myopericardial diseases
    5. Cardiac catherization and interventional techniques
    7. Surgery for pericardial diseases
    Part II. Myopericardial Syndromes
    8. Pericardial syndromes
    9. Acute pericarditis: management overview
    10. Acute pericarditis: specific aetiologies (non-viral, non-idiopathic)
    11. Recurrent pericarditis
    12. Pericarditis associated with myocardial involvement (myopericarditis/perimyocarditis)
    13. Pericardial effusion
    14. Cardiac tamponade
    15. Constrictive pericarditis
    16. Congenital abnormalities of the pericardium and pericardial masses
    Part III. Specific populations, Guidelines, Conclusions and Perspectives
    17. Age and gender issues in the management of pericardial diseases
    18. Guidelines on the management of pericardial diseases
    19. Conclusions
    20. Perspectives and unmet needs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kazuhisa Sugiyama, Nagahisa Yoshimura, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as an introductory reference on clinical aspects of glaucoma and myopia, providing essential guidelines for diagnosis and monitoring of glaucoma progression in patients, especially those with high myopias. Many clinical studies are presented by leading experts in the field in an accessible style, making the content suitable not only for ophthalmologists but also for optometrists and certified orthoptists as well as for students. The relation between myopia and glaucoma has been the subject of many clinical trials and population-based studies. Most of the data has suggested that moderate to high myopia is associated with increased risk of primary open-angle glaucoma, normal tension glaucoma, and ocular hypertension. There are several factors involved in the diagnosis of glaucoma, but it is often difficult to determine the presence of glaucoma in myopic eyes. A myopic eye, especially in cases of moderate to high myopia, tends to have a thin retina and choroid and to appear thinner than normal. Even with new imaging technologies with improved sensitivity and specificity for detecting glaucoma, each technology presents some challenges when assessing myopic eyes. This book furnishes an overview of these diagnostic challenges with reference to the growing prevalence and severity of myopia in various parts of the world, providing many valuable hands-on reports and clinical studies by authoritative authors. This knowledge will help to do away with the vague area between high myopia and glaucoma faced by clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. An epidemiologic perspective
    2. Clinical features in Myopic Glaucoma
    3. Glaucoma diagnosis in myopic eyes
    4. High Myopia and Myopic Glaucoma: Findings in the Peripapillary Retina and Choroid in Highly Myopic Eyes
    5. Visual Field Damage in Myopic Glaucoma
    6. Myopic Optic Neuropathy
    7. High Myopia and Myopic Glaucoma: Anterior Segment Features
    8. Ocular Blood Flow in Myopic Glaucoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Lynne M. Coluccio.
    Summary: Myosins are molecular motors that use the energy from ATP hydrolysis to move and exert tension on actin filaments. Although the best-known myosin is myosin II, which powers skeletal muscle contraction, there are at least two dozen classes of myosins, and cells generally express multiple isoforms. Myosins are involved in multiple cellular activities including cell structure, cell migration, intracellular trafficking, and cell-cell contact. Importantly, loss of function and mutation are associated with diseases including myopathies, hearing impairment, glomerulosclerosis, and cancer. Written by international experts in myosin motors and the approaches used to study them, this book is expected to provide a comprehensive assessment of the current status of our understanding of the structure and molecular mechanism of myosins and their cellular roles.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Myosin Structure
    Cargo Binding by Unconventional Myosins
    Cryo-EM of Actin-Myosin Structures
    Small Molecule Effectors of Myosin Function
    Single-Molecule Biophysical Techniques to Study Actomyosin Force Transduction
    High-Speed Atomic Force Microscopy to Study Myosin Motility
    How Myosin 5 Walks Deduced from Single-Molecule Biophysical Approaches
    How Actin Tracks Affect Myosin Motors
    Myosins in the Nucleus
    Myosins in Cytokinesis
    Myosins and Disease
    Myosins and Hearing
    The Actomyosin Systems in Apicomplexa
    Approaches to Identify and Characterise MYO6-Cargo Interactions
    Class IX Myosins: Motorized RhoGAP Signaling Molecules
    Myosin X
    Myosin XVI
    Myosin XVIII
    Myosin XIX.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Masanori P. Takahashi, Tsuyoshi Matsumura, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an essential overview combining both clinical and fundamental research advances in myotonic dystrophy. The pathomechanism of myotonic dystrophy has long been unclear, but in the past decade, our understanding has shifted to a novel disease mechanism concept: "RNA disease". Parallel to these advances in elucidating the pathophysiology, translational research is also progressing rapidly. The current challenge lies in assessing the effectiveness of treatment, and as such, there is a growing interest in observational studies of the disease's various clinical symptoms. The book introduces readers to the molecular mechanisms within each organ and the resultant clinical features, which are presented together. In particular, it focuses on the central nervous system, since the pathology of the brain (central nervous system manifestation) has rarely been addressed systematically and will pose a persistent challenge, even if therapies have greatly advanced in the future. In addition, the book addresses the latest developments, such as research using patient-derived iPS cells and therapeutic research. Myotonic Dystrophy provides essential information for neurologists and researchers with an interest in muscle disease, including muscular dystrophy. Furthermore, since the disease involves various complications of the brain, heart, metabolism, etc., the book will be of great value to clinicians and researchers in the cardiovascular sciences, endocrinology, diabetes, dementia, and neuropsychology, as well as genetic specialists.

    Contents:
    Genetics of myotonic dystrophy
    Molecular mechanisms of myotonic dystrophy : RNA-mediated pathogenesis and RNA-binding proteins
    Clinical features of skeletal muscle and their underlying molecular mechanism
    Cardiac involvements in myotonic dystrophy
    Clinical features of the central nervous system
    Brain pathology in myotonic dystrophy
    Molecular defects in the DM central nervous system
    Respiratory feature in myotonic dystrophy
    Glucose intolerance in myotonic dystrophy
    Lipid metabolism in myotonic dystrophy
    Dysphagia in myotonic dystrophy
    Diasease modeling and drug development with DM1 patient-derived iPS cells
    Therapeutic development in myotonic dystrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.